Second Session, Fortieth Parliament,
57-58 Elizabeth II, 2009
STATUTES OF CANADA 2009CHAPTER 2
An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on January 27, 2009 and related fiscal measures
ASSENTED TO
12th MARCH, 2009
BILL C-10
RECOMMENDATION
Her Excellency the Governor General recommends to the House of Commons the appropriation of public revenue under the circumstances, in the manner and for the purposes set out in a measure entitled “An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on January 27, 2009 and related fiscal measures”.
SUMMARY
Part 1 implements income tax measures proposed in the January 27, 2009 Budget. In particular, it
(a) increases by 7.5% above their 2008 levels the basic personal amount and the upper limits for the two lowest personal income tax brackets, thereby also increasing the income levels at which income testing begins for the base benefit under the Canada Child Tax Credit and the National Child Benefit supplement;
(b) increases by $1,000 the amount on which the Age Credit is calculated;
(c) increases to $25,000 the maximum amount eligible for withdrawal under the Home Buyers’ Plan;
(d) introduces amendments to the rules related to Registered Retirement Savings Plans and Registered Retirement Income Funds to allow for recognition of losses in accounts between the time of the annuitant’s death and final distribution of property from the account;
(e) repeals the interest deductibility constraints in section 18.2 of the Income Tax Act;
(f) extends the mineral exploration tax credit for one year;
(g) increases to $500,000 the annual amount of active business income eligible for the 11% small business income tax rate and makes related amendments;
(h) clarifies rules relating to timing of acquisition of control of a corporation; and
(i) creates cost savings through electronic filing of tax information.
In addition, Part 1 implements income tax measures that were referenced in the January 27, 2009 Budget and that were originally proposed in the February 26, 2008 Budget but not included in the Budget Implementation Act, 2008. In particular, it
(a) clarifies the application of the excess corporate holdings rules for private foundations;
(b) increases the amount that corporations will be able to pay as “eligible dividends”;
(c) enacts several regulatory amendments that complement and complete measures enacted in the Budget Implementation Act, 2008;
(d) introduces minor adjustments to the Tax-Free Savings Account rules and the scientific research and experimental development investment tax credit rules included in the Budget Implementation Act, 2008; 
(e) implements rules in respect of donations of medicines; and
(f) reduces the paper burden on businesses by allowing a larger number of government entities to share Business Number-related information in connection with government programs and services.
Part 1 also implements other income tax measures referred to in the January 27, 2009 Budget that either were themselves previously announced or flow directly from previously announced measures. In particular, it
(a) implements technical changes relating to specified investment flow-through trusts and partnerships and new tax rules to facilitate the conversion of these entities into corporations;
(b) contains amendments to take into account financial institution accounting changes;
(c) extends the general treatment of capital gains and losses on an acquisition of control of a corporation to gains and losses that result from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates in respect of debt denominated in foreign currency;
(d) enhances the carry-forward for investment tax credits;
(e) implements amendments relating to the computation of income, gains and losses of a foreign affiliate;
(f) implements amendments to the functional currency tax reporting rules;
(g) implements minor tax amendments relating to interprovincial allocation of corporate taxable income, the Wage Earner Protection Program and the Canada-United States tax treaty’s rules for cross-border pensions;
(h) provides for an extension of time for income tax assessments that are consequential to provincial reassessments;
(i) ensures the appropriate application of the Income Tax Act’s trust rules to certain arrangements and institutions under Quebec civil law; 
(j) enacts regulatory amendments relating to prescribed amounts for automobile expenses and benefits, eligible medical expenses, and the tax treatment of foreign affiliate active business income earned in a jurisdiction with which Canada has concluded a tax information exchange agreement;
(k) introduces rules to reduce the required minimum amount that must be withdrawn from a Registered Retirement Income Fund or from a variable benefit money purchase pension plan by 25% for 2008, and allows related re-contributions;
(l) extends the deadline for Registered Disability Savings Plan contributions; and
(m) modifies the provisions relating to amateur athletic trusts.
Part 2 amends the Excise Act, 2001 and the Excise Tax Act to implement measures to reduce the paper burden on businesses by allowing a larger number of government entities to share Business Number-related information in connection with government programs and services.
Part 3 amends the Customs Tariff to implement measures announced in the January 27, 2009 Budget to
(a) reduce Most-Favoured-Nation rates of duty and, if applicable, rates of duty under other tariff treatments on a number of tariff items relating to machinery and equipment imported on or after January 28, 2009;
(b) divide tariff item 9801.10.00 into two separate tariff items pertaining to conveyances and containers, respectively, and make two technical corrections, effective January 28, 2009; and
(c) modify the tariff treatment of milk protein substances, effective September 8, 2008.
Part 4 amends the Employment Insurance Act until September 11, 2010 to extend regular benefit entitlements by five weeks. It also provides that a pilot project ceases to have effect. In addition, it amends that Act to provide that the cost of benefit enhancement measures under that Act, provided for in the budget tabled in Parliament on January 27, 2009, are not to be charged to the Employment Insurance Account. Finally, it sets the premium rate provided for under that Act for the years 2002, 2003, 2005 and 2010.
Division 1 of Part 5 amends the Financial Administration Act to authorize the Minister of Finance to take, subject to certain conditions, a number of measures intended to promote the stability or maintain the efficiency of the financial system, including financial markets, in Canada.
Division 2 of Part 5 amends the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act to provide the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation with greater flexibility to enhance its ability to safeguard financial stability in Canada. The Division also adds Tax-Free Saving Accounts as a distinct category for the purposes of deposit insurance. It also makes consequential amendments to other acts.
Division 3 of Part 5 amends the Export Development Act to, among other things, expand the Export Development Corporation’s mandate to include the support and development of domestic trade and business opportunities for a period of two years. The period may be extended by the Governor in Council. Division 3 also increases the Corporation’s authorized capital.
Division 4 of Part 5 amends the Business Development Bank of Canada Act to increase the maximum amount of the paid-in capital of the Business Development Bank of Canada.
Division 5 of Part 5 amends the Canada Small Business Financing Act to increase the maximum outstanding loan amount in relation to a borrower. It also increases individual lenders’ cap on claims. These amendments will apply to new loans made after March 31, 2009.
Division 6 of Part 5 amends a number of Acts governing federal financial institutions to improve access to credit and strengthen the financial system in Canada, including amendments that will
(a) provide new authority for further safeguards to promote the stability of the financial system;
(b) enhance consumer protection by establishing new measures to help consumers of financial products; and
(c) implement other technical measures to strengthen the financial sector framework in Canada.
Division 7 of Part 5 provides for payments to be made to provinces and territories, provides authority to the Minister of Finance to enter into agreements respecting securities regulation with provinces and territories and enacts the Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act.
Part 6 authorizes payments to be made out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund for various purposes, including infrastructure and housing.
Part 7 amends Part I of the Navigable Waters Protection Act to create a tiered approval process for works in order to streamline the approval process and to exclude certain classes of works and works on certain classes of navigable waters from the approval process. This Part further amends Part I of the Act to clarify the scope of the application of that Part to works owned or previously owned by the Crown, to provide for the application of the Act to bridges over the St. Lawrence River and to add certain regulation-making powers.
Part 7 also amends the Act to clarify the provisions related to obstacles and obstructions to navigation. The Act is also amended by adding administration and enforcement powers, consolidating all offence provisions, increasing fines and requiring a review of the Act within five years of the amendments coming into force.
Division 1 of Part 8 amends the Wage Earner Protection Program Act and the Wage Earner Protection Program Regulations to provide that unpaid wages for which an individual may receive payment under the Wage Earner Protection Program include unpaid severance pay and termination pay.
Division 2 of Part 8 amends the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act to, among other things,
(a) require the Chief Actuary of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions to report on financial assistance provided under that Act; and
(b) authorize the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development to suspend or deny financial assistance to all those who are qualifying students in respect of a designated educational institution.
Division 2 of Part 8 also amends both the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act and the Canada Student Loans Act to, among other things,
(a) terminate all obligations of a borrower with respect to risk-shared loans and guaranteed loans if the borrower dies;
(b) authorize the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development to require any person who has received financial assistance or a guaranteed student loan to provide that Minister with documents or information for the purpose of verifying compliance with those Acts; and
(c) authorize that Minister to terminate or deny financial assistance in certain circumstances.
Division 3 of Part 8 amends the Financial Administration Act to provide express authority for agent Crown corporations to lease their property, restrict the appointment of employees of a Crown corporation to its board of directors, require Crown corporations to hold annual public meetings, clarify Treasury Board’s duties to indemnify Crown corporation directors and officers, permit more flexibility in the frequency of special examinations of Crown corporations, and require the reports of special examinations to be submitted to the appropriate Minister and Treasury Board and made public. This Division also makes consequential amendments to other Acts.
Part 9 amends the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act to set out the amount of the fiscal equalization payments to the provinces for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009 and amends the method by which fiscal equalization payments will be calculated for subsequent fiscal years. It also amends the method by which the Canada Health Transfer is calculated for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April 1, 2009 and ending on March 31, 2014.
Part 10 enacts the Expenditure Restraint Act. The purpose of that Act is to put in place a reasonable and an affordable approach to compensation across the federal public sector in support of responsible fiscal management in a difficult economic environment.
It sets out rules governing economic increases to the rates of pay of unionized and non-unionized employees for periods that begin during the period that begins on April 1, 2006 and ends on March 31, 2011. It also continues certain other terms and conditions at their current levels. It preserves the right of collective bargaining with regard to other matters and it does not affect the right to strike.
The Act does not preclude the continued development of workplace improvements by employers and employees’ bargaining agents through the National Joint Council or other bodies that they may agree on. It also permits bargaining agents and employers to agree to the amendment of certain terms and conditions of collective agreements or arbitral awards.
Part 11 enacts the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act and makes consequential amendments to other Acts. The purpose of the Act is to ensure that proactive measures are taken to provide employees in female predominant job groups with equitable compensation.
It requires public sector employers that have non-unionized employees to determine periodically whether any equitable compensation matters exist in the workplace and, if so, to prepare a plan to resolve them. With respect to public sector employers that have unionized employees, the employers and the bargaining agents are to resolve those matters through the collective bargaining process.
It sets out the procedure for informing employees as to whether an equitable compensation assessment was required to be conducted and, if so, how it was conducted, and how any equitable compensation matters were resolved. It also establishes a recourse process for employees if the Act is not complied with.
Finally, since the Act puts in place a comprehensive equitable compensation scheme for public sector employees, this Part amends the Canadian Human Rights Act so that the provisions of that Act dealing with gender-based wage discrimination no longer apply to public sector employers. It extends the mandate of the Public Service Labour Relations Board to allow it to hear equitable compensation complaints and to provide other services related to equitable compensation in the public sector.
Part 12 amends the Competition Act. The amendments include
(a) introducing a dual-track approach to agreements between competitors, with a limited criminal anti-cartel provision and a civil provision to address other agreements that substantially lessen or prevent competition;
(b) providing that bid-rigging includes agreements or arrangements to withdraw bids or tenders;
(c) repealing the provisions dealing with price discrimination and predatory pricing, replacing the criminal resale price maintenance provision with a new civil provision to address price maintenance practices that have an adverse effect on competition, and repealing all provisions dealing specifically with the airline industry;
(d) introducing an administrative monetary penalty for cases of abuse of dominant position, increasing the maximum amount of administrative monetary penalties for deceptive marketing cases, and increasing the maximum fines or terms of imprisonment, or both, for agreements or arrangements between competitors, bid-rigging, criminal false or misleading representations, deceptive telemarketing, deceptive notice of winning a prize, obstruction of Competition Bureau investigations and failure to comply with prohibition orders or production orders;
(e) clarifying that, in proceedings under section 52, 74.01 or 74.02, it is not necessary to establish that false or misleading representations are made to the public in Canada or are made in a place to which the public has access, and clarifying that the “general impression test” applies to all deceptive marketing practices in sections 74.01 and 74.02;
(f) providing that the court may make an order in respect of cases of false or misleading representations to require the person who engaged in the conduct to compensate persons affected by the conduct, and may issue an interim injunction to freeze assets if the Commissioner of Competition intends to ask for such a compensation order; and
(g) introducing a two-stage merger review process for notifiable transactions, increased merger pre-notification thresholds and a reduced merger review limitation period.
Part 13 amends the Investment Canada Act so that the review of an investment will be applied only to the more significant investments. It also amends the Act to allow more information to be made public. This Part also provides for the review of foreign investments in Canada that could threaten national security and allows the Governor in Council to take any measures that the Governor in Council considers advisable to protect national security, such as prohibiting a non-Canadian from implementing an investment.
Part 14 amends the Canada Transportation Act to provide the Governor in Council with flexibility to increase the foreign ownership limit from the existing levels to a maximum of 49%.
Part 15 amends the Air Canada Public Participation Act in relation to the mandatory provisions in the articles of Air Canada regarding constraints imposed on the issue, transfer and ownership of shares. It provides for the repeal of the provisions requiring that the articles of Air Canada contain provisions imposing limits on non-resident share ownership and the repeal of the provisions requiring that the articles of Air Canada contain provisions respecting the enforcement of these constraints.
Also available on the Parliament of Canada Web Site at the following address:http://www.parl.gc.ca
TABLE OF PROVISIONS
AN ACT TO IMPLEMENT CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE BUDGET TABLED IN PARLIAMENT ON JANUARY 27, 2009 AND RELATED FISCAL MEASURES
SHORT TITLE
1.       Budget Implementation Act, 2009
PART 1
AMENDMENTS IN RESPECT OF INCOME TAX
2–81.       Income Tax Act
82.       Budget Implementation Act, 2008
83–118.       Income Tax Regulations
PART 2
AMENDMENTS IN RESPECT OF SALES AND EXCISE TAXES
119–120.       Excise Act, 2001
121.       Excise Tax Act
PART 3
AMENDMENTS TO THE CUSTOMS TARIFF
Customs Tariff
122–220.       Amendments
Coming into Force
221.       Coming into force
PART 4
EMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
Employment Insurance Act
222–224.       Amendments
Claimants Not in Canada
225.       Subsection 55(7)
Pilot Project Relating To Extended Benefits
226.       Pilot Project No. 10
Premium Rates Provided for Under the Employment Insurance Act
227.       Deeming provision
228.       Deeming provision
Transitional Provision
229.       Application
Coordinating Amendments
230.       2008, c. 28
Coming into Force
231.       Retroactive effect
PART 5
STABILITY AND EFFICIENCY OF THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM
Division 1
Financial Administration Act
232.       Amendment
Division 2
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act
Amendments to the Act
233–254.       Amendments
Consequential Amendments
255.       Access to Information Act
256.       Canadian Payments Act
257.       Financial Administration Act
258.       Winding-up and Restructuring Act
Coming into Force
259.       Order in council
Division 3
Export Development Act
260–263.       Amendments
Division 4
Business Development Bank of Canada Act
264.       Amendment
Division 5
Canada Small Business Financing Act
Amendments to the Act
265–267.       Amendments
Coming into Force
268.       Coming into force
Division 6
Legislation Governing Financial Institutions
Bank Act
269–275.       Amendments
Cooperative Credit Associations Act
276–279.       Amendments
Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act
280.       Amendment
Green Shield Canada Act
281.       Amendment
Insurance Companies Act
282–287.       Amendments
Trust and Loan Companies Act
288–292.       Amendments
Coordinating Amendment
293.       2005, c. 54
Coming into Force
294.       Order in council
Division 7
Securities
Securities Regulation
295.       Maximum payment of $150,000,000
296.       Agreements
Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act
297.       Enactment of Act
AN ACT TO ESTABLISH THE CANADIAN SECURITIES REGULATION REGIME TRANSITION OFFICE
SHORT TITLE
1.       Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
ESTABLISHMENT
3.       Transition Office
4.       President
5.       Advisory Committee
6.       Staff
7.       Conditions of employment — president and members
8.       Conflict of interest — president and members
9.       Immunity
PURPOSE AND POWERS
10.       Purpose
11.       Duties
12.       Capacity and powers
13.       Information
FINANCIAL PROVISIONS
14.       Maximum payment of $33,000,000
15.       Audit
ANNUAL REPORT
16.       Submission to Minister
DISSOLUTION
17.       Date of dissolution
Transitional Provision
298.       Initial annual report
Coming into Force
299.       Order in council
PART 6
PAYMENTS
Infrastructure Stimulus Fund
300.       Maximum payment of $2,000,000,000
Provincial-Territorial Infrastructure Base Funding Program
301.       Maximum payment of $495,000,000
Communities Component of the Building Canada Fund
302.       Maximum payment of $250,000,000
Green Infrastructure Fund
303.       Maximum payment of $200,000,000
Community Adjustment Fund
304.       Maximum payment of $51,000,000
305.       Maximum payment of $106,000,000
306.       Maximum payment of $175,000,000
307.       Maximum payment of $17,000,000
308.       Maximum payment of $154,000,000
Improving Infrastructure at Universities and Colleges
309.       Maximum payment of $1,000,000,000
First Nations Housing
310.       Maximum payment of $75,000,000
311.       Maximum payment of $125,000,000
Renovation and Retrofit of Social Housing
312.       Maximum payment of $500,000,000
Housing for Low-income Seniors
313.       Maximum payment of $200,000,000
Housing for Persons with Disabilities
314.       Maximum payment of $25,000,000
Northern Housing
315.       Maximum payment of $100,000,000
Canada Health Infoway Inc.
316.       Maximum payment of $500,000,000
PART 7
NAVIGABLE WATERS PROTECTION ACT
317–340.       Amendments to the Act
341.       Consequential Amendment to the International Bridges and Tunnels Act
PART 8
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Division 1
Wage Earner Protection Program
Wage Earner Protection Program Act
342–347.       Amendments
Wage Earner Protection Program Regulations
348–354.       Amendments
Consequential Amendments to the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
355–356.       Amendments
Transitional Provision
357.       Application
Division 2
Federal Financial Assistance for Students
358–364.       Canada Student Financial Assistance Act
365–367.       Canada Student Loans Act
368.       Consequential Amendment to the Budget Implementation Act, 2008
Division 3
Crown Corporations
Financial Administration Act
369–375.       Amendments
Consequential Amendments
376.       Canada Council for the Arts Act
377.       Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act
378.       Canada Post Corporation Act
379.       Canadian Dairy Commission Act
380.       Canadian Race Relations Foundation Act
381–382.       Public Sector Pension Investment Board Act
PART 9
PAYMENTS TO PROVINCES
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act
383–391.       Amendments
Payment to Nova Scotia
392.       Payment of $74,188,000
PART 10
EXPENDITURE RESTRAINT ACT
393.       Enactment of Act
AN ACT TO RESTRAIN THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA’S EXPENDITURES IN RELATION TO EMPLOYMENT
SHORT TITLE
1.       Expenditure Restraint Act
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
3.       Deemed bonus
4.       National Joint Council recommendations
5.       When certain collective agreements are deemed to have been entered into
EFFECTS OF ACT
6.       Right to bargain collectively
7.       Right to strike
8.       Amendments permitted
9.       Workplace improvements
10.       Incremental and merit increases
11.       Conflicts with other Acts
APPLICATION
12.       Members of Parliament
13.       Employees
14.       Persons designated by Governor in Council
15.       Locally engaged persons and independent contractors
RESTRAINT MEASURES
Increases to Rates of Pay
16.       Increases to rates of pay
Employees Represented by a Bargaining Agent
17.       Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements or arbitral awards after coming into force
18.       Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements and arbitral awards — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
19.       Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements and arbitral awards — before December 8, 2008
20.       Other than 12-month periods — section 18
21.       Other than 12-month periods — section 19
22.       Lower percentages not affected
23.       Restructuring prohibited
24.       No increases to additional remuneration — after coming into force
25.       No increases to additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
26.       No increases to additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
27.       No new additional remuneration — after coming into force
28.       No new additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 to coming into force
29.       No new additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
30.       Canada Border Services Agency
31.       Border Services Group
32.       Groups subject to national rates of pay
33.       Ships’ Officers Group
34.       Law Group
Non-represented and Excluded Employees
35.       Definitions
36.       Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions established after coming into force
37.       Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions of employment — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
38.       Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions of employment — before December 8, 2008
39.       Other than 12-month periods — section 37
40.       Other than 12-month periods — section 38
41.       Lower percentages not affected
42.       Section 16 does not create authority to increase
43.       Restructuring prohibited
44.       No increases to additional remuneration — after coming into force
45.       No increases to additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
46.       No increases to additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
47.       No new additional remuneration — after coming into force
48.       No new additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
49.       No new additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
50.       Canada Border Services Agency
51.       Border Services Group
52.       Groups subject to national rates of pay
53.       Ships’ Officers Group
54.       Law Group
Members of Parliament
55.       Members of Parliament
General
56.       Inconsistent provisions
57.       Compensating for restraint measures prohibited
58.       Provisions compensating for restraint measures of no effect
59.       No changes to performance pay plans — new collective agreements, etc.
60.       No changes to performance pay plans — existing collective agreements, etc.
61.       No changes to performance pay plans — existing collective agreements, etc.
62.       Royal Canadian Mounted Police
ADMINISTRATION
63.       Powers and duties of Treasury Board
64.       Debt due to Her Majesty
65.       Orders
SCHEDULE 1
CROWN CORPORATIONS AND PUBLIC BODIES
SCHEDULE 2
RATES OF PAY — EMPLOYEES IN THE LAW GROUP
PART 11
EQUITABLE COMPENSATION
Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act
394.       Enactment of Act
AN ACT RESPECTING THE PROVISION OF EQUITABLE COMPENSATION IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR OF CANADA
Preamble
SHORT TITLE
1.       Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act
INTERPRETATION
2.       Definitions
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE EQUITABLE COMPENSATION
3.       Obligations of employers and bargaining agents
EQUITABLE COMPENSATION ASSESSMENT
4.       Equitable compensation assessment
EMPLOYERS WITH NON-UNIONIZED EMPLOYEES
Obligations
5.       Determining whether each job group is female predominant
6.       Determination — no female predominant job groups
7.       Determination — existence of female predominant job group
8.       Implementation of plan
9.       Request concerning equitable compensation — job class
Complaints
10.       Failure to comply
11.       Dissatisfaction with employer’s response
EMPLOYERS WITH UNIONIZED EMPLOYEES
Obligations
12.       Provision of statement setting out number of employees — collective agreement in force
13.       Preparatory work
14.       Notice describing female predominant job group
15.       Report in relation to equitable compensation matters
16.       Collective agreement
Arbitration
17.       Request for arbitration
18.       Obligations of arbitration body
19.       Arbitral award
Conciliation
20.       Request for conciliation
21.       Obligations of public interest commission seized of request for conciliation
Ratification
22.       Obligation to prepare report
Complaints
23.       Failure to comply
24.       Lack of equitable compensation
PUBLIC SERVICE LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD
General
25.       Application of Public Service Labour Relations Act
26.       Power to extend period
27.       Notice to employer and bargaining agent
28.       Obligation to deal with every complaint
Complaints Filed by Non-unionized Employees
29.       Complaints under section 10
30.       Complaints under section 11
Complaints Filed by Unionized Employees
31.       Complaints under section 23
32.       Complaints under section 24 — power to require statement
33.       Complaints under section 24 — power to dismiss or make orders
Costs
34.       Power to require payment of costs
REGULATIONS
35.       Regulations
PROHIBITIONS
36.       Prohibition against encouraging or assisting
37.       Other prohibitions — employer
38.       Other prohibitions — bargaining agent
39.       Complaints against employers
OFFENCE AND PUNISHMENT
40.       Contravention of section 37 or 38
41.       Contravention of orders and certain provisions
GENERAL
42.       Bargaining agent deemed to be person
43.       Obligation to provide Board with reports
44.       Obligation to keep records
45.       Inconsistency or conflict
46.       Application of safety or security provisions
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Complaints by Non-unionized Employees
47.       Day determined under subsection 30(4)
Taking Effect of Provisions in Respect of Unionized Employees
48.       Application of subsection 12(1)
49.       Application of subsection 12(2) and sections 13 to 22 and 24
First Collective Agreement After Taking Effect
50.       Period referred to in paragraph 33(3)(a)
Transitional Provisions
395.       Interpretation
396.       Complaints before Canadian Human Rights Commission
397.       Complaints before Canadian Human Rights Tribunal
398.       Application
Consequential Amendments
399.       Canadian Human Rights Act
400–405.       Public Service Labour Relations Act
Coming into Force
406.       Order in council
PART 12
COMPETITION ACT
Amendments to the Act
407–439.       Amendments
Transitional Provision
440.       Agreements or arrangements entered into before royal assent
Consequential Amendments
441.       Competition Tribunal Act
442.       Criminal Code
443.       Shipping Conferences Exemption Act, 1987
Coming into Force
444.       Sections 410, 429 and 442
PART 13
INVESTMENT CANADA ACT
Amendments to the Act
445–462.       Amendments
Transitional Provisions
463.       Certain applications deemed never to have been filed
464.       Transactions implemented during transitional period
Coming into Force
465.       Coming into force
PART 14
CANADA TRANSPORTATION ACT
Amendments to the Act
466–467.       Amendments
Coming into Force
468.       Order in council
PART 15
AIR CANADA PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ACT
Amendments to the Act
469.       Amendments
Transitional Provisions
470.       Articles and by-laws
Coming into Force
471.       Order in council
SCHEDULE 1
SCHEDULE 2
SCHEDULE 3
SCHEDULE 4
SCHEDULE 5
SCHEDULE 6
SCHEDULE 7
SCHEDULE 8
SCHEDULE 9
SCHEDULE 10
SCHEDULE 11
.vis1 {position: absolute;display:block;}
.vis2 {position: static;}
57-58 ELIZABETH II
——————
CHAPTER 2
An Act to implement certain provisions of the budget tabled in Parliament on January 27, 2009 and related fiscal measures
[Assented to 12th March, 2009]
Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Budget Implementation Act, 2009.
PART 1
AMENDMENTS IN RESPECT OF INCOME TAX
R.S., c. 1 (5th Supp.)
Income Tax Act
2. (1) Subparagraph 6(1)(g)(ii) of the Income Tax Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) a return of amounts contributed to the plan by the taxpayer or a deceased employee of whom the taxpayer is an heir or legal representative, to the extent that the amounts were not deducted in computing the taxable income of the taxpayer or the deceased employee for any taxation year, or
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
3. (1) Paragraph 7(1.4)(b) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (iv), by adding “or” at the end of subparagraph (v) and by adding the following after subparagraph (v):
(vi) if the disposition is before 2013 and the old securities were equity in a SIFT wind-up entity that was at the time of the disposition a mutual fund trust, a SIFT wind-up corporation in respect of the SIFT wind-up entity
(2) Subsection (1) applies after December 19, 2007.
4. (1) Subsection 12(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (z.4):
Former TFSA
(z.5) any amount required because of subsection 146.2(9) to be included in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year; and
(2) The definition “investment contract” in subsection 12(11) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(d.1) a TFSA,
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
5. (1) The Act is amended by adding the following after section 12.4:
Definitions
12.5 (1) The definitions in this section apply for the purposes of this section and section 20.4.
“base year”« année de base »
“base year” of an insurer means the insurer’s taxation year that immediately precedes its transition year.
“insurance business”« entreprise d’assurance »
“insurance business” of an insurer, is an insurance business carried on by the insurer, other than a life insurance business.
“reserve transition amount”« montant transitoire »
“reserve transition amount” of an insurer, in respect of an insurance business carried on by it in Canada in its transition year, is the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the maximum amount that the insurer would be permitted to claim under paragraph 20(7)(c) (and that would be prescribed by section 1400 of the Regulations for the purpose of paragraph 20(7)(c)) as a policy reserve for its base year in respect of its insurance policies if
(a) the generally accepted accounting principles that applied to the insurer in valuing its assets and liabilities for its transition year had applied to it for its base year, and
(b) section 1400 of the Regulations were read in respect of the insurer’s base year as it reads in respect of its transition year; and
B      is the maximum amount that the insurer is permitted to claim under paragraph 20(7)(c) as a policy reserve for its base year.
“transition year”« année transitoire »
“transition year” of an insurer means the insurer’s first taxation year that begins after September 2006.
Transition year income inclusion
(2) There shall be included in computing an insurer’s income for its transition year from an insurance business carried on by it in Canada in the transition year, the positive amount, if any, of the insurer’s reserve transition amount in respect of that insurance business.
Transition year income deduction reversal
(3) If an amount has been deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing an insurer’s income for its transition year from an insurance business carried on by it in Canada, there shall be included in computing the insurer’s income, for each particular taxation year of the insurer that ends after the beginning of the transition year, from that insurance business, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing the insurer’s income for the transition year from that insurance business; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Winding-up
(4) If an insurer has, in a winding-up to which subsection 88(1) has applied, been wound-up into another corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “parent”), and immediately after the winding-up the parent carries on an insurance business, in applying subsections (3) and 20.4(3) in computing the incomes of the insurer and of the parent for particular taxation years that end on or after the first day (referred to in this subsection as the “start day”) on which assets of the insurer were distributed to the parent on the winding-up,
(a) the parent is, on and after the start day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the insurer in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business for its transition year,
(ii) any amount included under subsection (3) or deducted under subsection 20.4(3) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business for a taxation year of the insurer that begins before the start day, and
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the insurer existed and carried on an insurance business on each day that is the start day or a subsequent day and on which the parent carries on an insurance business — be required to be included or deducted, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (3) or 20.4(3) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business; and
(b) the insurer is, in respect of each of its particular taxation years, to determine the value for B in the formulas in subsections (3) and 20.4(3) without reference to the start day and days after the start day.
Amalgamations
(5) If there is an amalgamation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) of an insurer with one or more other corporations to form one corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “new corporation”), and immediately after the amalgamation the new corporation carries on an insurance business, in applying subsections (3) and 20.4(3) in computing the new corporation’s income for particular taxation years that begin on or after the day on which the amalgamation occurred, the new corporation is, on and after that day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the insurer in respect of
(a) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business for its transition year;
(b) any amount included under subsection (3) or deducted under subsection 20.4(3) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business for a taxation year of the insurer that begins before the day on which the amalgamation occurred; and
(c) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the insurer existed and carried on an insurance business on each day that is the day on which the amalgamation occurred or a subsequent day and on which the new corporation carries on an insurance business — be required to be included or deducted, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (3) or 20.4(3) in computing the insurer’s income from an insurance business.
Application of subsection (7)
(6) Subsection (7) applies if, at any time, an insurer (referred to in this subsection and subsection (7) as the “transferor”) transfers, to a corporation (referred to in this subsection and subsection (7) as the “transferee”) that is related to the transferor, property in respect of an insurance business carried on by the transferor in Canada (referred to in this subsection and subsection (7) as the “transferred business”) and
(a) subsection 138(11.5) or (11.94) applies to the transfer; or
(b) subsection 85(1) applies to the transfer, the transfer includes all or substantially all of the property and liabilities of the transferred business and, immediately after the transfer, the transferee carries on an insurance business.
Transfer of insurance business
(7) If this subsection applies in respect of the transfer, at any time, of property
(a) the transferee is, at and after that time, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the transferor in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing the transferor’s income for its transition year that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business,
(ii) any amount included under subsection (3) or deducted under subsection 20.4(3) in computing the transferor’s income for a taxation year of the transferor that begins before that time that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business,
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the transferor existed and carried on an insurance business on each day that includes that time or is a subsequent day and on which the transferee carries on an insurance business — be required to be included or deducted, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (3) or 20.4(3) in computing the transferor’s income that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business; and
(b) in determining, in respect of the day that includes that time or any subsequent day, any amount that is required under subsection (3) or 20.4(3) to be included or deducted in computing the transferor’s income for each particular taxation year from the transferred business, the description of A in the formulas in those subsections is deemed to be nil.
Ceasing to carry on business
(8) If at any time an insurer ceases to carry on all or substantially all of an insurance business (referred to in this subsection as the “discontinued business”), and none of subsections (4) to (6) apply, there shall be included in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for the insurer’s taxation year that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the amount deducted under subsection 20.4(2) in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for its transition year; and
B      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount included under subsection (3) in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for a taxation year that began before that time.
Ceasing to exist
(9) If at any time an insurer that carried on an insurance business ceases to exist (otherwise than as a result of a winding-up or amalgamation described in subsection (4) or (5)), for the purposes of subsections (8) and 20.4(4), the insurer is deemed to have ceased to carry on the insurance business at the earlier of
(a) the time (determined without reference to this subsection) at which the insurer ceased to carry on the insurance business, and
(b) the time that is immediately before the end of the last taxation year of the insurer that ended at or before the time at which the insurer ceased to exist.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
6. (1) Section 18.2 of the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of interest and other borrowing costs paid or payable in respect of a period or periods that begin after 2011.
7. (1) Subsection 20(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Borrowed money
(3) For greater certainty, if a taxpayer uses borrowed money to repay money previously borrowed, or to pay an amount payable for property described in subparagraph (1)(c)(ii) previously acquired (which previously borrowed money or amount payable in respect of previously acquired property is, in this subsection, referred to as the “previous indebtedness”), subject to subsection 20.1(6), for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(c), (e) and (e.1), subsections 20.1(1) and (2), section 21 and subparagraph 95(2)(a)(ii), and for the purpose of paragraph 20(1)(k) of the Income Tax Act, Chapter 148 of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1952, the borrowed money is deemed to be used for the purpose for which the previous indebtedness was used or incurred, or was deemed by this subsection to have been used or incurred.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of interest paid or payable in respect of a period or periods that begin after January 27, 2009.
8. (1) The Act is amended by adding the following after section 20.3:
Definitions
20.4 (1) The definitions in section 12.5 apply for the purposes of this section.
Transition year income deduction
(2) There shall be deducted in computing an insurer’s income for its transition year from an insurance business carried on by it in Canada in the transition year the absolute value of the negative amount, if any, of the insurer’s reserve transition amount in respect of that insurance business.
Transition year income inclusion reversal
(3) If an amount has been included under subsection 12.5(2) in computing an insurer’s income for its transition year from an insurance business carried on by it in Canada, there shall be deducted in computing the insurer’s income, for each particular taxation year of the insurer that ends after the beginning of the transition year, from that insurance business, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount included under subsection 12.5(2) in computing the insurer’s income for the transition year from that insurance business; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Ceasing to carry on business
(4) If at any time an insurer ceases to carry on all or substantially all of an insurance business (referred to in this subsection as the “discontinued business”), and none of subsections 12.5(4) to (6) apply, there shall be deducted in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for the insurer’s taxation year that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is any amount included under subsection 12.5(2) in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for its transition year; and
B      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount deducted under subsection (3) in computing the insurer’s income from the discontinued business for a taxation year that began before that time.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
9. (1) Subparagraph 39(1)(a)(ii.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii.2) a property if the disposition is a disposition to which subsection 142.4(4) or (5) or 142.5(1) applies,
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
10. (1) Subsection 40(3.5) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(b.1) a share of the capital stock of a SIFT wind-up corporation in respect of a SIFT wind-up entity is, if the share was acquired before 2013, deemed to be a property that is identical to equity in the SIFT wind-up entity;
(2) Section 40 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (9):
Application
(10) Subsection (11) applies in computing at any particular time a corporation’s gain or loss (in this subsection and subsection (11) referred to as the “new gain” or “new loss”, as the case may be), in respect of any part (which in this subsection and subsection (11) is referred to as the “relevant part” and which may for greater certainty be the whole) of a foreign currency debt of the corporation, arising from a fluctuation in the value of the currency of the foreign currency debt (other than, for greater certainty, a gain or a capital loss that arises because of the application of subsection 111(12)), if at any time before the particular time the corporation realized a capital loss or gain in respect of the foreign currency debt because of subsection 111(12).
Gain or loss on foreign currency debt
(11) If this subsection applies, the new gain is the positive amount, or the new loss is the negative amount, as the case may be, determined by the formula
A + B – C
where
A      is
(a) if the corporation would, but for any application of subsection 111(12), recognize a new gain, the amount of the new gain, determined without reference to this subsection, or
(b) if the corporation would, but for any application of subsection 111(12), recognize a new loss, the amount of the new loss, determined without reference to this subsection, multiplied by (-1);
B       is the total of all amounts each of which is that portion of the amount of a capital loss realized by the corporation at any time before the particular time, in respect of the foreign currency debt and because of subsection 111(12), that is reasonably attributable to
(a) the relevant part of the foreign currency debt at the particular time, or
(b) the forgiven amount, if any, (within the meaning assigned by subsection 80(1)) in respect of the foreign currency debt at the particular time; and
C      is the total of all amounts each of which is that portion of the amount of a gain realized by the corporation at any time before the particular time, in respect of the foreign currency debt and because of subsection 111(12), that is reasonably attributable to
(a) the relevant part of the foreign currency debt at the particular time, or
(b) the forgiven amount, if any, (within the meaning assigned by subsection 80(1)) in respect of the foreign currency debt at the particular time.
(3) Subsection (1) applies to dispositions that occur on or after November 28, 2008.
(4) Subsection (2) applies after 2005.
11. (1) Paragraph 53(1)(e) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (xii), by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (xiii) and by repealing subparagraph (xiv).
(2) Paragraph 53(2)(c) of the Act is amended by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (xi), by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraph (xii) and by repealing subparagraph (xiii).
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply after 2011.
12. (1) Paragraph (c) of the definition “superficial loss” in section 54 of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) a disposition deemed to have been made by paragraph 33.1(11)(a), subsection 45(1), section 48 as it read in its application before 1993, section 50 or 70, subsection 104(4), section 128.1, paragraph 132.2(1)(f), subsection 138(11.3) or 142.5(2), section 142.6, or any of subsections 144(4.1) and (4.2) and 149(10),
(2) The portion of the definition “superficial loss” in section 54 of the Act after paragraph (h) is replaced by the following:
and, for the purpose of this definition,
(i) a right to acquire a property (other than a right, as security only, derived from a mortgage, hypothec, agreement for sale or similar obligation) is deemed to be a property that is identical to the property, and
(j) a share of the capital stock of a SIFT wind-up corporation in respect of a SIFT wind-up entity is, if the share was acquired before 2013, deemed to be a property that is identical to equity in the SIFT wind-up entity.
(3) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
(4) Subsection (2) applies to dispositions that occur after February 2, 2009.
13. (1) Paragraph 56(1)(d) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (i), by adding “or” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (ii):
(iii) received out of or under an annuity contract issued or effected as a TFSA;
(2) Paragraph 56(1)(r) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of subparagraph (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (iii):
(iv) financial assistance provided under a program established by a government, or government agency, in Canada that provides income replacement benefits similar to income replacement benefits provided under a program established under the Employment Insurance Act, or
(v) amounts received by the taxpayer in the year under the Wage Earner Protection Program Act in respect of wages (within the meaning of that Act);
(3) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
(4) Subsection (2) applies to the 2003 and subsequent taxation years except that, in its application to the 2003 to 2007 taxation years, paragraph 56(1)(r) of the Act, as amended by subsection (2), is to be read without reference to its subparagraph (v).
14. (1) Paragraph 60(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Premium or payment under RRSP or RRIF
(i) any amount that is deductible under section 146 or 146.3 or subsection 147.3(13.1) in computing the income of the taxpayer for the year;
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of a registered retirement income fund in respect of which the last payment out of the fund is made after 2008.
15. (1) The Act is amended by adding the following after section 60.02:
Additions to clause 60(l)(v)(B.2) for 2008
60.021 (1) In determining the amount that may be deducted because of paragraph 60(l) in computing a taxpayer’s income for the 2008 taxation year, clause 60(l)(v)(B.2) shall be read as follows:
(B.2) the total of all amounts each of which is
(I) the taxpayer’s eligible amount (within the meaning assigned by subsection 146.3(6.11)) for the year in respect of a registered retirement income fund,
(II) the taxpayer’s eligible RRIF withdrawal amount (within the meaning assigned by subsection 60.021(2)) for the year in respect of a registered retirement income fund, or
(III) the taxpayer’s eligible variable benefit withdrawal amount (within the meaning assigned by subsection 60.021(3)) for the year in respect of an account of the taxpayer under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan,
Meaning of eligible RRIF withdrawal amount
(2) A taxpayer’s eligible RRIF withdrawal amount for a taxation year in respect of a registered retirement income fund under which the taxpayer is the annuitant at the beginning of the taxation year is
(a) except where paragraph (b) applies, the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the lesser of
(i) the total of all amounts included, because of subsection 146.3(5), in computing the income of the taxpayer for the taxation year in respect of amounts received out of or under the fund (other than an amount paid by direct transfer from the fund to another fund or to a registered retirement savings plan), and
(ii) the amount that would, in the absence of subsection 146.3(1.1), be the minimum amount under the fund for the taxation year, and
B      is the minimum amount under the fund for the taxation year; and
(b) if the taxpayer attained 70 years of age in 2007, nil.
Meaning of eligible variable benefit withdrawal amount
(3) A taxpayer’s eligible variable benefit withdrawal amount for a taxation year in respect of an account of the taxpayer under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan is the amount determined by the formula
A – B – C
where
A      is the lesser of
(a) the total of all amounts each of which is the amount of a retirement benefit (other than a retirement benefit permissible under any of paragraphs 8506(1)(a) to (e) of the Regulations) paid from the plan in the taxation year in respect of the account and included, because of paragraph 56(1)(a), in computing the taxpayer’s income for the taxation year, and
(b) the amount that would, in the absence of paragraph 8506(7)(b) of the Regulations, be the minimum amount for the account for the taxation year;
B      is the minimum amount for the account for the taxation year; and
C      is the total of all contributions made by the taxpayer under the provision and designated for the purposes of subsection 8506(10) of the Regulations.
Expressions used in this section
(4) For the purposes of this section,
(a) the term “money purchase provision” has the meaning assigned by subsection 147.1(1);
(b) the term “retirement benefit” has the meaning assigned by subsection 8500(1) of the Regulations; and
(c) the minimum amount for an account of a taxpayer under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan is the amount determined in accordance with subsection 8506(5) of the Regulations.
(2) Amounts paid by a taxpayer, to a registered retirement savings plan or registered retirement income fund under which the taxpayer is the annuitant, during the period that begins on March 2, 2009 and that ends on the day that is 30 days after the day on which this Act is assented to, are deemed for the purpose of paragraph 60(l) of the Act to have been made on March 1, 2009, and not when they were actually made, except that the amounts so deemed shall not exceed the total of all amounts each of which is
(a) the taxpayer’s eligible RRIF withdraw- al amount for 2008 in respect of a registered retirement income fund, or
(b) the taxpayer’s eligible variable benefit withdrawal amount for 2008 in respect of an account of the taxpayer under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan.
16. (1) Subparagraph 62(1)(c)(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) in any case described in subparagraph (a)(i) of the definition “eligible relocation” in subsection 248(1), the total of all amounts, each of which is an amount included in computing the taxpayer’s income for the taxation year from the taxpayer’s employment at a new work location or from carrying on the business at the new work location, or because of subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v) in respect of the taxpayer’s employment at the new work location, and
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
17. (1) Section 80.01 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Deemed settlement on SIFT trust wind-up event
(5.1) If a trust that is a SIFT wind-up entity is the only beneficiary under another trust (in this subsection referred to as the “subsidiary trust”), and a capital property that is a debt or other obligation (in this subsection referred to as the “subsidiary trust’s obligation”) of the subsidiary trust to pay an amount to the SIFT wind-up entity is, as a consequence of a distribution from the subsidiary trust that is a SIFT trust wind-up event, settled at a particular time without any payment of an amount or by the payment of an amount that is less than the principal amount of the subsidiary trust’s obligation
(a) paragraph (b) applies if
(i) the payment is less than the amount that would have been the adjusted cost base to the SIFT wind-up entity of the subsidiary trust’s obligation immediately before the particular time, and
(ii) the SIFT wind-up entity elects, in prescribed form on or before the SIFT wind-up entity’s filing-due date for the taxation year that includes the particular time, to have paragraph (b) apply;
(b) if this paragraph applies, the amount paid at the particular time in satisfaction of the principal amount of the subsidiary trust’s obligation is deemed to be equal to the amount that would be the adjusted cost base to the SIFT wind-up entity of the subsidiary trust’s obligation immediately before the particular time if that adjusted cost base included amounts added in computing the SIFT wind-up entity’s income in respect of the portion of the indebtedness representing unpaid interest, to the extent that the SIFT wind-up entity has not deducted any amounts as bad debts in respect of that unpaid interest; and
(c) for the purposes of applying section 80 to the subsidiary trust’s obligation, the subsidiary trust’s obligation is deemed to have been settled immediately before the time that is immediately before the distribution.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008.
18. (1) Section 85.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6):
Application of subsection (8)
(7) Subsection (8) applies in respect of the disposition before 2013 by a taxpayer of SIFT wind-up entity equity (referred to subsection (8) as the “particular unit”) to a taxable Canadian corporation if
(a) the disposition occurs during a period (referred to in this subsection and subsection (8) as the “exchange period”) of no more than 60 days at the end of which all of the equity in the SIFT wind-up entity is owned by the corporation;
(b) the taxpayer receives no consideration for the disposition other than a share (referred to in this subsection and subsection (8) as the “exchange share”) of the capital stock of the corporation that is issued during the exchange period to the taxpayer by the corporation;
(c) neither of subsections 85(1) and (2) applies to the disposition; and
(d) all of the exchange shares issued to holders of equity in the SIFT wind-up entity are shares of a single class of the capital stock of the corporation.
Rollover on SIFT unit for share exchange
(8) If this subsection applies in respect of a disposition by a taxpayer of a particular unit of a SIFT wind-up entity to a corporation for consideration that is an exchange share, the following rules apply:
(a) the taxpayer’s proceeds of disposition of the particular unit, and cost of the exchange share, are deemed to be equal to the cost amount to the taxpayer of the particular unit immediately before the disposition;
(b) if the particular unit was immediately before the disposition taxable Canadian property of the taxpayer, the exchange share is deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the taxpayer;
(c) if the exchange share’s fair market value immediately after the disposition exceeds the particular unit’s fair market value at the time of the disposition, the excess is deemed to be an amount that section 15 requires to be included in computing the taxpayer’s income for the taxpayer’s taxation year in which the disposition occurs;
(d) if the particular unit’s fair market value at the time of the disposition exceeds the exchange share’s fair market value immediately after the disposition, and it is reasonable to regard any part of the excess as a benefit that the taxpayer desired to have conferred on a person, or partnership, with whom the taxpayer does not deal at arm’s length, the excess is deemed to be an amount that section 15 requires to be included in computing the taxpayer’s income for the taxpayer’s taxation year in which the disposition occurs;
(e) the cost to the corporation of the particular unit is deemed to be the lesser of
(i) the fair market value of the particular unit immediately before the disposition, and
(ii) the amount determined for B in the formula in paragraph (f) in respect of the particular unit; and
(f) in computing the paid up capital in respect of each class of shares of the capital stock of the corporation at any time after the disposition there shall be deducted the amount determined by the formula
(A – B) × C/A
where
A      is the increase, if any, as a result of the disposition, in the paid-up capital in respect of all the shares of the capital stock of the corporation, computed without reference to this paragraph as it applies to the disposition,
B      is the amount determined by the formula
D – E
where
D      is
(i) unless subparagraph (ii) applies, the total of all amounts each of which is
(A) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a trust, the fair market value of property received by the SIFT wind-up entity on the issuance of the particular unit, or
(B) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a partnership,
(I) an amount that has at any time been added, in computing the adjusted cost base to any taxpayer of the particular unit on or before the disposition, because of subparagraph 53(1)(e)(iv) or (x), or
(II) an amount that would at any time have been added, in computing the adjusted cost base to any taxpayer of the particular unit on or before the disposition, because of subparagraph 53(1)(e)(i) if subsection 96(1) were read without reference to its paragraph (d) and the partnership deducted all amounts otherwise deductible because of that paragraph, and
(ii) if the SIFT wind-up entity has on or after the end of the exchange period issued a unit, nil, and
E      is the total of all amounts each of which
(i) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a trust, has become payable by the SIFT wind-up entity, in respect of the particular unit, to any holder of the unit on or before the disposition, other than an amount that has become payable out of its income (determined without reference to subsection 104(6)) or capital gains, and
(ii) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a partnership,
(A) has at any time been deducted, in computing the adjusted cost base to any taxpayer of the particular unit on or before the disposition, because of subparagraph 53(2)(c)(iv) or (v), or
(B) would have at any time been deducted, in computing the adjusted cost base to any taxpayer of the particular unit on or before the disposition, because of subparagraph 53(2)(c)(i) if subsection 96(1) were read without reference to its paragraph (d) and the partnership deducted all amounts otherwise deductible because of that paragraph, and
C      is the increase, if any, as a result of the disposition, in the paid-up capital in respect of the class of shares, computed without reference to this paragraph as it applies to the disposition.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to
(a) dispositions that occur on or after July 14, 2008; and
(b) a disposition, by a taxpayer to a corporation, that occurs on or after December 20, 2007 and before July 14, 2008, if the corporation (jointly with the taxpayer, if the taxpayer and the corporation have validly elected that subsection 85(1) or (2) of the Act apply to the disposition) elects in writing, filed with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the corporation’s filing-due date for its taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to, that this subsection apply to the disposition.
19. (1) Paragraph 87(2)(g.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Financial institution rules
(g.2) for the purposes of paragraphs 142.4(4)(c) and (d) and subsections 142.5(5) and (7), 142.51(11) and 142.6(1), the new corporation is deemed to be the same corporation as, and a continuation of, each predecessor corporation;
(2) Subsection 87(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (s):
Deemed SIFT wind-up corporation
(s.1) if a predecessor corporation was a SIFT wind-up corporation immediately before the amalgamation, the new corporation is deemed to be a SIFT wind-up corporation;
(3) Subsection 87(2.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Amalgamation of insurers
(2.2) Where there has been an amalgamation and one or more of the predecessor corporations was an insurer, the new corporation is, notwithstanding subsection (2), deemed, for the purposes of paragraphs 12(1)(d), (e), (e.1), (i) and (s), subsection 12.5(8), paragraphs 20(1)(l), (l.1), (p) and (jj) and 20(7)(c), subsections 20(22) and 20.4(4), sections 138, 138.1, 140, 142 and 148 and Part XII.3, to be the same corporation as, and a continuation of, each of those predecessor corporations.
(4) Subsections (1) and (3) apply to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
(5) Subsection (2) applies after December 19, 2007.
20. (1) Subparagraph 88(1)(g)(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) for the purposes of paragraphs 12(1)(d), (e), (e.1), (i) and (s), subsection 12.5(8), paragraphs 20(1)(l), (l.1), (p) and (jj) and 20(7)(c), subsections 20(22) and 20.4(4), sections 138, 138.1, 140, 142 and 148 and Part XII.3, the parent is deemed to be the same corporation as, and a continuation of, the subsidiary, and
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
21. (1) The Act is amended by adding the following after section 88:
Application
88.1 (1) Subsection (2) applies to a trust’s distribution of property to a taxpayer if
(a) the distribution is a SIFT trust wind-up event;
(b) the trust is
(i) a SIFT wind-up entity whose only beneficiary, at all times at which the trust makes a distribution that is a SIFT trust wind-up event, is a taxable Canadian corporation, or
(ii) a trust whose only beneficiary, at all times at which the trust makes a distribution that is a SIFT trust wind-up event, is another trust described by subparagraph (i);
(c) where the trust is a SIFT wind-up entity, the distribution occurs no more than 60 days after the earlier of
(i) the first SIFT trust wind-up event of the trust, and
(ii) the first distribution to the trust that is a SIFT trust wind-up event of another trust; and
(d) if the property is shares of the capital stock of a taxable Canadian corporation,
(i) the property was not acquired by the trust on a distribution to which subsection 107(3.1) applies, and
(ii) the trust elects in writing, filed with the Minister on or before the trust’s filing-due date for its taxation year that includes the time of the distribution, that this section apply to the distribution.
SIFT trust wind-up event
(2) If this subsection applies to a trust’s distribution of property to a taxpayer, subsections 88(1) to (1.7), and section 87 and paragraphs 256(7)(a) to (e) as they apply for the purposes of those subsections, apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, as if
(a) the trust were a taxable Canadian corporation (in this subsection referred to as the “subsidiary”) that is not a private corporation;
(b) where the taxpayer is a SIFT wind-up entity, the taxpayer were a taxable Canadian corporation that is not a private corporation;
(c) the distribution were a winding-up of the subsidiary;
(d) the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the trust were shares of a single class of shares of the capital stock of the subsidiary owned by the taxpayer;
(e) paragraph 88(1)(b) deemed the taxpayer’s proceeds of disposition of the shares described in paragraph (d) and owned by the taxpayer immediately before the distribution to be equal to the adjusted cost base to the taxpayer of the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the trust immediately before the distribution;
(f) each trust, a majority-interest beneficiary (in this subsection, within the meaning assigned by section 251.1) of which is another trust that is by operation of this subsection treated as if it were a corporation, were a corporation; and
(g) except for the purposes of subsections 88(1.1) and (1.2), the taxpayer last acquired control of the subsidiary and of each corporation (including a trust that is by operation of this subsection treated as if it were a corporation) controlled by the subsidiary at the time, if any, at which the taxpayer last became a majority-interest beneficiary of the trust.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008, except that subsection 88.1(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read without reference to its paragraph (c) in its application to a trust’s distribution of property, if the distribution occurs no more than 60 days after the day on which this Act is assented to.
22. (1) The definition “general rate income pool” in subsection 89(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“general rate income pool”« compte de revenu à taux général »
“general rate income pool” at the end of a particular taxation year, of a taxable Canadian corporation that is a Canadian-controlled private corporation or a deposit insurance corporation in the particular taxation year, is the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the positive or negative amount that would, before taking into consideration the specified future tax consequences for the particular taxation year, be determined by the formula
C + D + E + F – G
where
C      is the corporation’s general rate income pool at the end of its preceding taxation year,
D      is the amount, if any, that is the product of the corporation’s general rate factor for the particular taxation year multiplied by its adjusted taxable income for the particular taxation year,
E      is the total of all amounts each of which is
(a) an eligible dividend received by the corporation in the particular taxation year, or
(b) an amount deductible under section 113 in computing the taxable income of the corporation for the particular taxation year,
F      is the total of all amounts determined under subsections (4) to (6) in respect of the corporation for the particular taxation year, and
G      is
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies, the amount, if any, by which
(i) the total of all amounts each of which is the amount of an eligible dividend paid by the corporation in its preceding taxation year
exceeds
(ii) the total of all amounts each of which is an excessive eligible dividend designation made by the corporation in its preceding taxation year, or
(b) if subsection (4) applies to the corporation in the particular taxation year, nil, and
B       is the amount determined by the formula
H × (I – J)
where
H       is the corporation’s general rate factor for the particular taxation year,
I       is the total of the corporation’s full rate taxable incomes (as would be defined in the definition “full rate taxable income” in subsection 123.4(1), if that definition were read without reference to its subparagraphs (a)(i) to (iii)) for the corporation’s preceding three taxation years, determined without taking into consideration the specified future tax consequences, for those preceding taxation years, that arise in respect of the particular taxation year, and
J       is the total of the corporation’s full rate taxable incomes (as would be defined in the definition “full rate taxable income” in subsection 123.4(1), if that definition were read without reference to its subparagraphs (a)(i) to (iii)) for those preceding taxation years;
(2) Subparagraph (b)(iii) of the definition “paid-up capital” in subsection 89(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(iii) where the particular time is after March 31, 1977, an amount equal to the paid-up capital in respect of that class of shares at the particular time, computed without reference to the provisions of this Act except subsections 51(3) and 66.3(2) and (4), sections 84.1 and 84.2, subsections 85(2.1), 85.1(2.1) and (8), 86(2.1), 87(3) and (9), 128.1(2) and (3), 138(11.7), 139.1(6) and (7), 192(4.1) and 194(4.1) and section 212.1,
(3) Subsection 89(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“adjusted taxable income”« revenu imposable rajusté »
“adjusted taxable income” of a corporation for a taxation year is the amount determined by the formula
A – B – C
where
A      is
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies, the corporation’s taxable income for the taxation year, and
(b) if the corporation is a deposit insurance corporation in the taxation year, nil,
B      is the amount determined by multiplying the amount, if any, deducted by the corporation under subsection 125(1) for the taxation year by the quotient obtained by dividing 100 by the rate of the deduction provided under that subsection for the taxation year, and
C      is
(a) if the corporation is a Canadian-controlled private corporation in the taxation year, the lesser of the corporation’s aggregate investment income for the taxation year and the corporation’s taxable income for the taxation year, and
(b) in any other case, nil;
“general rate factor”« facteur du taux géneral »
“general rate factor” of a corporation for a taxation year is the total of
(a) that proportion of 0.68 that the number of days in the taxation year that are before 2010 is of the number of days in the taxation year,
(b) that proportion of 0.69 that the number of days in the taxation year that are in 2010 is of the number of days in the taxation year,
(c) that proportion of 0.70 that the number of days in the taxation year that are in 2011 is of the number of days in the taxation year, and
(d) that proportion of 0.72 that the number of days in the taxation year that are after 2011 is of the number of days in the taxation year;
(4) Subsections (1) and (3) apply to the 2006 and subsequent taxation years.
(5) Subsection (2) applies after December 19, 2007.
23. (1) Subsections 91(5.1) to (5.3) of the Act are repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after 2011.
24. (1) Subsection 92(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Adjusted cost base of share of foreign affiliate
92. (1) In computing, at any time in a taxation year, the adjusted cost base to a taxpayer resident in Canada of any share owned by the taxpayer of the capital stock of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer,
(a) there shall be added in respect of that share any amount included in respect of that share under subsection 91(1) or (3) in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year or any preceding taxation year (or that would have been required to have been so included in computing the taxpayer’s income but for subsection 56(4.1) and sections 74.1 to 75 of this Act and section 74 of the Income Tax Act, chapter 148 of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1952); and
(b) there shall be deducted in respect of that share
(i) any amount deducted by the taxpayer under subsection 91(2) or (4), and
(ii) any dividend received by the taxpayer before that time, to the extent of the amount deducted by the taxpayer, in respect of the dividend, under subsection 91(5)
in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year or any preceding taxation year (or that would have been deductible by the taxpayer but for subsection 56(4.1) and sections 74.1 to 75 of this Act and section 74 of the Income Tax Act, chapter 148 of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1952).
(2) Subsection (1) applies after 2011.
25. (1) Subsection 95(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“antecedent corporation”« société antécédente »
“antecedent corporation” of a particular corporation means
(a) a predecessor corporation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) in respect of an amalgamation to which subsection 87(11) applied and by which the particular corporation was formed,
(b) a predecessor corporation (within the meaning of subsection 87(1)) of the corporation (referred to in this definition as the “first amalco”) that was formed on an amalgamation of the predecessor corporation and another corporation, where
(i) shares of the capital stock of the predecessor corporation that were not owned by the other corporation, or by a corporation of which the other corporation is a subsidiary wholly-owned corporation, were exchanged on the amalgamation for shares of the capital stock of the first amalco that were, during the series of transactions or events that includes the amalgamation, redeemed, acquired or cancelled by the first amalco for money,
(ii) the first amalco was a predecessor corporation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) in respect of an amalgamation to which subsection 87(11) applied and by which the particular corporation was formed, and
(iii) the amalgamation referred to in subparagraph (i) occurred in a series of transactions or events that included the amalgamation referred to in subparagraph (ii),
(c) a corporation that was wound-up into the particular corporation in a winding-up to which subsection 88(1) applied, or
(d) an antecedent corporation of an anteced- ent corporation of the particular corporation;
“calculating currency”« monnaie de calcul »
“calculating currency” for a taxation year of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer means
(a) the currency of the country in which the foreign affiliate is resident at the end of the taxation year, or
(b) any currency that the taxpayer demonstrates to be reasonable in the circumstances;
“designated acquired corporation”« société acquise désignée »
“designated acquired corporation” of a taxpayer means a particular antecedent corporation of the taxpayer if 
(a) the taxpayer or another antecedent corporation of the taxpayer acquired control of
(i) the particular antecedent corporation, or
(ii) a corporation (referred to in this definition as a “successor corporation”) of which the particular antecedent corporation is an antecedent corporation, and
(b) immediately before the acquisition of control or a series of transactions or events that includes the acquisition of control, the taxpayer, the other antecedent corporation or a corporation resident in Canada of which the taxpayer or the other antecedent corporation is a subsidiary wholly-owned corporation, as the case may be, dealt at arm’s length (otherwise than because of a right referred to in paragraph 251(5)(b)) with the particular antecedent corporation or the successor corporation, as the case may be;
“specified person or partnership”« personne ou société de personnes déterminée »
“specified person or partnership”, in respect of a taxpayer, at any time means the taxpayer or a person (other than a designated acquired corporation of the taxpayer), or a partnership, that is at that time
(a) a person (other than a partnership) that is resident in Canada and does not, at that time, deal at arm’s length with the taxpayer,
(b) a specified predecessor corporation of the taxpayer or of a specified person or partnership in respect of the taxpayer,
(c) a foreign affiliate of
(i) the taxpayer,
(ii) a person that is at that time a specified person or partnership in respect of the taxpayer under this definition because of paragraph (a) or (b), or
(iii) a partnership that is at that time a specified person or partnership in respect of the taxpayer under this definition because of paragraph (d), or
(d) a partnership a member of which is at that time a specified person or partnership in respect of the taxpayer under this definition;
“specified predecessor corporation”« société remplacée déterminée »
“specified predecessor corporation” of a partic- ular corporation means
(a) an antecedent corporation of the particular corporation,
(b) a predecessor corporation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) in respect of an amalgamation by which the particular corporation was formed, or
(c) a specified predecessor corporation of a specified predecessor corporation of the particular corporation;
(2) Paragraph 95(2)(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(f) except as otherwise provided in this subdivision and except to the extent that the context otherwise requires, a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer is deemed to be at all times resident in Canada for the purposes of determining, in respect of the taxpayer for a taxation year of the foreign affiliate, each amount that is the foreign affiliate’s
(i) capital gain, capital loss, taxable capital gain or allowable capital loss from a disposition of a property, or
(ii) income or loss from a property, from a business other than an active business or from a non-qualifying business;
(f.1) in computing an amount described in paragraph (f) in respect of a property or a business, there is not to be included any portion of that amount that can reasonably be considered to have accrued, in respect of the property (including for the purposes of this paragraph any property for which the property was substituted) or the business, while no person or partnership that held the property or carried on the business was a specified person or partnership in respect of the taxpayer referred to in paragraph (f);
(f.11) in determining an amount described in paragraph (f) for a taxation year of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer,
(i) if the amount is described in subparagraph (f)(i), this Act is to be read without reference to section 26 of the Income Tax Application Rules, and
(ii) if the amount is described in subparagraph (f)(ii),
(A) this Act is to be read without reference to subsections 14(1.01) to (1.03), 17(1) and 18(4) and section 91, except that, where the foreign affiliate is a member of a partnership, section 91 is to be applied to determine the income or loss of the partnership and for that purpose subsection 96(1) is to be applied to determine the foreign affiliate’s share of that income or loss of the partnership, and
(B) if the foreign affiliate has, in the taxation year, disposed of a foreign resource property in respect of a country, it is deemed to have designated, in respect of the disposition and in accord- ance with subparagraph 59(1)(b)(ii) for the taxation year, the amount, if any, by which
(I) the amount determined under paragraph 59(1)(a) in respect of the disposition
exceeds
(II) the amount determined under subparagraph 59(1)(b)(i) in respect of the disposition;
(f.12) a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer shall determine each of the following amounts using its calculating currency for a taxation year:
(i) subject to paragraph (f.13), each capital gain, capital loss, taxable capital gain and allowable capital loss of the foreign affiliate for the taxation year from the disposition, at any time, of a property that, at that time, was an excluded property of the foreign affiliate,
(ii) its income or loss for the taxation year from each active business carried on by it in the taxation year in a country, and
(iii) its income or loss that is included in computing its income or loss from an active business for the taxation year because of paragraph (a);
(f.13) where the calculating currency of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer is a currency other than Canadian currency, the foreign affiliate shall determine the amount included in computing its foreign accrual property income, in respect of the taxpayer for a taxation year of the foreign affiliate, attribut- able to its capital gain or taxable capital gain, from the disposition of an excluded property in the taxation year, in Canadian currency by converting the amount of the capital gain, or taxable capital gain, otherwise determined under subparagraph (f.12)(i) using its calculating currency for the taxation year into Canadian currency using the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada at noon on the day on which the disposition was made;
(f.14) a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer shall determine using Canadian currency each amount of its income, loss, capital gain, capital loss, taxable capital gain or allowable capital loss for a taxation year, other than an amount to which paragraph (f.12) or (f.13) applies;
(f.15) for the purpose of applying subparagraph (f.12)(i), the reference in subsection 39(2) to “the currency or currencies of one or more countries other than Canada relative to Canadian currency” is to be read as a reference to “one or more currencies other than the calculating currency relative to the calculating currency” and the references in that subsection to “of a country other than Canada” are to be read as references to “other than the calculating currency”;
(3) The portion of subsection 95(2.2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Qualifying interest throughout year
(2.2) For the purposes of paragraphs (2)(a) and (g), a non-resident corporation that is not a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer in respect of which the taxpayer has a qualifying interest throughout a particular taxation year is deemed to be a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer in respect of which the taxpayer has a qualifying interest throughout that particular taxation year if
(4) Section 95 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.2):
Controlled foreign affiliate throughout year
(2.201) For the purposes of paragraphs (2)(a) and (g), a non-resident corporation is deemed to be a controlled foreign affiliate of a taxpayer throughout a taxation year of the non-resident corporation if
(a) in the taxation year, a person or partnership acquires or disposes of shares of the capital stock of a corporation and, because of the acquisition or disposition, the non-resident corporation becomes or ceases to be a controlled foreign affiliate of the taxpayer; and
(b) at either or both of the beginning and end of the taxation year, the non-resident corporation is a controlled foreign affiliate of the taxpayer.
(5) Section 95 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.5):
Rule for the definition “specified person or partnership”
(2.6) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definition “specified person or partnership” in subsection (1), if a person or partnership (referred to in this subsection as the “taxpayer”) is not dealing at arm’s length with another person or partnership (referred to in this subsection as the “particular person”) at a particular time, the taxpayer is deemed to have existed and not to have dealt at arm’s length with the particular person, nor with each specified predecessor corporation of the partic- ular person, throughout the period that began when the particular person or the specified predecessor corporation, as the case may be, came into existence and that ends at the particular time.
(6) Subsections (1), (2) and (5) apply to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer that begin after October 2, 2007. However,
(a) for taxation years of a foreign affiliate that begin before 2009, subparagraph 95(2)(f)(ii) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), shall be read as follows:
(ii) income or loss from a property or from a business other than an active business;
(b) if the taxpayer elects in writing in respect of all of its foreign affiliates and files the election with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the day (referred to in this subsection as the taxpayer’s “election day”) that is the later of the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to and the day that is one year after the day on which this Act is assented to, subsection 95(2.6) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), shall, in its application to a taxation year of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer that begins after October 2, 2007 and before July 14, 2008, be read as follows:
(2.6) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definition “specified person or partnership” in subsection (1), in determining whether, at a particular time, a person was not, at a time (referred to in this subsection as the “prior time”) that is before the particular time and at which that person did not exist, dealing at arm’s length with another person, where the person exists at the particular time but did not exist at the prior time
(a) the person is deemed to exist at the prior time; and
(b) where the person is related to another person at the particular time, the person is deemed to have been related to that other person at the prior time.
(c) if the taxpayer elects in writing in respect of all of its foreign affiliates and files the election with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s election day, subsections (1), (2) and (5) also apply to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer that begin before October 2, 2007 and after the date chosen by the taxpayer under paragraph (d), except that subparagraph 95(2)(f)(ii) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), shall be read in its application to those taxation years in the manner described in paragraph (a); and
(d) to be valid, an election under paragraph (c) must include the identification by the taxpayer of its choice of one of the following dates:
(i) December 31, 1994,
(ii) December 20, 2002, or
(iii) February 27, 2004.
(7) Subsection (3) applies to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer that begin after 1994. However, the portion of subsection 95(2.2) of the Act before paragraph (a), as enacted by subsection (3), shall, in its application to taxation years of a foreign affiliate that begin after 1994 and before 2009, be read as follows:
(2.2) For the purposes of paragraphs (2)(a) and (g),
(8) Subsection (4) applies to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of a taxpayer that end after 1999. However,
(a) subject to paragraph (b), for taxation years of a foreign affiliate that begin before December 21, 2002, the reference to “for the purposes of paragraphs (2)(a) and (g)” in subsection 95(2.201) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (4), shall be read as a reference to “for the purpose of paragraph (2)(a)”; and
(b) if the taxpayer has made a valid election under subsection 26(46) of the Budget and Economic Statement Implementation Act, 2007, subsection (4) applies to taxation years of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer that begin after 1994.
(9) Notwithstanding subsections 152(4) to (5) of the Act, any assessment of a taxpayer’s tax, interest and penalties payable under the Act for any taxation year shall be made that is necessary to take into account the provisions of subsections (1) to (8).
26. (1) The portion of subsection 107(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Distribution by personal trust
(2) Subject to subsections (2.001), (2.002) and (4) to (5), if at any time a property of a personal trust or a prescribed trust is distributed (otherwise than as a SIFT trust wind-up event) by the trust to a taxpayer who was a beneficiary under the trust and there is a resulting disposition of all or any part of the taxpayer’s capital interest in the trust,
(2) The portion of subsection 107(2.1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Other distributions
(2.1) Where at any time a property of a trust is distributed by the trust to a beneficiary under the trust, there would, if this Act were read without reference to paragraphs (h) and (i) of the definition “disposition” in sub- section 248(1), be a resulting disposition of all or any part of the beneficiary’s capital interest in the trust (which interest or part, as the case may be, is in this subsection referred to as the “former interest”) and the rules in subsections (2) and (3.1) and sections 88.1 and 132.2 do not apply in respect of the distribution,
(3) Section 107 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2.2):
Application of subsection (3.1)
(3) Subsection (3.1) applies to a trust’s distribution of property to a taxpayer if
(a) the distribution is a SIFT trust wind-up event to which section 88.1 does not apply;
(b) the property is a share and the only shares distributed on any SIFT trust wind-up event of the trust are of a single class of the capital stock of a taxable Canadian corporation; and
(c) where the trust is a SIFT wind-up entity, the distribution occurs no more than 60 days after the earlier of
(i) the first SIFT trust wind-up event of the trust, and
(ii) the first distribution to the trust that is a SIFT trust wind-up event of another trust.
SIFT trust wind-up event
(3.1) If this subsection applies to a trust’s distribution of property, the following rules apply:
(a) the trust is deemed to have disposed of the property for proceeds of disposition equal to the adjusted cost base to the trust of the property immediately before the distribution;
(b) the taxpayer is deemed to have disposed of the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the trust for proceeds of disposition equal to the cost amount to the taxpayer of the interest immediately before the distribution;
(c) the taxpayer is deemed to have acquired the property at a cost equal to
(i) if, at all times at which the trust makes a distribution that is a SIFT trust wind-up event, the taxpayer is the only beneficiary under the trust and is a SIFT wind-up entity or a taxable Canadian corporation, the adjusted cost base to the trust of the property immediately before the distribution, and
(ii) in any other case, the cost amount to the taxpayer of the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the trust immediately before the distribution;
(d) if the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the trust was immediately before the disposition taxable Canadian property of the taxpayer, the property is deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the taxpayer; and
(e) if a liability of the trust becomes as a consequence of the distribution a liability of the corporation described in paragraph (3)(b) in respect of the distribution, and the amount payable by the corporation on the maturity of the liability is the same as the amount that would have been payable by the trust on its maturity,
(i) the transfer of the liability by the trust to the corporation is deemed not to have occurred, and
(ii) the liability is deemed
(A) to have been incurred or issued by the corporation at the time at which, and under the agreement under which, it was incurred or issued by the trust, and
(B) not to have been incurred or issued by the trust.
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) apply after July 14, 2008, except that
(a) paragraph 107(3)(b) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (3), is to be read without reference to “of a single class” in its application to a trust’s distribution of property before February 3, 2009; and
(b) subsection 107(3) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (3), is to be read without reference to its paragraph (c) in its application to a trust’s distribution of property, if the distribution occurs no more than 60 days after the day on which this Act is assented to.
27. (1) Paragraph 107.4(3)(f) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(f) if the property was deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the transferor by this paragraph or paragraph 44.1(2)(c), 51(1)(f), 85(1)(i) or 85.1(1)(a) or (8)(b), subsection 85.1(5) or 87(4) or (5) or paragraph 97(2)(c) or 107(2)(d.1) or (3.1)(d), the property is deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the transferee trust;
(2) Subsection (1) applies
(a) to dispositions that occur after December 23, 1998; and
(b) in respect of the 1996 and subsequent taxation years, to transfers of capital property that occurred before December 24, 1998.
28. (1) The portion of the definition “cost amount” in subsection 108(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“cost amount”« coût indiqué »
“cost amount” to a taxpayer at any time of a capital interest or part of it, as the case may be, in a trust, means (notwithstanding subsection 248(1) and except for the purposes of subsection 107(3.1) and section 107.4 and except in respect of a capital interest in a trust that is at that time a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer),
(2) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008.
29. (1) Paragraph 110.1(8)(e) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
(e) the donee is a registered charity that, in the opinion of the Minister for International Cooperation (or, if there is no such Minister, the Minister responsible for the Canadian International Development Agency) meets conditions prescribed by regulation.
(2) Section 110.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):
Rules governing international medical charities
(9) For the purpose of paragraph (8)(e),
(a) for greater certainty, nothing in paragraph (8)(b) modifies the application to a registered charity of the prescribed conditions referred to in paragraph (8)(e);
(b) if, in respect of a registered charity, the Minister referred to in paragraph (8)(e) is of the opinion described in that paragraph
(i) that Minister may also designate a period of time during which that opinion is valid, and
(ii) notwithstanding subparagraph (i), the opinion may be revoked at any time by that Minister if
(A) that Minister is of the opinion that the registered charity no longer meets prescribed conditions referred to in paragraph (8)(e), or
(B) any person has made any misrepresentation that is attributable to neglect, carelessness or wilful default for the purpose of obtaining the opinion; and
(c) a revocation referred to in subparagraph (b)(ii) is effective as of the time that notice, in writing, of the revocation is issued by that Minister to the registered charity.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply in respect of gifts made after June 2008.
30. (1) Subsection 111(8) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“exchange rate”« taux de change »
“exchange rate” at any time in respect of a currency of a country other than Canada means the rate of exchange between that currency and Canadian currency quoted by the Bank of Canada at noon on the day that includes that time or, if that day is not a business day, on the day that immediately precedes that day, or a rate of exchange acceptable to the Minister;
“foreign currency debt”« dette en monnaie étrangère »
“foreign currency debt” means a debt obligation denominated in a currency of a country other than Canada;
(2) Section 111 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (11):
Foreign currency debt on acquisition of control
(12) For the purposes of subsection (4), if at any time a corporation owes a foreign currency debt in respect of which the corporation would have had, if the foreign currency debt had been repaid at that time, a capital loss or gain, the corporation is deemed to own at the time (in this subsection referred to as the “measurement time”) that is immediately before that time a property
(a) the adjusted cost base of which at the measurement time is the amount determined by the formula
A + B – C
where
A       is the amount of principal owed by the corporation under the foreign currency debt at the measurement time, calculated, for greater certainty, using the exchange rate applicable at the measurement time,
B      is the portion of any gain, previously recognized in respect of the foreign currency debt because of this section, that is reasonably attributable to the amount described in A, and
C      is the portion of any capital loss previously recognized in respect of the foreign currency debt because of this section, that is reasonably attributable to the amount described in A; and
(b) the fair market value of which is the amount that would be the amount of the principal owed by the corporation under the foreign currency debt at the measurement time if that amount were calculated using the exchange rate applicable at the time of the original borrowing.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to any acquisition of control of a corporation that occurs
(a) after March 7, 2008, other than an acquisition of control that occurs before 2009 under the terms of an agreement made in writing on or before March 7, 2008; or
(b) after 2005, if the corporation so elects in writing and files the election with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the corporation’s filing-due date for the corporation’s taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to.
(4) If an election under paragraph (3)(b) is made by the corporation in respect of an acquisition of control, a designation under paragraph 111(4)(e) of the Act by the corporation for its taxation year that ended immediately before the acquisition of control is deemed to have been made in a timely manner if that designation is made on or before the corporation’s filing-due date for its taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to.
31. (1) Subparagraph 115(1)(a)(iii.21) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(iii.21) the total of all amounts, each of which is an amount included under subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v) or section 56.3 in computing the non-resident person’s income for the year,
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
32. (1) Paragraph 116(6)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) a security that is
(i) listed on a recognized stock exchange, and
(ii) either
(A) a share of the capital stock of a corporation, or
(B) SIFT wind-up entity equity;
(2) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008.
33. (1) Subsection 117(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Rates for taxation years after 2008
(2) The tax payable under this Part by an individual on the individual’s taxable income or taxable income earned in Canada, as the case may be (in this subdivision referred to as the “amount taxable”) for a taxation year is
(a) 15% of the amount taxable, if the amount taxable is equal to or less than the amount determined for the taxation year in respect of $40,726;
(b) if the amount taxable is greater than $40,726 and is equal to or less than $81,452, the maximum amount determina- ble in respect of the taxation year under paragraph (a), plus 22% of the amount by which the amount taxable exceeds $40,726 for the year;
(c) if the amount taxable is greater than $81,452, but is equal to or less than $126,264, the maximum amount determina- ble in respect of the taxation year under paragraph (b), plus 26% of the amount by which the amount taxable exceeds $81,452 for the year; and
(d) if the amount taxable is greater than $126,264, the maximum amount determinable in respect of the taxation year under paragraph (c), plus 29% of the amount by which the amount taxable exceeds $126,264 for the year.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
34. (1) The portion of paragraph (a) of the description of B in subsection 118(1) of the Act before the description of C in subparagraph (ii) is replaced by the following:
Married or common-law partnership status
(a) in the case of an individual who at any time in the year is a married person or a person who is in a common-law partnership who supports the individual’s spouse or common-law partner and is not living separate and apart from the spouse or common-law partner by reason of a breakdown of their marriage or common-law partnership, an amount equal to the total of
(i) $10,320, and
(ii) the amount determined by the formula
$10,320 – C
where
(2) The description of C in subparagraph (a)(ii) of the description of B in subsection 118(1) of the English version of the Act is replaced by the following:
C      is the income of the individ- ual’s spouse or common-law partner for the year or, where the individual and the individual’s spouse or common-law partner are living separate and apart at the end of the year because of a breakdown of their marriage or common-law partnership, the spouse’s or common-law partner’s income for the year while married to, or in a common-law partnership with, the individual and not so separated,
(3) The portion of paragraph 118(1)(b) of the French version of the Act before the description of D is replaced by the following:
Crédit équivalent pour personne entièrement à charge
b) le total de 10 320 $ et de la somme obtenue par la formule suivante :
10 320 $ – D
où :
(4) Subparagraphs (b)(iii) and (iv) of the description of B in subsection 118(1) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(iii) $10,320, and
(iv) the amount determined by the formula
$10,320 – D
where
D      is the dependent person’s income for the year,
(5) Paragraph (c) of the description of B in subsection 118(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Single status
(c) except in the case of an individual entitled to a deduction because of paragraph (a) or (b), $10,320,
(6) The formula in subsection 118(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
A × ($6,408 – B)
(7) Subsections 118(3.1), (3.2) and (9) of the Act are repealed.
(8) Paragraph (b) of the description of B in subsection 118(10) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the total of all amounts, each of which is an amount included in computing the individual’s income for the taxation year from an office or employment or an amount included in the taxpayer’s income for the taxation year because of subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v).
(9) Subsections (1) and (2) to (7) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
(10) Subsection (3) applies to the 2007 and subsequent taxation years.
(11) Subsection (8) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
35. (1) The portion of subsection 118.1(5.3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Direct designation — RRSPs, RRIFs and TFSAs
(5.3) If as a consequence of an individual’s death, a transfer of money, or a transfer by means of a negotiable instrument, is made, from an arrangement (other than an arrangement of which a licensed annuities provider is the issuer or carrier) that is a registered retirement savings plan or registered retirement income fund or that was, immediately before the individual’s death, a TFSA to a qualified donee, solely because of the donee’s interest or, for civil law, a right as a beneficiary under the arrangement, the individ- ual was the annuitant under, or the holder of, the arrangement immediately before the individ- ual’s death and the transfer occurs within the 36-month period that begins at the time of the death (or, where written application to extend the period has been made to the Minister by the individual’s legal representative, within such longer period as the Minister considers reasonable in the circumstances),
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
36. (1) The definition “investment” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“investment”« placement »
“investment”, in a trust or partnership, 
(a) means
(i) a property that is a security of the trust or partnership, or
(ii) a right which may reasonably be considered to replicate a return on, or the value of, a security of the trust or partnership; but
(b) does not include
(i) an unaffiliated publicly-traded liability of the trust or partnership, nor
(ii) regulated innovative capital.
(2) The portion of paragraph (a) of the definition “non-portfolio property” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
(a) a security of a subject entity (other than a portfolio investment entity), if at that time the trust or partnership holds
(3) Paragraph (a) of the definition “qualified REIT property” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) a real or immovable property;
(4) Subparagraph (c)(i) of the definition “qualified REIT property” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) legal title to real or immovable property of the trust or of another subject entity all of the securities of which are held by the trust (including real or immovable property that the trust or the other subject entity holds together with one or more other persons or partnerships), and
(5) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of the definition “real estate investment trust” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(c) not less than 75% of the trust’s revenues for the taxation year are derived from one or more of the following:
(i) rent from real or immovable properties,
(ii) interest from mortgages, or hypothecs, on real or immovable properties, and
(iii) capital gains from dispositions of real or immovable properties; and
(d) at each time in the taxation year an amount, that is equal to 75% or more of the equity value of the trust at that time, is the amount that is the total fair market value of all properties held by the trust each of which is real or immovable property, indebtedness of a Canadian corporation represented by a bankers’ acceptance, property described by either paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition “qualified investment” in section 204, or a deposit with a credit union.
(6) Subparagraph (a)(ii) of the definition “rent from real or immovable properties” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) payment for services ancillary to the rental of real or immovable properties and customarily supplied or rendered in connection with the rental of real or immov- able properties, and
(iii) a payment that is included under paragraph 104(13)(a) in computing the recipient’s income and that was made from the part of a trust’s income (determined without reference to subsection 104(6)) that was derived from rent from real or immovable properties; but
(7) The portion of the definition “SIFT trust” in subsection 122.1(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“SIFT trust”« fiducie intermédiaire de placement déterminée »
“SIFT trust”, being a specified investment flow-through trust, for a taxation year means a trust (other than an excluded subsidiary entity, or a real estate investment trust, for the taxation year) that meets the following conditions at any time during the taxation year:
(8) Subsection 122.1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“equity”« capitaux propres »
“equity”, of an entity, means
(a) if the entity is a corporation, a share of the capital stock of the corporation;
(b) if the entity is a trust, an income or capital interest in the trust;
(c) if the entity is a partnership, an interest as a member of the partnership;
(d) a liability of the entity (and, for purposes of the definition “publicly-traded liability” in this section, a security of the entity that is a liability of another entity) if
(i) the liability is convertible into, or exchangeable for, equity of the entity or of another entity, or
(ii) any amount paid or payable in respect of the liability is contingent or dependent on the use of or production from property, or is computed by reference to revenue, profit, cash flow, commodity price or any other similar criterion or by reference to dividends paid or payable to shareholders of any class of shares of the capital stock of a corporation, or to income or capital paid or payable to any member of a partnership or beneficiary under a trust; and
(e) a right to, or to acquire, anything described in this paragraph and any of paragraphs (a) to (d).
“excluded subsidiary entity”« filiale exclue »
“excluded subsidiary entity”, for a taxation year, means an entity none of the equity of which is at any time in the taxation year
(a) listed or traded on a stock exchange or other public market; nor
(b) held by any person or partnership other than
(i) a real estate investment trust,
(ii) a taxable Canadian corporation,
(iii) a SIFT trust (determined without reference to subsection (2)),
(iv) a SIFT partnership (determined without reference to subsection 197(8)), or
(v) an excluded subsidiary entity for the taxation year.
“portfolio investment entity”« entité de placement de portefeuille »
“portfolio investment entity” at any time means an entity that does not at that time hold any non-portfolio property.
“publicly-traded liability”« dette transigée publiquement »
“publicly-traded liability”, of an entity, means a liability that is a security of the entity, that is not equity of the entity and that is listed or traded on a stock exchange or other public market.
“regulated innovative capital”« capital innovateur réglementé »
“regulated innovative capital” means equity of a trust, where
(a) since November 2006, the equity has been authorized, by the Superintendent of Financial Institutions or by a provincial regulatory authority having powers similar to those of the Superintendent, as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital of a financial institution (as defined by subsection 181(1));
(b) the terms and conditions of the equity have not changed after August 1, 2008;
(c) the trust has not issued any equity after October 31, 2006; and
(d) the trust does not hold any non-portfolio property other than
(i) liabilities of the financial institution, and
(ii) shares of the capital stock of the financial institution that were acquired by the trust for the sole purpose of satisfying a right to require the trust to accept, as demanded by a holder of the equity, the surrender of the equity.
“unaffiliated publicly-traded liability”« dette non affiliée transigée publiquement »
“unaffiliated publicly-traded liability”, of an entity at any time means a publicly-traded liability of the entity if, at that time the total fair market value of all publicly-traded liabilities of the entity that are held at that time by persons or partnerships that are not affiliated with the entity is at least 90% of the total fair market value of all publicly-traded liabilities of the entity.
(9) Subsections (1) to (8) are deemed to have come into force on October 31, 2006.
37. (1) Paragraph (c) of the definition “eligible individual” in subsection 122.51(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) the total of whose incomes for the year from the following sources is at least $2,500:
(i) offices and employments (computed without reference to paragraph 6(1)(f)),
(ii) businesses each of which is a business carried on by the individual either alone or as a partner actively engaged in the business, and
(iii) the program established under the Wage Earner Protection Program Act.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
38. (1) Paragraph (b) of the definition “working income” in subsection 122.7(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) all amounts that are included, or that would, but for paragraph 81(1)(a), be included, because of paragraph 56(1)(n) or (o) or subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v) in computing the individual’s income for a period in the taxation year; and
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
39. (1) Subsection 125(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Business limit
(2) For the purpose of this section, a corporation’s business limit for a taxation year is $500,000 unless the corporation is associated in the taxation year with one or more other Canadian-controlled private corporations, in which case, except as otherwise provided in this section, its business limit is nil.
(2) Paragraph 125(3)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) if the total of the percentages assigned in the agreement does not exceed 100%, $500,000 multiplied by the percentage assigned to that corporation in the agreement; and
(3) In applying subsection 125(5) of the Act to a corporation for a 2009 or 2010 taxation year of the corporation that began before 2009, subparagraph 125(5)(a)(i) of the Act is to be read as follows:
(i) the amount that would have been its business limit determined under subsection (3) or (4) for the first such taxation year ending in the calendar year if the reference to $400,000 in subsection (3), as it applied in respect of that first such taxation year, had been read in the same manner as it is read in respect of the particular taxation year ending in the calendar year, and
(4) The description of M in the definition “specified partnership income” in subsection 125(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
M      is the lesser of
(i) $500,000, and
(ii) the product obtained when $1,370 is multiplied by the total of all amounts each of which is the number of days in a fiscal period of the partnership that ends in the year, and
(5) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years except that, for a 2009 or 2010 taxation year that began before 2009, the reference in subsection 125(2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), to “$500,000” shall be read as a reference to the total of
(a) that proportion of $400,000 that the number of days in the taxation year that are before 2009 is of the number of days in the taxation year, and
(b) that proportion of $500,000 that the number of days in the taxation year that are after 2008 is of the number of days in the taxation year.
(6) Subsection (2) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years except that, for a 2009 or 2010 taxation year that began before 2009, the reference in paragraph 125(3)(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), to “$500,000” is to be read as a reference to “the amount that would, if the corporation were not associated in the year with any other corporation, be its business limit for the year determined without reference to subsections (5) and (5.1)”.
(7) Subsection (4) applies to fiscal periods of a partnership that end after 2008.
40. (1) Paragraph (a) of the definition “flow-through mining expenditure” in subsection 127(9) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) that is a Canadian exploration expense incurred by a corporation after March 2009 and before 2011 (including, for greater certainty, an expense that is deemed by subsection 66(12.66) to be incurred before 2011) in conducting mining exploration activity from or above the surface of the earth for the purpose of determining the existence, location, extent or quality of a mineral resource described in paragraph (a) or (d) of the definition “mineral resource” in subsection 248(1),
(2) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of the definition “flow-through mining expenditure” in subsection 127(9) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(c) an amount in respect of which is renounced in accordance with subsection 66(12.6) by the corporation to the taxpayer (or a partnership of which the taxpayer is a member) under an agreement described in that subsection and made after March 2009 and before April 2010, and
(d) that is not an expense that was renounced under subsection 66(12.6) to the corporation (or a partnership of which the corporation is a member), unless that renunciation was under an agreement described in that subsection and made after March 2009 and before April 2010;
(3) Paragraph 127(9.01)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the number that is the total of 10 and the number of taxation years by which the number of taxation years of the taxpayer that have ended after 1997 exceeds 11.
(4) Paragraph 127(9.02)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the number that is the total of 9 and the number of taxation years by which the number of taxation years of the taxpayer that have ended after 1997 exceeds 11.
(5) The formula in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
($8 million – 10A) × [($40 million – B)/$40 million]
(6) Paragraph (a) of the description of A in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) $500,000, and
(7) Subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii) of the description of B in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(i) if the particular corporation is not associated with any other corporation in the particular taxation year, the amount that is its taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) for its immediately preceding taxation year, or
(ii) if the particular corporation is associated with one or more other corporations in the particular taxation year, the amount that is the total of all amounts, each of which is the taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) of the particular corporation for its, or of one of the other corporations for its, last taxation year that ended in the last calendar year that ended before the end of the particular taxation year, or
(8) Subsection 127(10.22) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Deemed non-association of corporations
(10.22) If a particular Canadian-controlled private corporation is associated with another corporation in circumstances where those corporations would not be associated if the Act were read without reference to paragraph 256(1.2)(a), the particular corporation has issued shares to one or more persons who have been issued shares by the other corporation and there is at least one shareholder of the particular corporation who is not a shareholder of the other corporation or one shareholder of the other corporation who is not a shareholder of the particular corporation, the particular corporation is deemed not to be associated with the other corporation for the purpose of determining the particular corporation’s expenditure limit under subsection (10.2).
(9) Paragraph 127(10.6)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) for the purpose of subsection (10.2), where a Canadian-controlled private corporation has a taxation year that is less than 51 weeks, the taxable income of the corporation for the year shall be determined by multiplying that amount by the ratio that 365 is of the number of days in that year.
(10) Paragraph 127(36)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the number that is the total of 10 and the number of taxation years or fiscal periods, as the case may be, by which the number of taxation years or fiscal periods of the taxpayer that have ended after 1997 exceeds 11.
(11) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to expenses renounced under a flow through share agreement made after March 2009.
(12) Subsections (3), (4) and (10) apply in respect of the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
(13) Subsections (5) and (6) apply to the 2010 and subsequent taxation years, except that the expenditure limit in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act in respect of a corporation for 2010 taxation years that begin before 2010, be determined by the formula
A + [(B – A) × (C/D)]
where
A      is the expenditure limit of the corporation for the taxation year determined in accordance with the formula in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act as that subsection read in its application to taxation years that end in 2009;
B      is the expenditure limit of the corporation for the taxation year determined in accordance with the formula in subsection 127(10.2) of the Act, as that subsection would apply to the taxation year in the absence of this exception;
C      is the number of days in the taxation year that are after 2009; and
D      is the total number of days in the taxation year.
(14) Subsection (7) applies to taxation years that end on or after February 26, 2008.
(15) Subsections (8) and (9) apply to taxation years that end on or after March 9, 2009.
41. (1) The definition “qualifying corporation” in subsection 127.1(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“qualifying corporation”« société admissible »
“qualifying corporation” for a particular taxation year that ends in a calendar year means a particular corporation that is a Canadian-controlled private corporation in the particular taxation year the taxable income of which for its immediately preceding taxation year — together with, if the particular corporation is associated in the particular taxation year with one or more other corporations (in this subsection referred to as “associated corporations”), the taxable income of each associated corporation for its last taxation year that ended in the preceding calendar year (determined before taking into consideration the specified future tax consequences for that last year) — does not exceed the qualifying income limit of the particular corporation for the particular taxation year;
(2) Subsection 127.1(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“qualifying income limit”« plafond de revenu admissible »
“qualifying income limit” of a corporation for a particular taxation year is the amount determined by the formula
$500,000 × [($40 million – A)/$40 million]
where
A      is
(a) nil, if $10 million is greater than or equal to the amount (in paragraph (b) referred to as the “taxable capital amount”) that is the total of the corporation’s taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) for its immediately preceding taxation year and the taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) of each associated corporation for the associated corporation’s last taxation year that ended in the last calendar year that ended before the end of the particular taxation year, or
(b) in any other case, the lesser of $40 million and the amount by which the taxable capital amount exceeds $10 million;
(3) Section 127.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Qualifying income limit determined in certain cases
(4) For the purpose of the definition of “qualifying corporation” in subsection (2), where a Canadian-controlled private corporation has a taxation year that is less than 51 weeks, the taxable income of the corporation for the year shall be determined by multiplying that amount by the ratio that 365 is of the number of days in that year.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years that end on or after February 26, 2008, except that
(a) for taxation years that include February 26, 2008, the formula in the definition “qualifying income limit” in subsection 127.1(2) of the Act and the portion of that definition that follows that formula, as enacted by subsection (2), shall be read as follows:
A + [($400,000 × [($40 million – B)/$40 million] – A) × (C/D)]
where
A      is the business limit of the corporation for the particular taxation year determined in accordance with section 125 — together with, if the particular corporation is associated in the particular taxation year with one or more other corporations the business limit of each of those associated corporations for its last taxation year that ends in the particular taxation year (determined in accordance with section 125),
B      is
(a) nil, if $10 million is greater than or equal to the amount (in paragraph (b) referred to as the “taxable capital amount”) that is the total of the corporation’s taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) for its immediately preceding taxation year and the taxable capital employed in Canada (within the meaning assigned by section 181.2 or 181.3) of each associated corporation for the associated corporation’s last taxation year that ended in the last calendar year that ended before the end of the particular taxation year, or
(b) in any other case, the lesser of $40 million and the amount by which the taxable capital amount exceeds $10 million,
C      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are after February 25, 2008, and
D      is the total number of days in the particular taxation year;
(b) for taxation years that begin after February 26, 2008 and end before 2010, the reference to “$500,000” in the formula in the definition “qualifying income limit” in subsection 127.1(2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), shall be read as a reference to “$400,000”; and
(c) for 2010 taxation years that begin before 2010, the reference to “$500,000” in the formula in the definition “qualifying income limit” in subsection 127.1(2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), shall be read as a reference to an amount that is the total of $400,000 and that proportion of $100,000 that the number of days in the taxation year that are in 2010 is of the number of days in the taxation year.
(5) Subsection (3) applies in respect of the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
42. (1) The definition “qualifying trust” in subsection 127.4(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“qualifying trust”« fiducie admissible »
“qualifying trust” for an individual in respect of a share means
(a) a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan, under which the individ- ual is the annuitant, that is not a spousal or common-law partner plan (in this definition having the meaning assigned by subsection 146(1)) in relation to another individual,
(b) a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan, under which the individ- ual or the individual’s spouse or common-law partner is the annuitant, that is a spousal or common-law partner plan in relation to the individual or the individual’s spouse or common-law partner, if the individual and no other person claims a deduction under subsection (2) in respect of the share, or
(c) a trust governed by a TFSA of which the individual is the holder;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2001 and subsequent taxation years, except that the definition “qualifying trust” in subsection 127.4(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1),
(a) shall, for taxation years before 2009, be read without reference to its paragraph (c); and
(b) if a taxpayer and a person have jointly elected under section 144 of the Modernization of Benefits and Obligations Act in respect of the 1998, 1999 or 2000 taxation year, applies to the taxpayer and the person in respect of that taxation year and subsequent taxation years.
43. (1) Section 128.3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Former resident — replaced shares
128.3 If, in a transaction to which section 51, subparagraphs 85.1(1)(a)(i) and (ii), subsection 85.1(8) or section 86 or 87 applies, a person acquires a share (in this section referred to as the “new share”) in exchange for another share or equity in a SIFT wind-up entity (in this section referred to as the “old share”), for the purposes of section 119, subsections 126(2.21) to (2.23), 128.1(6) to (8), 180.1(1.4) and 220(4.5) and (4.6), the person is deemed not to have disposed of the old share, and the new share is deemed to be the same share as the old share.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after December 19, 2007.
44. (1) The portion of the definition "qualifying exchange" in subsection 132.2(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“qualifying exchange”« échange admissible »
“qualifying exchange” means a transfer at any time (in this section referred to as the “transfer time”) of all or substantially all of the property of a mutual fund corporation (other than a SIFT wind-up corporation) or mutual fund trust to a mutual fund trust (in this section referred to as the “transferor” and “transferee”, respectively, and as the “funds”), if
(2) Subsection (1) applies after December 19, 2007.
45. (1) The portion of subsection 138(10) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Application of financial institution rules
(10) Notwithstanding sections 142.3, 142.4, 142.5 and 142.51, where in a taxation year an insurer (other than an insurer resident in Canada that does not carry on a life insurance business) carries on an insurance business in Canada and in a country other than Canada, in computing its income for the year from carrying on an insurance business in Canada,
(a) sections 142.3, 142.5 and 142.51 apply only in respect of property that is designated insurance property for the year in respect of the business; and
(2) Subsection 138(12) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“base year”« année de base »
“base year” of a life insurer means the life insurer’s taxation year that immediately precedes its transition year;
“reserve transition amount”« montant transitoire »
“reserve transition amount” of a life insurer, in respect of a life insurance business carried on by it in Canada in its transition year, is the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the maximum amount that the life insurer would be permitted to claim under subparagraph 138(3)(a)(i) (and that would be prescribed by section 1404 of the Regulations for the purpose of subparagraph 138(3)(a)(i)) as a policy reserve for its base year in respect of its life insurance policies in Canada if
(a) the generally accepted accounting principles that applied to the life insurer in valuing its assets and liabilities for its transition year had applied to it for its base year, and
(b) section 1404 of the Regulations were read in respect of the life insurer’s base year as it reads in respect of its transition year, and
B      is the maximum amount that the life insurer is permitted to claim under subparagraph 138(3)(a)(i) as a policy reserve for its base year;
“transition year”« année transitoire »
“transition year” of a life insurer means the life insurer’s first taxation year that begins after September 2006;
(3) Section 138 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (15):
Transition year income inclusion
(16) There shall be included in computing a life insurer’s income for its transition year from a life insurance business carried on by it in Canada in the transition year, the positive amount, if any, of the life insurer’s reserve transition amount in respect of that life insurance business.
Transition year income deduction
(17) There shall be deducted in computing a life insurer’s income for its transition year from a life insurance business carried on by it in Canada in the transition year, the absolute value of the negative amount, if any, of the life insurer’s reserve transition amount in respect of that life insurance business.
Transition year income inclusion reversal
(18) If an amount has been included under subsection (16) in computing a life insurer’s income for its transition year from a life insurance business carried on by it in Canada, there shall be deducted in computing the life insurer’s income, for each particular taxation year of the life insurer that ends after the beginning of the transition year, from that life insurance business, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount included under subsection (16) in computing the life insurer’s income for the transition year from that life insurance business; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Transition year income deduction reversal
(19) If an amount has been deducted under subsection (17) in computing a life insurer’s income for its transition year from a life insurance business carried on by it in Canada, there shall be included in computing the life insurer’s income, for each particular taxation year of the life insurer that ends after the beginning of the transition year, from that life insurance business, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount deducted under subsection (17) in computing the life insurer’s income for the transition year from that life insurance business; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Winding-up
(20) If a life insurer has, in a winding-up to which subsection 88(1) has applied, been wound-up into another corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “parent”), and immediately after the winding-up the parent carries on a life insurance business, in applying subsections (18) and (19) in computing the income of the life insurer and of the parent for particular taxation years that end on or after the first day (referred to in this subsection as the “start day”) on which assets of the life insurer were distributed to the parent on the winding-up,
(a) the parent is, on and after the start day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the life insurer in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (16) or deducted under subsection (17) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business for its transition year,
(ii) any amount deducted under subsection (18) or included under subsection (19) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business for a taxation year of the life insurer that begins before the start day, and
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the life insurer existed and carried on a life insurance business on each day that is the start day or a subsequent day and on which the parent carries on a life insurance business — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (18) or (19) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business; and
(b) the life insurer is, in respect of each of its particular taxation years, to determine the value for B in the formulas in subsections (18) and (19) without reference to the start day and days after the start day.
Amalgamations
(21) If there is an amalgamation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) of a life insurer with one or more other corporations to form one corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “new corporation”), and immediately after the amalgamation the new corporation carries on a life insurance business, in applying subsections (18) and (19) in computing the income of the new corporation for particular taxation years of the new corporation that begin on or after the day on which the amalgamation occurred, the new corporation is, on and after that day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the life insurer in respect of
(a) any amount included under subsection (16) or deducted under subsection (17) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business for its transition year;
(b) any amount deducted under subsection (18) or included under subsection (19) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business for a taxation year that begins before the day on which the amalgamation occurred; and
(c) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the life insurer existed and carried on a life insurance business on each day that is the day on which the amalgamation occurred or a subsequent day and on which the new corporation carries on a life insurance business — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (18) or (19) in computing the life insurer’s income from a life insurance business.
Application of subsection (23)
(22) Subsection (23) applies if, at any time, a life insurer (referred to in this subsection and subsection (23) as the “transferor”) transfers, to a corporation (referred to in this subsection and subsection (23) as the “transferee”) that is related to the transferor, property in respect of a life insurance business carried on by the transferor in Canada (referred to in this subsection and subsection (23) as the “transferred business”) and
(a) subsection 138(11.5) or (11.94) applies to the transfer; or
(b) subsection 85(1) applies to the transfer, the transfer includes all or substantially all of the property and liabilities of the transferred business and, immediately after the transfer, the transferee carries on a life insurance business.
Transfer of life insurance business
(23) If this subsection applies in respect of the transfer, at any time, of property
(a) the transferee is, at and after that time, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the transferor in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (16) or deducted under subsection (17) in computing the transferor’s income for its transition year that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business,
(ii) any amount deducted under subsection (18) or included under subsection (19) in computing the transferor’s income for a taxation year of the transferor that begins before that time that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business, and
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the transferor existed and carried on a life insurance business on each day that includes that time or is a subsequent day and on which the transferee carries on a life insurance business — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (18) or (19) in computing the transferor’s income that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business; and
(b) in determining, in respect of the day that includes that time or any subsequent day, any amount that is required under subsection (18) or (19) to be deducted or included in computing the transferor’s income for each particular taxation year from the transferred business, the description of A in the formulas in those subsections is deemed to be nil.
Ceasing to carry on business
(24) If at any time a life insurer ceases to carry on all or substantially all of a life insurance business (referred to in this subsection as the “discontinued business”), and none of subsections (20) to (22) apply,
(a) there shall be deducted, in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for the life insurer’s taxation year that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the amount included under subsection (16) in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for its transition year, and
B      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount deducted under subsection (18) in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for a taxation year that began before that time; and
(b) there shall be included, in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for the life insurer’s taxation year that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
C – D
where
C      is the amount deducted under subsection (17) in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for its transition year, and
D      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount included under subsection (19) in computing the life insurer’s income from the discontinued business for a taxation year that began before that time.
Ceasing to exist
(25) If at any time a life insurer that carried on a life insurance business ceases to exist (otherwise than as a result of a winding-up or amalgamation described in subsection (20) or (21)), for the purposes of subsection (24), the life insurer is deemed to have ceased to carry on the life insurance business at the earlier of
(a) the time (determined without reference to this subsection) at which the life insurer ceased to carry on the life insurance business, and
(b) the time that is immediately before the end of the last taxation year of the life insurer that ended at or before the time at which the life insurer ceased to exist.
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) apply to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
46. (1) Paragraph (a) of the definition “bien évalué à la valeur du marché” in subsection 142.2(1) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
a) une action;
(2) Paragraph (d) of the definition “mark-to-market property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) a share of a corporation in which the taxpayer has a significant interest at any time in the year,
(d.1) a property that is, at all times in the year at which the taxpayer holds the property, a prescribed payment card corporation share of the taxpayer,
(d.2) if the taxpayer is an investment dealer and the year begins after 1998, a property that is, at all times in the year at which the taxpayer holds the property, a prescribed securities exchange investment of the taxpayer,
(d.3) a share of a corporation held, at any time in the year, by the taxpayer if
(i) control of the corporation is, at any time (referred to in this paragraph as the “acquisition of control time”) that is after 2001 and is in the 24-month period that begins immediately after the end of the year, acquired by
(A) the taxpayer,
(B) one or more persons related to the taxpayer (otherwise than by reason of a right referred to in paragraph 251(5)(b)), or
(C) the taxpayer and one or more persons described in clause (B), and
(ii) the taxpayer elects in writing to have subparagraph (i) apply and files the election with the Minister on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that includes the acquisition of control time, or
(3) The definition “mark-to-market property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, as amended by subsection (2), is replaced by the following:
“mark-to-market property”« bien évalué à la valeur du marché »
“mark-to-market property” of a taxpayer for a taxation year means property (other than an excluded property) held at any time in the taxation year by the taxpayer that is
(a) a share,
(b) if the taxpayer is not an investment dealer, a specified debt obligation that is a fair value property of the taxpayer for the taxation year,
(c) if the taxpayer is an investment dealer, a specified debt obligation, or
(d) a tracking property of the taxpayer that is a fair value property of the taxpayer for the taxation year;
(4) Subsection 142.2(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“excluded property”« bien exclu »
“excluded property” of a taxpayer for a taxation year means property, held at any time in the taxation year by the taxpayer, that is 
(a) a share of the capital stock of a corporation if, at any time in the taxation year, the taxpayer has a significant interest in the corporation,
(b) a property that is, at all times in the taxation year at which the taxpayer held the property, a prescribed payment card corporation share of the taxpayer,
(c) if the taxpayer is an investment dealer, a property that is, at all times in the taxation year at which the taxpayer held the property, a prescribed securities exchange investment of the taxpayer,
(d) a share of the capital stock of a corporation if
(i) control of the corporation is, at any time (referred to in this paragraph as the “acquisition of control time”) that is in the 24-month period that begins immediately after the end of the year, acquired by
(A) the taxpayer,
(B) one or more persons related to the taxpayer (otherwise than by reason of a right referred to in paragraph 251(5)(b)), or
(C) the taxpayer and one or more persons described in clause (B), and
(ii) the taxpayer elects in writing to have subparagraph (i) apply and files the election with the Minister on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that includes the acquisition of control time, or
(e) a prescribed property;
“fair value property”« bien évalué à sa juste valeur »
“fair value property” of a taxpayer for a taxation year means property, held at any time in the taxation year by the taxpayer, that is — or it is reasonable to expect would, if the taxpayer held the property at the end of the taxation year, be — valued (otherwise than solely because its fair value was less than its cost to the taxpayer or, if the property is a specified debt obligation, because of a default of the debtor) in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, at its fair value (determined in accordance with those principles) in the taxpayer’s balance sheet as at the end of the taxation year;
“tracking property”« bien à évaluer »
“tracking property” of a taxpayer means property of the taxpayer the fair market value of which is determined primarily by reference to one or more criteria in respect of property (referred to in this definition as “tracked property”) that, if owned by the taxpayer, would be mark-to-market property of the taxpayer, which criteria are
(a) the fair market value of the tracked property,
(b) the profits or gains from the disposition of the tracked property,
(c) the revenue, income or cash flow from the tracked property, or
(d) any other similar criteria in respect of the tracked property;
(5) The portion of subsection 142.2(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Significant interest
(2) For the purposes of the definitions “excluded property”, “mark-to-market property” and “specified debt obligation” in subsection (1) and subsections (5) and 142.6(1.6), a taxpayer has a significant interest in a corporation at any time if
(6) Subsections 142.2(4) and (5) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Extension of meaning of “related”
(4) For the purposes of this subsection and subsections (2) and (3), in determining if, at a particular time, a person or partnership is related to another person or partnership, the rules in section 251 are to be applied as if,
(a) a partnership (other than a partnership in respect of which any amount of the income or capital of the partnership that any entity may receive directly from the partnership at any time as a member of the partnership depends on the exercise by any entity of, or the failure by any entity to exercise, a discretionary power) were a corporation having capital stock of a single class divided into 100 issued shares and each member of the partnership owned, at the particular time, that proportion of the issued shares of that class that
(i) the fair market value of the member’s interest in the partnership at the particular time
is of
(ii) the fair market value of all interests in the partnership at the particular time; and
(b) a trust (other than a trust in respect of which any amount of the income or capital of the trust that any entity may receive directly from the trust at any time as a beneficiary under the trust depends on the exercise by any entity of, or the failure by any entity to exercise, a discretionary power) were a corporation having capital stock of a single class divided into 100 issued shares and each beneficiary under the trust owned, at the particular time, that proportion of the issued shares of that class that
(i) the fair market value of the beneficiary’s beneficial interest in the trust at the particular time
is of
(ii) the fair market value at that time of all beneficial interests in the trust.
(7) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years that end after February 22, 1994, except that any election made under paragraph (d.3) of the definition “mark-to-market property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), is deemed to have been made on a timely basis if it is filed with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year in which this Act is assented to.
(8) Subsection (3) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006 except that for taxation years that begin before November 7, 2007, the definition “mark-to-market property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (3), is to be read without its paragraph (d).
(9) Subsections (4) to (6) apply to taxation years that begin after September 2006 except that any election made under paragraph (d) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (4), is deemed to have been made on a timely basis if it is filed with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year in which this Act is assented to.
47. (1) Section 142.5 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):
Application of subsection (8.2)
(8.1) Subsection (8.2) applies to a taxpayer for its transition year if
(a) subsection (2) deems the taxpayer to have disposed of a particular specified debt obligation immediately before the end of its transition year (in subsection (8.2) referred to as “the particular disposition”); and
(b) the particular specified debt obligation was owned by the taxpayer at the end of its base year and was not a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for its base year.
Rules applicable to first deemed disposition of debt obligation
(8.2) If this subsection applies to a taxpayer for its transition year, the following rules apply to the taxpayer in respect of the particular disposition:
(a) subsection 20(21) does not apply to the taxpayer in respect of the particular disposition; and
(b) if section 12.4 does not apply to the taxpayer in respect of the particular disposition, there shall be included in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year the amount, if any, by which
(i) the total of all amounts each of which is
(A) an amount deducted under paragraph 20(1)(l) in respect of the particular specified debt obligation of the taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income for its base year, or
(B) an amount deducted under paragraph 20(1)(p) in respect of the partic- ular specified debt obligation of the taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income for a taxation year that preceded its transition year,
exceeds
(ii) the total of all amounts each of which is
(A) an amount included under paragraph 12(1)(d) in respect of the partic- ular specified debt obligation of the taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year, or
(B) an amount included under paragraph 12(1)(i) in respect of the particular specified debt obligation of the taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year or a preceding taxation year.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
48. (1) The Act is amended by adding the following after section 142.5:
Definitions
142.51 (1) The following definitions apply for the purposes of this section and subsections 142.5(8.1) and (8.2).
“base year”« année de base »
“base year” of a taxpayer means the taxpayer’s taxation year that immediately precedes its transition year.
“transition amount”« montant transitoire »
“transition amount” of a taxpayer for the taxpayer’s transition year is the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the total of all amounts each of which is the fair market value, at the end of the taxpayer’s base year, of a transition property of the taxpayer; and
B      is the total of all amounts each of which is the cost amount to the taxpayer, at the end of the taxpayer’s base year, of a transition property of the taxpayer.
“transition property”« bien transitoire »
“transition property” of a taxpayer means a property that 
(a) was a specified debt obligation held by the taxpayer at the end of the taxpayer’s base year;
(b) was not a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the taxpayer’s base year, but would have been a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the taxpayer’s base year if the property had been carried at the property’s fair market value in the taxpayer’s balance sheet as at the end of each taxation year of the taxpayer that ends after the taxpayer last acquired the property (otherwise than by reason of a reacquisition under subsection 142.5(2)) and before the commencement of the taxpayer’s transition year; and
(c) was a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the transition year of the taxpayer.
“transition year”« année transitoire »
“transition year” of a taxpayer means the taxpayer’s first taxation year that begins after September 2006.
Transition year income inclusion
(2) If a taxpayer is a financial institution in its transition year, there shall be included in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year the absolute value of the negative amount, if any, of the taxpayer’s transition amount.
Transition year income deduction
(3) If a taxpayer is a financial institution in its transition year, there shall be deducted in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year the positive amount, if any, of the taxpayer’s transition amount.
Transition year income inclusion reversal
(4) If an amount has been included under subsection (2) in computing a taxpayer’s income for its transition year there shall be deducted in computing the taxpayer’s income for each particular taxation year of the taxpayer that ends after the beginning of the transition year, and in which particular taxation year the taxpayer is a financial institution, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount included under subsection (2) in computing the taxpayer’s income for the transition year; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Transition year income deduction reversal
(5) If an amount has been deducted under subsection (3) in computing a taxpayer’s income for its transition year, there shall be included in computing the taxpayer’s income, for each particular taxation year of the taxpayer ending after the beginning of the transition year, and in which particular taxation year the taxpayer is a financial institution, the amount determined by the formula
A × B/1825
where
A      is the amount deducted under subsection (3) in computing the taxpayer’s income for the transition year; and
B      is the number of days in the particular taxation year that are before the day that is 1825 days after the first day of the transition year.
Winding-up
(6) If a taxpayer has, in a winding-up to which subsection 88(1) has applied, been wound-up into another corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “parent”), and immediately after the winding-up the parent is a financial institution, in applying subsections (4) and (5) in computing the income of the taxpayer and of the parent for particular taxation years that end on or after the first day (referred to in this subsection as the “start day”) on which assets of the taxpayer were distributed to the parent on the winding-up,
(a) the parent is, on and after the start day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the taxpayer in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection (3) by the taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year,
(ii) any amount deducted under subsection (4) or included under subsection (5) in computing the taxpayer’s income for a taxation year of the taxpayer that begins before the start day, and
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the taxpayer existed and was a financial institution on each day that is the start day or a subsequent day and on which the parent is a financial institution — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (4) or (5) in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year; and
(b) the taxpayer is, in respect of each of its particular taxation years, to determine the value for B in the formulas in subsections (4) and (5) without reference to the start day and days after the start day.
Amalgamations
(7) If there is an amalgamation (within the meaning assigned by subsection 87(1)) of a taxpayer with one or more other corporations to form one corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “new corporation”), and immediately after the amalgamation the new corporation is a financial institution, in applying subsections (4) and (5) in computing the income of the new corporation for particular taxation years of the new corporation that begin on or after the day on which the amalgamation occurred, the new corporation is, on and after that day, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the taxpayer in respect of
(a) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection (3) in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year of the taxpayer;
(b) any amount deducted under subsection (4) or included under subsection (5) in computing the taxpayer’s income for a taxation year of the taxpayer that begins before the day on which the amalgamation occurred; and
(c) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the taxpayer existed and was a financial institution on each day that is the day on which the amalgamation occurred or a subsequent day and on which the new corporation is a financial institution — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (4) or (5) in computing the taxpayer’s income.
Application of subsection (9)
(8) Subsection (9) applies if, at any time, a taxpayer (referred to in this subsection and subsection (9) as the “transferor”) transfers, to a corporation (referred to in this subsection and subsection (9) as the “transferee”) that is related to the transferor, property in respect of a business carried on by the transferor in Canada (referred to in this subsection and subsection (9) as the “transferred business”) and
(a) subsection 138(11.5) or (11.94) applies to the transfer; or
(b) subsection 85(1) applies to the transfer, the transfer includes all or substantially all of the property and liabilities of the transferred business and, immediately after the transfer, the transferee is a financial institution.
Transfer of a business
(9) If this subsection applies in respect of the transfer, at any time, of property
(a) the transferee is, at and after that time, deemed to be the same corporation as and a continuation of the transferor in respect of
(i) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection (3) in computing the transferor’s income for its transition year that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business,
(ii) any amount deducted under subsection (4) or included under subsection (5) in computing the transferor’s income for a taxation year of the transferor that begins before that time that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business, and
(iii) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the transferor existed and was a financial institution on each day that includes that time or is a subsequent day and on which the transferee is a financial institution — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (4) or (5) in computing the transferor’s income that can reasonably be attributed to the transferred business; and
(b) in determining, in respect of the day that includes that time or any subsequent day, any amount that is required under subsection (4) or (5) to be deducted or included in computing the transferor’s income for each particular taxation year from the transferred business, the description of A in the formulas in those subsections is deemed to be nil.
Continuation of a partnership
(10) If subsection 98(6) deems a partnership (in this subsection referred to as the “new partnership”) to be a continuation of another partnership (in this subsection referred to as the “predecessor partnership”) and, at the time that is immediately after the predecessor partnership ceases to exist, the new partnership is a financial institution, in applying subsections (4) and (5) in computing the income of the new partnership for particular taxation years of the new partnership that begin on or after the day on which it comes into existence, the new partnership is, on and after that day, deemed to be the same partnership as and a continuation of the predecessor partnership in respect of
(a) any amount included under subsection (2) or deducted under subsection (3) in computing the predecessor partnership’s income for its transition year;
(b) any amount deducted under subsection (4) or included under subsection (5) in computing the predecessor partnership’s income for a taxation year of the predecessor partnership that begins before the day on which the new partnership comes into existence; and
(c) any amount that would — in the absence of this subsection and if the predecessor partnership existed and was a financial institution on each day that is the day on which the new partnership comes into existence or a subsequent day and on which the new partnership is a financial institution — be required to be deducted or included, in respect of any of those days, under subsection (4) or (5) in computing the predecessor partnership’s income.
Ceasing to carry on a business
(11) If at any time, a taxpayer ceases to be a financial institution
(a) there shall be deducted, in computing the income of the taxpayer for the taxation year of the taxpayer that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the amount included under subsection (2) in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year, and
B      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount deducted under subsection (4) in computing the income of the taxpayer for a taxation year that began before that time; and
(b) there shall be included, in computing the income of the taxpayer for the taxation year of the taxpayer that includes the time that is immediately before that time, the amount determined by the formula
C – D
where
C      is the amount deducted under subsection (3) in computing the taxpayer’s income for its transition year, and
D      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount included under subsection (5) in computing the taxpayer’s income for a taxation year that began before that time.
Ceasing to exist
(12) If at any time a taxpayer ceases to exist (otherwise than as a result of a merger to which subsection 87(2) applies, a winding-up to which subsection 88(1) applies or a continuation to which subsection 98(6) applies), for the purposes of subsection (11), the taxpayer is deemed to have ceased to be a financial institution at the earlier of
(a) the time (determined without reference to this subsection) at which the taxpayer ceased to be a financial institution, and
(b) the time that is immediately before the end of the last taxation year of the taxpayer that ended at or before the time at which the taxpayer ceased to exist.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
49. (1) Section 142.6 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1.3):
Change in status — prescribed payment card corporation share
(1.4) If, at any particular time in a taxation year of a taxpayer that is a financial institution for the taxation year, a property becomes a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the taxation year because it ceased, at the particular time, to be a prescribed payment card corporation share of the taxpayer,
(a) the taxpayer is deemed
(i) to have disposed of the property immediately before the particular time for proceeds of disposition equal to its fair market value immediately before the particular time, and
(ii) to have acquired the property, at the particular time, at a cost equal to those proceeds; and
(b) subsection 142.5(1) does not apply to the disposition under subparagraph (a)(i).
Change in status — prescribed securities exchange investment
(1.5) If, at any particular time in a taxation year of a taxpayer that is a financial institution for the taxation year, a property becomes a mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the taxation year because it ceased, at the particular time, to be a prescribed securities exchange investment of the taxpayer,
(a) the taxpayer is deemed
(i) to have disposed of the property immediately before the particular time for proceeds of disposition equal to its fair market value immediately before the particular time, and
(ii) to have acquired the property, at the particular time, at a cost equal to those proceeds; and
(b) subsection 142.5(1) does not apply to the disposition under subparagraph (a)(i).
Change in status — significant interest
(1.6) If, at the end of a particular taxation year of a taxpayer that is a financial institution for the taxation year, the taxpayer holds a share of the capital stock of a corporation, the taxpayer has a significant interest in that corporation at any time in the particular taxation year and the share is mark-to-market property of the taxpayer for the immediately following taxation year, the taxpayer is deemed to have,
(a) disposed of the share immediately before the end of the particular taxation year for proceeds of disposition equal to the fair market value, at that time, of the share; and
(b) acquired the share at the end of the particular taxation year at a cost equal to those proceeds.
(2) Subsection 142.6(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Deemed disposition not applicable
(2) For the purposes of this Act, the determination of when a taxpayer acquired a share shall be made without regard to a disposition or acquisition that occurred because of subsection 142.5(2) or subsection (1), (1.1), (1.2), (1.4), (1.5) or (1.6).
(3) Subsection 142.6(1.4) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), applies to taxation years that end after February 22, 1994.
(4) Subsection 142.6(1.5) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), applies to taxation years that begin after 1998.
(5) Subsection 142.6(1.6) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
(6) Subsection (2) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
50. (1) Subsection 143.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
143.1 (1) The definitions in this subsection apply in this section.
“amateur athlete”« athlète amateur »
“amateur athlete” at any time means an individual (other than a trust) who is, at that time,
(a) a member of a registered Canadian amateur athletic association;
(b) eligible to compete, in an international sporting event sanctioned by an international sports federation, as a Canadian national team member; and
(c) not a professional athlete.
“professional athlete”« athlète professionnel »
“professional athlete” means an individual who receives income that is compensation for, or is otherwise attributable to, the individual’s activities as a player or athlete in a professional sport.
“qualifying performance income”« revenu de performance admissible »
“qualifying performance income” of an individ- ual means income that 
(a) is received by the individ- ual in a taxation year in which
(i) the individual was, at any time, an amateur athlete, and
(ii) the individual was not, at any time, a professional athlete;
(b) may reasonably be considered to be in connection with the individual’s participation as an amateur athlete in one or more international sporting events referred to in the definition “amateur athlete”; and
(c) is endorsement income, prize money, or income from public appearances or speeches.
“third party”« tiers »
“third party” in respect of an arrangement described in paragraph (1.1)(b) means a person who deals at arm’s length with the amateur athlete in respect of the arrangement.
Where subsection (1.2) applies
(1.1) Subsection (1.2) applies where, at any time,
(a) a national sport organization that is a registered Canadian amateur athletic association receives an amount for the benefit of an individual under an arrangement made under rules of an international sport federation that require amounts to be held, controlled and administered by the organization in order to preserve the eligibility of the individual to compete in a sporting event sanctioned by the federation; or
(b) an individual enters into an arrangement that
(i) is an account with an issuer described in paragraph (b) of the definition “qualifying arrangement” in subsection 146.2(1), or that would be so described if that definition applied at that time,
(ii) provides that no amount may be deposited, credited or added to the account, other than an amount that is qualifying performance income of the individual or that is interest or other income in respect of the property deposited, credited or added to the account,
(iii) provides that a third party is a mandatory signatory on any payment from the account, and
(iv) is not a registered retirement savings plan or a TFSA.
Amateur athletes’ reserve funds
(1.2) If this subsection applies in respect of an arrangement referred to in subsection (1.1),
(a) an inter vivos trust (in this section referred to as the “amateur athlete trust”) is deemed
(i) to be created on the day on which the first amount referred to in paragraph (1.1)(a) or (b) is received by the sport organization or by the issuer, as the case may be, in respect of the arrangement, and
(ii) to exist until subsection (3) or (4) applies in respect of the trust;
(b) all property held under the arrangement is deemed to be the property of the amateur athlete trust and not property of any other person;
(c) if, at any time, the sport organization or the issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount under the arrangement and the amount would, in the absence of this subsection, be included in computing the income of the individual in respect of the arrangement for the taxation year that includes that time, the amount is deemed to be income of the amateur athlete trust for that taxation year and not to be income of the individual;
(d) if, at any time, the sport organization or the issuer, as the case may be, pays or transfers an amount under the arrangement to or for the benefit of the individual, the amount is deemed to be an amount distributed at that time to the individual by the amateur athlete trust;
(e) the individual is deemed to be the beneficiary under the amateur athlete trust;
(f) the sport organization or the third party, as the case may be, in respect of the arrangement is deemed to be the trustee of the amateur athlete trust; and
(g) no tax is payable under this Part by the amateur athlete trust on its taxable income for any taxation year.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years except that, if the individual in respect of an amateur athlete trust elects under this subsection in writing filed with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the individual’s filing-due date for the 2008 taxation year, in its application to the individual and the amateur athlete trust for the 2008 taxation year, paragraph 143.1(1.2)(c) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read as follows:
(c) if, at any time before March 3, 2009, the sport organization or the issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount under the arrangement and the amount would, in the absence of this subsection, be included in computing the income of the individual in respect of the arrangement for the 2008 taxation year, the amount is deemed to be income of the amateur athlete trust for its 2009 taxation year and not to be income of the individual;
51. (1) Paragraph (b) of the definition “earned income” in subsection 146(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) an amount included under paragraph 56(1)(b), (c.2), (g) or (o) or subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v) in computing the taxpayer’s income for a period in the year throughout which the taxpayer was resident in Canada,
(2) The description of D in paragraph (b) of the definition “unused RRSP deduction room” in subsection 146(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
D      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount deducted by the taxpayer,
(i) under subsection (5) or (5.1) or paragraph 60(v), in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year, or
(ii) under paragraph 10 of Article XVIII of the Canada-United States Tax Convention signed at Washington on September 26, 1980 or a similar provision in another tax treaty, in computing the taxpayer’s taxable income for the year, and
(3) Section 146 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8.91):
Deduction for post-death reduction in value
(8.92) If the annuitant under a registered retirement savings plan dies before the maturity of the plan, there may be deducted in computing the annuitant’s income for the taxation year in which the annuitant dies an amount not exceeding the amount determined, after all amounts payable out of or under the plan have been paid, by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the total of all amounts each of which is
(a) the amount deemed by subsection (8.8) to have been received by the annuitant as a benefit out of or under the plan,
(b) an amount (other than an amount described in paragraph (c)) received, after the death of the annuitant, by a taxpayer as a benefit out of or under the plan and included, because of subsection (8), in computing the taxpayer’s income, or
(c) a tax-paid amount in respect of the plan; and
B      is the total of all amounts paid out of or under the plan after the death of the annuitant.
Subsection (8.92) not applicable
(8.93) Except where the Minister has waived in writing the application of this subsection with respect to all or any portion of the amount determined in subsection (8.92) in respect of a registered retirement savings plan, that subsection does not apply if
(a) at any time after the death of the annuitant, a trust governed by the plan held a non-qualified investment; or
(b) the last payment out of or under the plan was made after the end of the year following the year in which the annuitant died.
(4) Subsection (1) applies to the 1997 and subsequent taxation years, except that in its application to the 1997 to 2007 taxation years, paragraph (b) of the definition “earned income” in subsection 146(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), is to be read without reference to “or subparagraph 56(1)(r)(v)”.
(5) Subsection (2) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
(6) Subsection (3) applies in respect of a registered retirement savings plan in respect of which the last payment out of the plan is made after 2008.
52. (1) Paragraph (h) of the definition “regular eligible amount” in subsection 146.01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(h) the total of the amount and all other eligible amounts received by the individual in the calendar year that includes the particular time does not exceed $25,000, and
(2) Paragraph (g) of the definition “supplemental eligible amount” in subsection 146.01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(g) the total of the amount and all other eligible amounts received by the individual in the calendar year that includes the particular time does not exceed $25,000, and
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years in respect of withdrawals made after January 27, 2009.
53. (1) Subparagraph (b)(ii) of the definition “qualifying arrangement” in subsection 146.2(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(ii) an annuity contract with an issuer that is a licensed annuities provider, or
(2) Subsections 146.2(3) to (9) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Paragraphs (2)(a), (b) and (e) not applicable
(3) The conditions in paragraphs (2)(a), (b) and (e) do not apply to the extent that they are inconsistent with subsection (4).
Using TFSA interest as security for a loan
(4) A holder of a TFSA may use the holder’s interest or, for civil law, right in the TFSA as security for a loan or other indebtedness if
(a) the terms and conditions of the indebtedness are terms and conditions that persons dealing at arm’s length with each other would have entered into; and
(b) it can reasonably be concluded that none of the main purposes for that use is to enable a person (other than the holder) or a partnership to benefit from the exemption from tax under this Part of any amount in respect of the TFSA.
TFSA
(5) If the issuer of an arrangement that is, at the time it is entered into, a qualifying arrangement files with the Minister, before March of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the arrangement was entered into, an election in prescribed form and manner to register the arrangement as a TFSA under the Social Insurance Number of the individual with whom the arrangement was entered into, the arrangement becomes a TFSA at the time the arrangement was entered into and ceases to be a TFSA at the earliest of the following times:
(a) the time at which the last holder of the arrangement dies;
(b) the time at which the arrangement ceases to be a qualifying arrangement; or
(c) the earliest time at which the arrangement is not administered in accordance with the conditions in subsection (2).
Trust not taxable
(6) No tax is payable under this Part by a trust that is governed by a TFSA on its taxable income for a taxation year, except that, if at any time in the taxation year, it carries on one or more businesses or holds one or more properties that are non-qualified investments (as defined in subsection 207.01(1)) for the trust, tax is payable under this Part by the trust on the amount that would be its taxable income for the taxation year if it had no incomes or losses from sources other than those businesses and properties, and no capital gains or capital losses other than from dispositions of those properties, and for that purpose,
(a) “income” includes dividends described in section 83; and
(b) the trust’s taxable capital gain or allowable capital loss from the disposition of a property is equal to its capital gain or capital loss, as the case may be, from the disposition.
Amount credited to a deposit
(7) An amount that is credited or added to a deposit that is a TFSA as interest or other income in respect of the TFSA is deemed not to be received by the holder of the TFSA solely because of that crediting or adding.
Trust ceasing to be a TFSA
(8) If an arrangement that governs a trust ceases, at a particular time, to be a TFSA,
(a) the trust is deemed
(i) to have disposed, immediately before the particular time, of each property held by the trust for proceeds equal to the property’s fair market value immediately before the particular time, and
(ii) to have acquired, at the particular time, each such property at a cost equal to that fair market value;
(b) the trust’s last taxation year that began before the particular time is deemed to have ended immediately before the particular time; and
(c) a taxation year of the trust is deemed to begin at the particular time.
Trust ceasing to be a TFSA on death of holder
(9) If an arrangement that governs a trust ceases to be a TFSA because of the death of the holder of the TFSA,
(a) the arrangement is deemed, for the purposes of subsections (6) and (8), any regulations made under subsection (13), the definition “trust” in subsection 108(1), paragraph 149(1)(u.2) and the definitions “qualified investment” and “non-qualified investment” in subsection 207.01(1), to continue to be a TFSA until, and to cease to be a TFSA immediately after, the exemption-end time, being in this subsection the earlier of
(i) the time at which the trust ceases to exist, and
(ii) the end of the first calendar year that begins after the holder dies;
(b) there shall be included in computing a taxpayer’s income for a taxation year the total of all amounts each of which is an amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the amount of a payment made out of or under the trust, in satisfaction of all or part of the taxpayer’s beneficial interest in the trust, in the taxation year, after the holder’s death and at or before the exemption-end time, and
B      is an amount designated by the trust not exceeding the lesser of
(i) the amount of the payment, and
(ii) the amount by which the fair market value of all of the property held by the trust immediately before the holder’s death exceeds the total of all amounts each of which is the value of B in respect of any other payment made out of or under the trust; and
(c) there shall be included in computing the trust’s income for its first taxation year, if any, that begins after the exemption-end time the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the fair market value of all of the property held by the trust at the exemption-end time, and
B      is the amount by which the fair market value of all of the property held by the trust immediately before the holder’s death exceeds the total of all amounts each of which is the value of B in paragraph (b) in respect of a payment made out of or under the trust.
Annuity contract ceasing to be a TFSA
(10) If an annuity contract ceases, at a particular time, to be a TFSA,
(a) the holder of the TFSA is deemed to have disposed of the contract immediately before the particular time for proceeds equal to its fair market value immediately before the particular time;
(b) the contract is deemed to be a separate annuity contract issued and effected at the particular time otherwise than pursuant to or as a TFSA; and
(c) each person who has an interest or, for civil law, a right in the separate annuity contract at the particular time is deemed to acquire the interest at the particular time at a cost equal to its fair market value at the particular time.
Deposit ceasing to be a TFSA
(11) If a deposit ceases, at a particular time, to be a TFSA,
(a) the holder of the TFSA is deemed to have disposed of the deposit immediately before the particular time for proceeds equal to its fair market value immediately before the particular time; and
(b) each person who has an interest or, for civil law, a right in the deposit at the particular time is deemed to acquire the interest at the particular time at a cost equal to its fair market value at the particular time.
Arrangement is TFSA only
(12) An arrangement that is a qualifying arrangement at the time it is entered into is deemed not to be a retirement savings plan, an education savings plan, a retirement income fund or a disability savings plan.
Regulations
(13) The Governor in Council may make regulations requiring issuers of TFSAs to file information returns in respect of TFSAs.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
54. (1) Section 146.3 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Adjusted minimum amount for 2008
(1.1) The minimum amount under a retirement income fund for 2008 is 75 per cent of the amount that would, in the absence of this subsection, be the minimum amount under the fund for the year.
Exceptions
(1.2) Subsection (1.1) does not apply to a retirement income fund
(a) for the purposes of subsections (5.1) and 153(1) and the definition “periodic pension payment” in section 5 of the Income Tax Conventions Interpretation Act; nor
(b) if the individual who was the annuitant under the fund on January 1, 2008 attained 70 years of age in 2007.
(2) Section 146.3 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6.2):
Deduction for post-death reduction in value
(6.3) If the last annuitant under a registered retirement income fund dies, there may be deducted in computing the annuitant’s income for the taxation year in which the annuitant dies an amount not exceeding the amount determined, after all amounts payable out of or under the fund have been paid, by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the total of all amounts each of which is
(a) the amount deemed by subsection (6) to have been received by the annuitant out of or under the fund,
(b) an amount (other than an amount described in paragraph (c)) received, after the death of the annuitant, by a taxpayer out of or under the fund and included, because of subsection (5), in computing the taxpayer’s income, or
(c) an amount that would, if the fund were a registered retirement savings plan, be a tax-paid amount (within the meaning assigned by subsection 146(1)) in respect of the fund; and
B      is the total of all amounts paid out of or under the fund after the death of the annuitant.
Subsection (6.3) not applicable
(6.4) Except where the Minister has waived in writing the application of this subsection with respect to all or any portion of the amount determined in subsection (6.3) in respect of a registered retirement income fund, that subsection does not apply if
(a) at any time after the death of the annuitant, a trust governed by the fund held an investment that is not a qualified investment; or
(b) the last payment out of or under the fund was made after the end of the year following the year in which the annuitant died.
(3) Subsection (2) applies in respect of a registered retirement income fund in respect of which the last payment out of the fund is made after 2008.
55. (1) The definition “entrusted shares percentage” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is repealed.
(2) The definition “divestment obligation percentage” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“divestment obligation percentage”« pourcentage de dessaisissement »
“divestment obligation percentage” of a private foundation for a particular taxation year, in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of a corporation, is the percentage, if any, that is the lesser of 
(a) the excess, if any, at the end of the taxation year, of the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of that class that are held by the private foundation over the exempt shares percentage of the private foundation, and
(b) the percentage determined by the formula
A + B – C
where
A      is the percentage determined under this paragraph in respect of the private foundation in respect of the class for the preceding taxation year,
B      is the total of all percentages, each of which is the portion of a net increase in the excess corporate holdings percentage of the private foundation in respect of the class for the particular taxation year or for a preceding taxation year that is allocated to the particular taxation year in accord- ance with subsection 149.2(5), and
C      is the total of all percentages, each of which is the portion of a net decrease in the excess corporate holdings percentage of the private foundation in respect of the class for the particular taxation year or for a preceding taxation year that is allocated to the particular taxation year in accord- ance with subsection 149.2(7);
(3) Paragraph (c) of the definition “excess corporate holdings percentage” in subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) in any other case, the number of percent- age points, if any, by which the total corporate holdings percentage of the private foundation in respect of the class, at that time, exceeds the greater of 20% and the exempt shares percentage, at that time, of the private foundation in respect of the class;
(4) Subsection 149.1(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“equity percentage”« pourcentage d’intérêt »
“equity percentage” of a person in a corporation has, subject to subsection 149.2(2.1), the same meaning as defined in subsection 95(4); 
“exempt shares”« actions exonérées »
“exempt shares” held by a private foundation at any particular time means shares, of a class of the capital stock of a corporation,
(a) that were acquired by the private foundation by way of a gift that was subject to a trust or direction that the shares are to be held by the private foundation for a period ending not earlier than the particular time, if the gift was made
(i) before March 19, 2007,
(ii) on or after March 19, 2007 and before March 19, 2012
(A) under the terms of a will that was executed by a taxpayer before March 19, 2007 and not amended, by codicil or otherwise, on or after March 19, 2007, and
(B) in circumstances where no other will of the taxpayer was executed or amended on or after March 19, 2007, or
(iii) on or after March 19, 2007, under the terms of a testamentary or inter vivos trust created before March 19, 2007, and not amended on or after March 19, 2007,
(b) that were last acquired by the private foundation before March 19, 2007, other than shares that, at the particular time,
(i) are described in paragraph (a),
(ii) are listed on a designated stock exchange, or
(iii) are shares of the capital stock of a particular corporation, which particular corporation has an equity percentage greater than 0% in a public corporation, a class of the shares of the capital stock of which is listed on a designated stock exchange, if
(A) a corporation (in this subparagraph referred to as a “controlled corporation” and which may, for greater certainty, be the particular corporation)
(I) owns one or more shares of a class of the capital stock of the public corporation, and
(II) is controlled, directly or indi- rectly in any manner whatever, by one or more relevant persons in respect of the private foundation, or by the private foundation alone or together with one or more such relevant persons,
(B) the private foundation, if it held directly the shares described in subclause (A)(I), would have an excess corporate holdings percentage (determined without reference to subsection 149.2(8)) in respect of that class of shares that is greater than 0%, and
(C) the private foundation, alone or together with all controlled corporations, holds more than an insignificant interest in respect of the class of shares described in subclause (A)(I), or
(c) that are substituted shares held by the private foundation;
“exempt shares percentage”« pourcentage d’actions exonérées »
“exempt shares percentage” of a private foundation at any time, in respect of a class of shares of the capital stock of a corporation, is the total of all amounts, each of which is the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of that class that are exempt shares held by the private foundation at that time; 
“substituted shares”« actions de remplacement »
“substituted shares” held by a private foundation means shares acquired by the private foundation, in exchange for exempt shares held by the private foundation, in the course of a transaction to which section 51, subsection 85.1(1) or section 86 or 87 applies;
(5) Subsection 149.1(15) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (b), by adding “and’’ at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(d) the Minister, or a Minister referred to in paragraph 110.1(8)(e), may make available to the public in any manner a listing of the registered charities in respect of which an opinion has been formed for the purpose of paragraph 110.1(8)(e) or revoked under subsection 110.1(9).
(6) Subsections (1) to (4) apply after March 18, 2007.
56. (1) Section 149.2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Ownership
(2.1) For the purposes of the definition “equity percentage”, and subparagraph (b)(iii) of the definition “exempt shares”, in subsection 149.1(1), a person who, if paragraph 251(5)(b) applied would be deemed by that paragraph to have the same position in relation to the control of a corporation as if the person owned a share, is deemed to own the share.
(2) Section 149.2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):
Where subsection (10) applies
(9) Subsection (10) applies for the purposes of applying section 149.1 and subsections (8) and 188.1(3.1) to a private foundation at a particular time if, both on March 18, 2007 and at the particular time,
(a) the private foundation was the sole trustee of a trust, or was a majority interest beneficiary (within the meaning assigned by section 251.1) of a trust more than 50% of the trustees of which were the private foundation and one or more relevant persons in respect of the private foundation; and
(b) the trust held one or more shares of a class of the capital stock of a corporation.
Shares held through a trust on March 18, 2007
(10) If this subsection applies at a particular time to a private foundation in respect of shares of a class of the capital stock of a corporation held by a trust, the private foundation is deemed to hold at the particular time that number of those shares as is determined by the formula
A × B/C
where
A      is the lesser of the number of those shares held by the trust on March 18, 2007 and the number so held at the particular time;
B      is the total fair market value of all interests held by the private foundation in the trust at the particular time; and
C      is the total fair market value of all property held by the trust at the particular time.
Discretionary trusts
(11) For the purpose of subsection (10), if the amount of income or capital of a trust that a person may receive as a beneficiary under the trust depends on the exercise by any person of, or the failure by any person to exercise, a discretionary power, that person is deemed to have fully exercised, or to have failed to exercise, the power, as the case may be.
(3) Subsection (1) applies after March 18, 2007.
(4) Subsection (2) applies to taxation years, of private foundations, that begin on or after February 26, 2008.
(5) If a registered charity was on March 19, 2007 a private foundation, in applying paragraphs 149.2(5)(b) and (c) of the Act to the first taxation year of the registered charity that begins after that date, the reference in those paragraphs to “in the current year” shall be read as a reference to “in the period that begins on March 18, 2007 and ends at the end of the current year”.
57. (1) Section 150.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Mandatory filing of return by electronic transmission
(2.1) If a corporation is, in respect of a taxation year, a prescribed corporation, the corporation shall file its return of income for the taxation year by way of electronic filing.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that end after 2009.
58. (1) Subsection 152(4) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (a) and by adding the following after paragraph (b):
(c) the taxpayer or person filing the return has filed with the Minister a waiver in prescribed form within the additional 3-year period referred to in paragraph (b); or
(d) as a consequence of a change in the allocation of the taxpayer’s taxable income earned in a province as determined under the law of a province that provides rules similar to those prescribed for the purposes of section 124, an assessment, reassessment or additional assessment of tax for a taxation year payable by a corporation under a law of a province that imposes on the corporation a tax similar to the tax imposed under this Part (in this paragraph referred to as a “provincial reassessment”) is made, and as a consequence of the provincial reassessment, an assessment, reassessment or additional assessment is made on or before the day that is one year after the later of
(i) the day on which the Minister is advised of the provincial reassessment, and
(ii) the day that is 90 days after the day of mailing of a notice of the provincial reassessment.
(2) The portion of subsection 152(4.01) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Assessment to which paragraph 152(4)(a), (b) or (c) applies
(4.01) Notwithstanding subsections (4) and (5), an assessment, reassessment or additional assessment to which paragraph (4)(a), (b) or (c) applies in respect of a taxpayer for a taxation year may be made after the taxpayer’s normal reassessment period in respect of the year to the extent that, but only to the extent that, it can reasonably be regarded as relating to,
(3) The portion of paragraph 152(4.01)(b) of the Act before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
(b) where paragraph 4(b) or (c) applies to the assessment, reassessment or additional assessment,
(4) Subsection 152(6) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (f.2):
(f.3) a deduction (including for the purposes of this subsection a reduction of an amount otherwise required to be included in computing a taxpayer’s income) under subsection 146(8.9) or (8.92) or 146.3(6.2) or (6.3),
(5) Section 152 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6.1):
Extended reassessment period
(6.2) The Minister shall reassess a taxpayer’s tax for a particular taxation year, in order to take into account the application of paragraph (d) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1), or the application of subsection 142.6(1.6), in respect of property held by the taxpayer, if
(a) the taxpayer has filed for the particular taxation year the return of income required by section 150; and
(b) the taxpayer files with the Minister a prescribed form amending the return, on or before the filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that
(i) if the filing is in respect of paragraph (d) of that definition “excluded property”, includes the acquisition of control time referred to in that paragraph, and
(ii) if the filing is in respect of subsection 142.6(1.6), immediately follows the partic- ular taxation year.
(6) Subsection (4) applies in respect of a registered retirement income fund or a registered retirement savings plan in respect of which the last payment out of the fund or plan is made after 2008.
(7) Subsection (5) applies to taxation years that begin after 2001, except that
(a) for taxation years that begin before October 1, 2006, each reference in subsection 152(6.2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), to paragraph (d) of the definition “excluded property” shall be read as a reference to paragraph (d.3) of the definition “mark-to-market property”; and
(b) a prescribed form referred to in paragraph 152(6.2)(b) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), is deemed to have been filed by a taxpayer on a timely basis if it is filed by the taxpayer on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to.
59. (1) Paragraph 157(1.2)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) for which the amount determined under subsection (1.3) for the taxation year, or for the preceding taxation year, does not exceed $500,000;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years ending after 2008, except that for taxation years that end in 2009, paragraph 157(1.2)(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), shall be read as follows:
(a) for which
(i) the amount determined under subsection (1.3) for the taxation year does not exceed the amount that is the total of $400,000 and that proportion of $100,000 that the number of days in the taxation year that are in 2009 is of the number of days in the taxation year, or
(ii) the amount determined under subsection (1.3) for the preceding taxation year does not exceed $400,000;
60. (1) Section 162 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7):
Late filing penalty — prescribed information returns
(7.01) Every person (other than a registered charity) or partnership who fails to file, when required by this Act or the regulations, one or more information returns of a type prescribed for the purpose of this subsection is liable to a penalty equal to the greater of $100 and
(a) where the number of those information returns is less than 51, $10 multiplied by the number of days, not exceeding 100, during which the failure continues;
(b) where the number of those information returns is greater than 50 and less than 501, $15 multiplied by the number of days, not exceeding 100, during which the failure continues;
(c) where the number of those information returns is greater than 500 and less than 2,501, $25 multiplied by the number of days, not exceeding 100, during which the failure continues;
(d) where the number of those information returns is greater than 2,500 and less than 10,001, $50 multiplied by the number of days, not exceeding 100, during which the failure continues; and
(e) where the number of those information returns is greater than 10,000, $75 multiplied by the number of days, not exceeding 100, during which the failure continues.
Failure to file in appropriate manner- prescribed information returns
(7.02) Every person (other than a registered charity) or partnership who fails to file, in the manner required by the regulations, one or more information returns of a type prescribed for the purpose of this subsection is liable to a penalty equal to
(a) where the number of those information returns is greater than 50 and less than 251, $250;
(b) where the number of those information returns is greater than 250 and less than 501, $500;
(c) where the number of those information returns is greater than 500 and less than 2,501, $1,500;
(d) where the number of those information returns is greater than 2,500, $2,500; and
(e) in any other case, nil.
(2) Section 162 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7.1):
Failure to file in appropriate manner- return of income
(7.2) Every person who fails to file a return of income for a taxation year as required by subsection 150.1(2.1) is liable to a penalty equal to $1,000.
(3) Subsection (1) applies to returns required to be filed after 2009.
(4) Subsection (2) applies to taxation years that end after 2010 except that, in its application to the 2011 and 2012 taxation years, the reference to $1,000 in subsection 162(7.2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), is to be read as
(a) $250, for the 2011 taxation year; and
(b) $500, for the 2012 taxation year.
61. (1) Clause 181.3(1)(c)(ii)(B) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
62. (1) Paragraph 188.1(3.2)(c) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c) each of those shares is deemed to have a fair market value, at the particular time, equal to the fair market value, at the particular time, of a share of the class issued by the corporation, determined without reference to this subsection.
(2) Section 188.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3.2):
Where subsection (3.5) applies
(3.3) Subsection (3.5) applies to a private foundation at a particular time in a taxation year if
(a) at the particular time, a person (in this subsection and subsection (3.5) referred to as an “insider” of the private foundation) that is the private foundation, or is a relevant person in respect of the private foundation, is a beneficiary under a trust;
(b) at or before the particular time
(i) the insider acquired an interest in or under the trust, or
(ii) the trust acquired a property;
(c) it may reasonably be considered that a purpose of the acquisition described in paragraph (b) was to hold, directly or indirectly, shares of a class of the capital stock of a corporation (referred to in subsection (3.5) as the “subject corporation”);
(d) the shares described in paragraph (c) would, if they were held by the insider, cause the private foundation to have a divestment obligation percentage for the taxation year; and
(e) at the particular time, the insider holds the interest described in subparagraph (b)(i), or the trust holds the property described in subparagraph (b)(ii), as the case may be.
Rules applicable
(3.4) For the purpose of subsections (3.3) and (3.5),
(a) interests (or, for civil law, rights), other than shares, of a trust in a corporation that entitle the trust to a right described in paragraph 251(5)(b) in respect of a class of the capital stock of the corporation, are deemed to be converted into shares of that class in the manner described by paragraph (3.2)(a); and
(b) if the amount of income or capital of the trust that a person may receive as a beneficiary under the trust depends on the exercise by any person of, or the failure by any person to exercise, a discretionary power, that person is deemed to have fully exercised, or to have failed to exercise, the power, as the case may be.
Avoidance of divestiture
(3.5) If this subsection applies to a private foundation at a particular time in respect of an interest of an insider of the private foundation in a trust, for the purposes of applying this section, subsection 149.1(1) and section 149.2,
(a) the insider is deemed to hold at the particular time, in addition to any shares of the capital stock of the subject corporation that it holds otherwise than because of this subsection, the number of shares, of the class of shares referred to in paragraph (3.3)(c), determined by the formula
A × B/C
where
A      is the number of shares of that class that are held, directly or indirectly, by the trust at the particular time,
B      is the total fair market value of all interests held by the insider in the trust at the particular time, and
C      is the total fair market value of all property held by the trust at the particular time;
(b) each of those shares is deemed to be a share that is issued by the subject corporation and outstanding and to continue to be held by the holder until such time as the holder no longer holds the interest or right; and
(c) each of those shares is deemed to have a fair market value, at the particular time, equal to the fair market value, at the particular time, of a share of the class issued by the subject corporation, determined without reference to this subsection.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years, of private foundations, that begin on or after February 26, 2008.
63. (1) Subparagraph 190.11(b)(ii) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
64. (1) Subparagraph 190.13(c)(iv) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
65. (1) The portion of the definition “SIFT partnership” in subsection 197(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“SIFT partnership”« société de personnes intermédiaire de placement déterminée »
“SIFT partnership”, being a specified investment flow-through partnership, for any taxation year, means a partnership other than an excluded subsidiary entity (as defined in subsection 122.1(1)) for the taxation year that meets the following conditions at any time during the taxation year:
(2) Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on October 31, 2006.
66. (1) Paragraph (c.1) of the definition “qualified investment” in section 204 of the Act is replaced by the following:
(c.1) debt obligations that meet the following criteria, namely,
(i) any of
(A) the debt obligations had, at the time of acquisition by the trust, an investment grade rating with a prescribed credit rating agency,
(B) the debt obligations have an investment grade rating with a prescribed credit rating agency, or
(C) the debt obligations were acquired by the trust in exchange for debt obligations that satisfied the condition in clause (A) and as part of a proposal to, or an arrangement with, the creditors of the issuer of the debt obligations that has been approved by a court under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act or the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act, and
(ii) either
(A) the debt obligations were issued as part of a single issue of debt of at least $25 million, or
(B) in the case of debt obligations that are issued on a continuous basis under a debt issuance program, the issuer of the debt obligations had issued and outstanding debt under the program of at least $25 million,
(2) Subsection (1) applies in determining whether a property is, at any time after March 18, 2007, a qualified investment.
67. (1) The portion of clause 204.81(1)(c)(ii)(A) of the Act before subclause (I) is replaced by the following:
(A) Class A shares that are issuable only to individuals (other than trusts), trusts governed by registered retirement savings plans and trusts governed by TFSAs and that entitle their holders
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
68. (1) The definition “restricted property” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is repealed.
(2) Paragraph (a) of the definition “advantage” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) and by adding the following after subparagraph (ii):
(iii) a distribution under the TFSA, and
(iv) the payment or allocation of any amount to the TFSA by the issuer; and
(3) Paragraph (b) of the definition “advantage” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) a benefit that is an increase in the total fair market value of the property held in connection with the TFSA if it is reasonable to consider, having regard to all the circumstances, that the increase is attributable, directly or indirectly, to
(i) a transaction or event or a series of transactions or events that
(A) would not have occurred in an open market in which parties deal with each other at arm’s length and act prudently, knowledgeably and willingly, and
(B) had as one of its main purposes to enable a person or a partnership to benefit from the exemption from tax under Part I of any amount in respect of the TFSA, or
(ii) a payment received as, on account or in lieu of, or in satisfaction of, a payment
(A) for services provided by a person who is, or who does not deal at arm’s length with, the holder of the TFSA, or
(B) of interest, of a dividend, of rent, of a royalty or of any other return on investment, or of proceeds of disposition, in respect of property (other than property held in connection with the TFSA) held by a person who is, or who does not deal at arm’s length with, the holder of the TFSA; and
(c) a prescribed benefit.
(4) The description of E in the definition “excess TFSA amount” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
E      is the total of all amounts each of which is the qualifying portion of a distribution made in the calendar year and at or before the particular time under a TFSA of which the individual was the holder at the time of the distribution and, for this purpose, the qualifying portion of a distribution is
(a) nil, if the distribution is a qualifying transfer or a prescribed distribution, and
(b) in any other case, the lesser of
(i) the amount of the distribution, and
(ii) the amount that would be the individual’s excess TFSA amount at the time of the distribution if the amount of the distribution were nil.
(5) The portion of the definition “prohibited investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“prohibited investment”« placement interdit »
“prohibited investment”, at any time, for a trust governed by a TFSA means property (other than prescribed property) that is at that time
(6) Paragraph (d) of the definition “prohibited investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) prescribed property.
(7) Subsection 207.01(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“exempt contribution”« cotisation exclue »
“exempt contribution” means a contribution made in a calendar year under a TFSA by the survivor of an individual if 
(a) the contribution is made during the period (in this definition referred to as the “rollover period”) that begins when the individual dies and that ends at the end of the first calendar year that begins after the individual dies (or at any later time that is acceptable to the Minister);
(b) a payment (in this definition referred to as the “survivor payment”) was made to the survivor during the rollover period, as a consequence of the individual’s death, directly or indirectly out of or under an arrangement that ceased, because of the individual’s death, to be a TFSA;
(c) the survivor designates, in prescribed form filed in prescribed manner within 30 days after the day on which the contribution is made, the contribution in relation to the survivor payment; and
(d) the amount of the contribution does not exceed the least of
(i) the amount, if any, by which
(A) the amount of the survivor payment
exceeds
(B) the total of all other contributions designated by the survivor in relation to the survivor payment,
(ii) the amount, if any, by which
(A) the total proceeds of disposition that would, if section 146.2 were read without reference to subsection 146.2(9), be determined in respect of the arrangement under paragraph 146.2(8)(a), (10)(a) or (11)(a), as the case may be,
exceeds
(B) the total of all other exempt contributions in respect of the arrangement made by the survivor at or before the time of the contribution, and
(iii) if the individual had, immediately before the individual’s death, an excess TFSA amount or if payments described in paragraph (b) are made to more than one survivor of the individual, nil or the greater amount, if any, allowed by the Minister in respect of the contribution.
(8) Subsection 207.01(2) of the Act is repealed.
(9) The portion of subsection 207.01(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Survivor as successor holder
(3) If an individual’s survivor becomes the holder of a TFSA as a consequence of the individual’s death and, immediately before the individual’s death, the individual had an excess TFSA amount, the survivor is deemed (other than for the purposes of the definition “exempt contribution”) to have made, at the beginning of the month following the individual’s death, a contribution under a TFSA equal to the amount, if any, by which
(10) Subsections (1) to (9) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
69. (1) The portion of section 207.03 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Tax payable on non-resident contributions
207.03 If, at a particular time, a non-resident individual makes a contribution under a TFSA (other than a contribution that is a qualifying transfer or an exempt contribution), the individual shall pay a tax under this Part equal to 1% of the amount of the contribution in respect of each month that ends after the particular time and before the earlier of
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
70. (1) Subsection 207.04(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Where both prohibited and non-qualified investment
(3) For the purposes of this section and subsection 146.2(6), if a trust governed by a TFSA holds property at any time that is, for the trust, both a prohibited investment and a non-qualified investment, the property is deemed at that time not to be a non-qualified investment, but remains a prohibited investment, for the trust.
(2) The portion of subsection 207.04(7) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Amount of additional tax payable
(7) The amount of tax payable under subsection (6) for a calendar year is 150% of the amount of tax that would be payable under Part I by the trust for the taxation year that ends in the calendar year if
(a) the Act were read without reference to paragraph 82(1)(b), section 121 and subsection 146.2(6); and
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
71. (1) The portion of subsection 207.06(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Waiver of tax payable
(2) If a person would otherwise be liable to pay a tax under this Part because of subsection 207.04(1) or section 207.05, the Minister may waive or cancel all or part of the liability where the Minister considers it just and equitable to do so having regard to all the circumstances, including
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
72. (1) Paragraph (a) of the definition “registered life insurance policy” in subsection 211(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) as a registered retirement savings plan, or
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
73. (1) Paragraph 212(1)(p) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Former TFSA
(p) an amount that would, if the non-resident person had been resident in Canada at the time at which the amount was paid, be required by paragraph 12(1)(z.5) to be included in computing the non-resident person’s income for the taxation year that includes that time;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
74. (1) The definition “assessable distribution” in subsection 218.3(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
“assessable distribution”« distribution déterminée »
“assessable distribution”, in respect of a Canadian property mutual fund investment, means the portion of any amount that is paid or credited (otherwise than as a SIFT trust wind-up event), by the mutual fund that issued the investment, to a non-resident investor who holds the investment, and that is not otherwise subject to tax under Part I or Part XIII.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008.
75. (1) The portion of subsection 241(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Provision of information
241. (1) Except as authorized by this section, no official or other representative of a government entity shall
(2) Subsection 241(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Evidence relating to taxpayer information
(2) Notwithstanding any other Act of Parliament or other law, no official or other representative of a government entity shall be required, in connection with any legal proceedings, to give or produce evidence relating to any taxpayer information.
(3) Paragraph 241(4)(l) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(l) subject to subsection (9.2), provide to a representative of a government entity the business number of, the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), and any contact information, corporate information and registration information in respect of, the holder of a business number (other than an excluded individual), if the information is provided solely for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of
(i) an Act of Parliament or of a legislature of a province, or
(ii) a by-law of a municipality in Canada or a law of an aboriginal government;
(4) The portion of subsection 241(5) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disclosure to taxpayer or on consent
(5) An official or other representative of a government entity may provide taxpayer information relating to a taxpayer
(5) The portion of subsection 241(6) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Appeal from order or direction
(6) An order or direction that is made in the course of or in connection with any legal proceedings and that requires an official, other representative of a government entity or authorized person to give or produce evidence relating to any taxpayer information may, by notice served on all interested parties, be appealed forthwith by the Minister or by the person against whom the order or direction is made to
(6) Section 241 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (9.1):
Restrictions on information sharing
(9.2) No information may be provided to a representative of a government entity under paragraph (4)(l) in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity unless the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
Public disclosure
(9.3) The Minister may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the Minister, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number (other than an excluded individual).
Public disclosure by representative of government entity
(9.4) A representative of a government entity may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number (other than an excluded individual), if
(a) a representative of the government entity was provided with that information pursuant to paragraph (4)(l); and
(b) the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
(7) The portion of the definition “taxpayer information” in subsection 241(10) of the Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
but does not include information that does not directly or indirectly reveal the identity of the taxpayer to whom it relates and, for the purposes of applying subsections (2), (5) and (6) to a representative of a government entity that is not an official, taxpayer information includes only the information referred to in paragraph (4)(l);
(8) Subsection 241(10) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“aboriginal government”« gouvernement autochtone »
“aboriginal government” means an aboriginal government as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act;
“contact information”« coordonnées »
“contact information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means the name, address, telephone number, facsimile number and preferred language of communication of the holder, or similar information as specified by the Minister in respect of the holder, and includes such information in respect of one or more
(a) trustees of the holder, if the holder is a trust,
(b) members of the holder, if the holder is a partnership,
(c) officers of the holder, if the holder is a corporation, or
(d) officers or members of the holder, if the holder is not described by any of paragraphs (a) to (c);
“corporate information”« renseignements d’entreprise »
“corporate information”, in respect of a holder of a business number that is a corporation, means the name (including the number assigned by the incorporating authority), date of incorporation, jurisdiction of incorporation and any information on the dissolution, reorganization, amalgamation, winding-up or revival of the corporation;
“excluded individual”« particulier exclu »
“excluded individual” means an individual who is a holder of a business number solely because the individual is required under this Act to deduct or withhold an amount from an amount paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited;
“government entity”« entité gouvernementale »
“government entity” means
(a) a department or agency of the government of Canada or of a province,
(b) a municipality in Canada,
(c) an aboriginal government,
(d) a corporation all of the shares (except directors’ qualifying shares) of the capital stock of which are owned by one or more persons each of which is
(i) Her Majesty in right of Canada,
(ii) Her Majesty in right of a province,
(iii) a municipality in Canada, or
(iv) a corporation described in this paragraph, or
(e) a board or commission, established by Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty in right of a province, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of government, or by one or more municipalities in Canada, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of a municipality;
“registration information”« renseignements relatifs à l’inscription »
“registration information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means
(a) any information pertaining to the legal form of the holder,
(b) the type of activities carried on or proposed to be carried on by the holder,
(c) each date on which
(i) the business number was issued to the holder,
(ii) the holder began activities,
(iii) the holder ceased or resumed activities, or
(iv) the business number assigned to the holder was changed, and
(d) the reasons for the cessation, resumption or change referred to in subparagraph (c)(iii) or (iv);
“representative”« représentant »
“representative” of a government entity means a person who is employed in the service of, who occupies a position of responsibility in the service of, or who is engaged by or on behalf of, a government entity, and includes, for the purposes of subsections (1), (2), (5) and (6), a person who was formerly so employed, who formerly occupied such a position or who formerly was so engaged;
76. (1) The definition “functional currency” in subsection 248(1) of the Act is repealed.
(2) The definitions “amateur athlete trust”, “personal trust” and “TFSA” in subsection 248(1) of the Act are replaced by the following:
“amateur athlete trust”« fiducie au profit d’un athlète amateur »
“amateur athlete trust” has the meaning assigned by subsection 143.1(1.2);
“personal trust”« fiducie personnelle »
“personal trust” means a trust (other than a trust that is, or was at any time after 1999, a unit trust) that is
(a) a testamentary trust, or
(b) an inter vivos trust no beneficial interest in which was acquired for consideration payable directly or indirectly to
(i) the trust, or
(ii) any person or partnership that has made a contribution to the trust by way of transfer, assignment or other disposition of property;
“TFSA”« compte d’épargne libre d’impôt »
“TFSA”, being a tax-free savings account, has the meaning assigned by subsection 146.2(5);
(3) Paragraph (d) of the definition “Canadian real, immovable or resource property” in subsection 248(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) a share of the capital stock of a corporation, an income or capital interest in a trust or an interest in a partnership (other than a taxable Canadian corporation, a SIFT trust or a SIFT partnership), if more than 50% of the fair market value of the share or interest is derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of properties described in paragraphs (a) to (c), or
(4) Subsection 248(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“foreign currency debt”« dette en monnaie étrangère »
“foreign currency debt” has the meaning assigned by subsection 111(8);
“SIFT trust wind-up event”« fait lié à la conversion d’une EIPD-fiducie »
“SIFT trust wind-up event” means a distribution by a particular trust resident in Canada of property to a taxpayer in respect of which the following conditions are met:
(a) the distribution occurs before 2013,
(b) there is a resulting disposition of all of the taxpayer’s interest as a beneficiary under the particular trust,
(c) the particular trust is
(i) a SIFT wind-up entity,
(ii) a trust whose only beneficiary throughout the period (referred to in this definition as the “qualifying period”) that begins on July 14, 2008 and that ends at the time of the distribution is another trust that throughout the qualifying period
(A) is resident in Canada, and
(B) is a SIFT wind-up entity or a trust described by this subparagraph, or
(iii) a trust whose only beneficiary at the time of distribution is another trust that throughout the qualifying period
(A) is resident in Canada,
(B) is a SIFT wind-up entity or a trust described by subparagraph (ii), and
(C) is a majority interest beneficiary (within the meaning that would be assigned by section 251.1 if the references in the definition “majority interest beneficiary” in subsection 251.1(3) to “50%” were read as references to “25%”) of the particular trust,
(d) the particular trust ceases to exist immediately after the distribution or immediately after the last of a series of SIFT trust wind-up events (determined without reference to this paragraph) of the particular trust that includes the distribution, and
(e) the property was not acquired by the particular trust as a result of a transfer or an exchange
(i) that is
(A) a “qualifying exchange” as defined in subsection 132.2(1) or a “qualifying disposition” as defined in subsection 107.4(1),
(B) made after February 2, 2009, and
(C) from any person other than a SIFT wind-up entity, or
(ii) to which any of sections 51, 85, 85.1, 86, 87, 88, 107.4 or 132.2 applies, of another property acquired as a result of a transfer or an exchange described by subparagraph (i) or this subparagraph;
“SIFT wind-up corporation”« société de conversion d’EIPD »
“SIFT wind-up corporation”, in respect of a SIFT wind-up entity, means at any particular time a corporation 
(a) that, at any time that is after July 13, 2008 and before the earlier of the particular time and January 1, 2013, owns all of the equity in the SIFT wind-up entity, or
(b) shares of the capital stock of which are at or before the particular time distributed on a SIFT trust wind-up event of the SIFT wind-up entity;
“SIFT wind-up entity”« EIPD convertible »
“SIFT wind-up entity” means a trust or partnership that at any time in the period that began on October 31, 2006 and that ends on July 14, 2008 is
(a) a SIFT trust (determined without reference to subsection 122.1(2)),
(b) a SIFT partnership (determined without reference to subsection 197(8)), or
(c) a real estate investment trust (as defined in subsection 122.1(1));
“SIFT wind-up entity equity”« intérêt dans une EIPD convertible »
“SIFT wind-up entity equity”, or equity in a SIFT wind-up entity, means
(a) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a trust, a capital interest (determined without reference to subsection (25)) in the trust, and
(b) if the SIFT wind-up entity is a partnership, an interest as a member of the partnership where, by operation of any law governing the arrangement in respect of the partnership, the liability of the member as a member of the partnership is limited,
except that if all of the interests described in paragraph (a) or (b), as the case may be, in the SIFT wind-up entity are described by reference to units, it means the part of the interest represented by such a unit;
(5) Subsection 248(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Property subject to certain Quebec institutions and arrangements
(3) For the purposes of this Act, if property is subject to an institution or arrangement that is described by this subsection and that is governed by the laws of the Province of Quebec, the following rules apply in respect of the property:
(a) if at any time property is subject to a usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution,
(i) the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be, is deemed to be at that time
(A) a trust, and
(B) where the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be, is created by will, a trust created by will,
(ii) the property is deemed
(A) where the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be, arises on the death of a testator, to have been transferred to the trust on and as a consequence of the death of the testator, and not otherwise, and
(B) where the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be, arises otherwise, to have been transferred (at the time it first became subject to the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be) to the trust by the person that granted the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, and
(iii) the property is deemed to be, throughout the period in which it is subject to the usufruct, right of use or habitation, or substitution, as the case may be, held by the trust, and not otherwise;
(b) an arrangement (other than a partnership, a qualifying arrangement or an arrangement that is a trust determined without reference to this paragraph) is deemed to be a trust and property subject to rights and obligations under the arrangement is, if the arrangement is deemed by this paragraph to be a trust, deemed to be held in trust and not otherwise, where the arrangement
(i) is established before October 31, 2003 by or under a written contract that
(A) is governed by the laws of the Province of Quebec, and
(B) provides that, for the purposes of this Act, the arrangement shall be considered to be a trust, and
(ii) creates rights and obligations that are substantially similar to the rights and obligations under a trust (determined without reference to this subsection);
(c) if the arrangement is a qualifying arrangement,
(i) the arrangement is deemed to be a trust,
(ii) any property contributed at any time to the arrangement by an annuitant, a holder or a subscriber of the arrangement, as the case may be, is deemed to have been transferred, at that time, to the trust by the contributor, and
(iii) property subject to rights and obligations under the arrangement is deemed to be held in trust and not otherwise;
(d) a person who has a right (whether immediate or future and whether absolute or contingent) to receive all or part of the income or capital in respect of property that is referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) is deemed to be beneficially interested in the trust; and
(e) notwithstanding that a property is at any time subject to a servitude, the property is deemed to be beneficially owned by a person at that time if, at that time, the person has in relation to the property
(i) the right of ownership,
(ii) a right as a lessee under an emphyteusis, or
(iii) a right as a beneficiary in a trust.
Gift of bare ownership of immovables
(3.1) Subsection (3) does not apply in respect of a usufruct or a right of use of an immovable in circumstances where a taxpayer disposes of the bare ownership of the immovable by way of a gift to a donee described in the definition “total charitable gifts”, “total Crown gifts” or “total ecological gifts” in subsection 118.1(1) and retains, for life, the usufruct or the right of use.
Qualifying arrangement
(3.2) For the purposes of paragraphs 248(3)(b) and (c), an arrangement is a qualifying arrangement if it is
(a) entered into with a corporation that is licensed or otherwise authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to carry on in Canada the business of offering to the public its services as trustee;
(b) established by or under a written contract that is governed by the laws of the Province of Quebec;
(c) presented as a declaration of trust or provides that, for the purposes of this Act, it shall be considered to be a trust; and
(d) presented as an arrangement in respect of which the corporation is to take action for the arrangement to become a registered disability savings plan, a registered education savings plan, a registered retirement income fund, a registered retirement savings plan or a TFSA.
(6) Subsection 248(25.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Trust-to-trust transfers
(25.1) Where at any time a particular trust transfers property to another trust (other than a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan or by a registered retirement income fund) in circumstances to which paragraph (f) of the definition “disposition” in subsection (1) applies, without affecting the personal liabilities under this Act of the trustees of either trust or the application of subsection 104(5.8) and paragraph 122(2)(f), the other trust is deemed to be after that time the same trust as, and a continuation of, the particular trust, and, for greater certainty, if the property was deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the particular trust by paragraph 51(1)(f), 85(1)(i) or 85.1(1)(a) or (8)(b), subsection 85.1(5) or 87(4) or (5) or paragraph 97(2)(c) or 107(2)(d.1) or (3.1)(d), the property is deemed to be taxable Canadian property of the other trust.
(7) Subsection (1) applies in respect of taxation years that begin after December 13, 2007.
(8) The definition “amateur athlete trust” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
(9) The definition “personal trust” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), applies after July 14, 2008.
(10) The definition “TFSA” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (2), applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
(11) Subsection (3) is deemed to have come into force on October 31, 2006.
(12) The definition “foreign currency debt” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (4), applies after 2005.
(13) The definitions “SIFT trust wind-up event”, “SIFT wind-up corporation”, “SIFT wind-up entity” and “SIFT wind-up entity equity” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (4), apply after December 19, 2007.
(14) Subsections 248(3) and (3.2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), apply to taxation years that begin after October 30, 2003 except that
(a) for taxation years that end before 2008,
(i) subparagraph 248(3)(c)(ii) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), shall be read without reference to the expression “a holder”, and
(ii) paragraph 248(3.2)(d) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), shall be read without reference to registered disability savings plans and TFSAs; and
(b) for taxation years that end in 2008, paragraph 248(3.2)(d) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), shall be read without reference to TFSAs.
(15) For taxation years that begin after 1988 and before October 31, 2003, paragraph 248(3)(d) of the Act shall, in its application to each arrangement that is entered into between an individual and a corporation licensed or otherwise authorized under the laws of Canada or a province to carry on in Canada the business of offering to the public its services as trustee and that is accepted by the Minister for registration under section 146 or 146.3 of the Act, be read without reference to
(a) clause (i)(B) of that paragraph, if the arrangement is presented as a declaration of trust but does not provide that, for the purposes of the Act, the arrangement shall be considered to be a trust; and
(b) subparagraph (ii) of that paragraph.
(16) Subsection 248(3.1) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (5), applies to dispositions that occur after July 18, 2005.
(17) Subsection (6) applies after December 19, 2007.
77. (1) Section 253.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Investments in limited partnerships
253.1 For the purposes of subparagraph 108(2)(b)(ii), paragraphs 130.1(6)(b), 131(8)(b) and 132(6)(b), subsection 146.2(6), paragraphs 146.4(5)(b) and 149(1)(o.2), the definition “private holding corporation” in subsection 191(1) and regulations made for the purposes of paragraphs 149(1)(o.3) and (o.4), if a trust or corporation holds an interest as a member of a partnership and, by operation of any law governing the arrangement in respect of the partnership, the liability of the member as a member of the partnership is limited, the member shall not, solely because of its acquisition and holding of that interest, be considered to carry on any business or other activity of the partnership.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
78. (1) Subsection 256(7) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (d), by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (e) and by adding the following after paragraph (e):
(f) if a particular trust is the only beneficiary of another trust, the particular trust is described in paragraph (c) of the definition “SIFT trust wind-up event”, the particular trust would, in the absence of this paragraph, acquire control of a corporation solely because of a SIFT trust wind-up event that is a distribution of shares of the capital stock of the corporation by the other trust, and the other trust controlled the corporation immediately before the distribution, the particular trust is deemed not to acquire control of the corporation because of the distribution.
(2) Subsection 256(9) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Date of acquisition of control
(9) For the purposes of this Act, other than for the purposes of determining if a corporation is, at any time, a small business corporation or a Canadian-controlled private corporation, where control of a corporation is acquired by a person or group of persons at a particular time on a day, control of the corporation shall be deemed to have been acquired by the person or group of persons, as the case may be, at the beginning of that day and not at the particular time unless the corporation elects in its return of income under Part I filed for its taxation year that ends immediately before the acquisition of control not to have this subsection apply.
(3) Subsection (1) applies after July 14, 2008.
(4) Subsection (2) applies in respect of an acquisition of control of a corporation that occurs after 2005, other than in respect of such an acquisition of control that occurs before January 28, 2009 and in respect of which the taxpayer elects in writing, filed with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s 2009 taxation year, that subsection (2) not apply.
(5) A taxpayer is deemed to have made the election described in subsection (4) in respect of an acquisition of control of a corporation that occurs before January 28, 2009 if it can reasonably be considered, having regard to a return of income, notice of objection, or notice of appeal, filed or served by the taxpayer under the Act before January 28, 2009, that the taxpayer has interpreted and applied subsection 256(9) of the Act for the purposes of determining if the corporation was a small business corporation or a Canadian-controlled private corporation at the time of the transfer of shares of the corporation that caused the acquisition of control to occur.
79. (1) The portion of subsection 259(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Proportional holdings in trust property
259. (1) For the purposes of subsections 146(6), (10) and (10.1), 146.2(6) and 146.3(7), (8) and (9) and Parts X, X.2 and XI to XI.1, if at any time a taxpayer that is a registered investment or that is described in any of paragraphs 149(1)(r), (s), (u) to (u.2) or (x) acquires, holds or disposes of a particular unit in a qualified trust and the qualified trust elects for any period that includes that time to have this subsection apply,
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
80. (1) Section 261 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
261. (1) The following definitions apply in this section.
“Canadian currency year”« année de déclaration en monnaie canadienne »
“Canadian currency year” of a taxpayer means a taxation year that precedes the first functional currency year of the taxpayer.
“Canadian tax results”« résultats fiscaux canadiens »
“Canadian tax results” of a taxpayer for a taxation year means
(a) the amount of the income, taxable income or taxable income earned in Canada of the taxpayer for the taxation year;
(b) the amount (other than an amount payable on behalf of another person under subsection 153(1) or section 215) of tax or other amount payable under this Act by the taxpayer in respect of the taxation year;
(c) the amount (other than an amount refundable on behalf of another person in respect of amounts payable on behalf of that person under subsection 153(1) or section 215) of tax or other amount refundable under this Act to the taxpayer in respect of the taxation year; and
(d) any amount that is relevant in determining the amounts described in respect of the taxpayer under paragraphs (a) to (c).
“elected functional currency”« monnaie fonctionnelle choisie »
“elected functional currency” of a taxpayer means the currency of a country other than Canada that was the functional currency of the taxpayer for its first taxation year in respect of which it made an election under paragraph (3)(b).
“functional currency”« monnaie fonctionnelle »
“functional currency” of a taxpayer for a taxation year means the currency of a country other than Canada if that currency is, throughout the taxation year,
(a) a qualifying currency; and
(b) the primary currency in which the taxpayer maintains its records and books of account for financial reporting purposes.
“functional currency year”« année de déclaration en monnaie fonctionnelle »
“functional currency year” of a taxpayer means a taxation year in respect of which subsection (5) applies to the taxpayer.
“pre-reversion debt”« créance pré-rétablissement »
“pre-reversion debt” of a taxpayer means a debt obligation of the taxpayer that was issued by the taxpayer before the beginning of the taxpayer’s first reversionary year.
“pre-transition debt”« créance pré-transition »
“pre-transition debt” of a taxpayer means a debt obligation of the taxpayer that was issued by the taxpayer before the beginning of the taxpayer’s first functional currency year.
“qualifying currency”« monnaie admissible »
“qualifying currency” at any time means each of
(a) the currency of the United States of America;
(b) the currency of the European Monetary Union;
(c) the currency of the United Kingdom;
(d) the currency of Australia; and
(e) a prescribed currency.
“relevant spot rate”« taux de change au comptant »
“relevant spot rate” for a particular day means, in respect of a conversion of an amount from a particular currency to another currency,
(a) if the particular currency or the other currency is Canadian currency, the rate quoted by the Bank of Canada for noon on the particular day (or, if there is no such rate quoted for the particular day, the closest preceding day for which such a rate is quoted) for the exchange of the particular currency for the other currency, or, in applying paragraphs (2)(b) and (5)(c), another rate of exchange that is acceptable to the Minister; and
(b) if neither the particular currency nor the other currency is Canadian currency, the rate — calculated by reference to the rates quoted by the Bank of Canada for noon on the particular day (or, if either of such rates is not quoted for the particular day, the closest preceding day for which both such rates are quoted) for the exchange of Canadian currency for each of those currencies — for the exchange of the particular currency for the other currency, or, in applying paragraphs (2)(b) and (5)(c), another rate of exchange that is acceptable to the Minister.
“reversionary year”« année de rétablissement »
“reversionary year” of a taxpayer means a taxation year that begins after the last functional currency year of the taxpayer.
“tax reporting currency”« monnaie de déclaration »
“tax reporting currency” of a taxpayer for a taxation year, and at any time in the taxation year, means the currency in which the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for the taxation year are to be determined.
Canadian currency requirement
(2) In determining the Canadian tax results of a taxpayer for a particular taxation year,
(a) subject to this section, other than this subsection, Canadian currency is to be used; and
(b) subject to this section, other than this subsection, subsection 79(7) and paragraphs 80(2)(k) and 142.7(8)(b), if a particular amount that is relevant in computing those Canadian tax results is expressed in a currency other than Canadian currency, the particular amount is to be converted to an amount expressed in Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the day on which the particular amount arose.
Application of subsection (5)
(3) Subsection (5) applies to a taxpayer in respect of a particular taxation year if
(a) the taxpayer is, throughout the particular taxation year, a corporation (other than an investment corporation, a mortgage investment corporation or a mutual fund corporation) resident in Canada;
(b) the taxpayer has elected that subsection (5) apply to the taxpayer and has filed that election with the Minister in prescribed form and manner on or before the day that is six months before the end of the particular taxation year;
(c) there is a functional currency of the taxpayer for the first taxation year of the taxpayer in respect of which subsection (5) would, if this subsection were read without reference to this paragraph, apply;
(d) the taxpayer has not filed another election under paragraph (b); and
(e) a revocation by the taxpayer under subsection (4) does not apply to the particular taxation year.
Revocation of election
(4) A taxpayer may revoke its election under paragraph (3)(b) by filing, on a day that is in a functional currency year of the taxpayer (other than its first functional currency year), a notice of revocation in prescribed form and manner. The revocation applies to each taxation year of the taxpayer that begins on or after the day that is six months after that day.
Functional currency tax reporting
(5) If this subsection applies to a taxpayer in respect of a particular taxation year,
(a) the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for the particular taxation year are to be determined using the taxpayer’s elected functional currency;
(b) unless the context otherwise requires, each reference in this Act or the regulations to an amount (other than in respect of a penalty or fine) that is described as a particular number of Canadian dollars is to be read, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, as a reference to that amount expressed in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the first day of the particular taxation year;
(c) subject to paragraph (9)(b), subsection (15), subsection 79(7) and paragraphs 80(2)(k) and 142.7(8)(b), if a particular amount that is relevant in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for the particular taxation year is expressed in a currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency, the particular amount is to be converted to an amount expressed in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the day on which the particular amount arose;
(d) the definition “exchange rate” in subsection 111(8) is, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, to be read as follows:
“exchange rate” at any time in respect of a particular currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency means the relevant spot rate, for the day that includes that time, in respect of the conversion of an amount from the particular currency to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency, or a rate of exchange acceptable to the Minister;
(e) except in applying paragraph 95(2)(f.15) in respect of a taxation year, of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer, that is a functional currency year of the foreign affiliate within the meaning of subsection (6.1), each reference in subsection 39(2)
(i) to “the value of the currency or currencies of one or more countries other than Canada relative to Canadian currency, a taxpayer” is to be read, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, as a reference to “the value of the currency or currencies of one or more countries (other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency) relative to a taxpayer’s elected functional currency, the taxpayer”, and
(ii) to “currency of a country other than Canada” is to be read, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, as a reference to “currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”;
(f) each reference in
(i) section 76.1, subsection 79(7), paragraph 80(2)(k), subsections 80.01(11), 80.1(8), 142.4(1) and 142.7(8) and the definition “amortized cost” in subsection 248(1), and subparagraph 231(6)(a)(iv) of the Regulations, to “Canadian currency” is, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, to be read as a reference to “the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”, and
(ii) subparagraph 94.1(1)(b)(vii), the definition “foreign currency debt” in subsection 111(8), subsection 142.4(1), and the definition “amortized cost” in subsection 248(1) to “currency of a country other than Canada” is, in respect of the taxpayer and the particular taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, to be read as a reference to “currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”;
(g) the definition “foreign currency” in subsection 248(1) is, in respect of the taxpayer and the taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, to be read as follows:
“foreign currency” in respect of a taxpayer, at any time in a taxation year, means a currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency;
(h) where a taxation year, of a foreign affiliate of the taxpayer, is a functional currency year of the foreign affiliate within the meaning of subsection (6.1),
(i) the references in section 95 (other than paragraph 95(2)(f.15)) and the references in regulations made for the purposes of section 95 or 113 (other than subsection 5907(6) of the Regulations) to
(A) “Canadian currency” are to be read, in respect of the foreign affiliate and the taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, as references to “the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”, and
(B) “currency of a country other than Canada” are to be read, in respect of the foreign affiliate and the taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, as references to “currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”, and
(ii) the reference in paragraph 95(2)(f.13) to “the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada at noon on” is to be read, in respect of the foreign affiliate and the taxation year, and with such modifications as the context requires, as a reference to “the relevant spot rate for”.
Partnerships
(6) For the purposes of computing the Canadian tax results of a particular taxpayer for each taxation year that is a functional currency year or a reversionary year of the particular taxpayer, this section is to be applied as if each partnership of which the particular taxpayer is a member at any time in the taxation year were a taxpayer that
(a) had as its first functional currency year its first fiscal period, if any, that
(i) is a fiscal period at any time during which the particular taxpayer is a member of the partnership,
(ii) begins after December 13, 2007, and
(iii) ends at least six months after the day that is six months before the end of the particular taxpayer’s first functional currency year;
(b) had as its last Canadian currency year its last fiscal period, if any, that ends before its first functional currency year;
(c) had as its first reversionary year its first fiscal period, if any, that begins after the particular taxpayer’s last functional currency year;
(d) is subject to subsection (5) for each of its fiscal periods that is, or begins after, its first functional currency year and that ends before its first reversionary year;
(e) had as its elected functional currency in respect of each fiscal period described in paragraph (d) the elected functional currency of the particular taxpayer; and
(f) had as its last functional currency year its last fiscal period, if any, that ends before its first reversionary year.
Foreign affiliates
(6.1) For the purposes of computing the foreign accrual property income of a foreign affiliate of a particular taxpayer, in respect of the particular taxpayer, for each taxation year that is a functional currency year or a reversionary year of the particular taxpayer, this section is to be applied as if
(a) the foreign affiliate were a taxpayer that
(i) had, as its first functional currency year, its first taxation year that
(A) is a taxation year at any time during which the foreign affiliate is a foreign affiliate of the particular taxpayer,
(B) begins after December 13, 2007, and
(C) ends at least six months after the day that is six months before the end of the particular taxpayer’s first functional currency year,
(ii) had as its last Canadian currency year its last taxation year, if any, that ends before its first functional currency year,
(iii) had as its first reversionary year its first taxation year, if any, that begins after the particular taxpayer’s last functional currency year,
(iv) is subject to subsection (5) for each of its taxation years that is, or begins after, its first functional currency year and that ends before its first reversionary year,
(v) had as its elected functional currency in respect of each taxation year described in subparagraph (iv) the elected functional currency of the particular taxpayer, and
(vi) had as its last functional currency year its last taxation year, if any, that ends before its first reversionary year; and
(b) the Canadian tax results of the foreign affiliate for each taxation year that is a functional currency year or a reversionary year of the foreign affiliate, within the meaning of paragraph (a), were its foreign accrual property income, in respect of the particular taxpayer, for that taxation year and any amount that is relevant in determining such foreign accrual property income.
Converting Canadian currency amounts
(7) In applying this Act to a taxpayer for a particular functional currency year of the taxpayer, the following amounts are to be converted from Canadian currency to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year:
(a) each particular amount that
(i) is, or is relevant to the determination of, an amount that may be deducted under subsection 37(1) or 66(4), element F in the definition “foreign accrual property income” in subsection 95(1), section 110.1 or 111 or subsection 126(2), 127(5), 129(1), 181.1(4) or 190.1(3), in the particular functional currency year, and
(ii) was determined for a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer;
(b) the cost to the taxpayer of a property that was acquired by the taxpayer in a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer;
(c) an amount that was required by section 53 to be added or deducted in computing, at any time in a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer, the adjusted cost base to the taxpayer of a capital property that was acquired by the taxpayer in such a year;
(d) an amount that
(i) is in respect of the taxpayer’s undepreciated capital cost of depreciable property of a prescribed class, cumulative eligible capital in respect of a business, cumulative Canadian exploration expense (within the meaning assigned by subsection 66.1(6)), cumulative Canadian development expense (within the meaning assigned by subsection 66.2(5)), cumulative foreign resource expense in respect of a country other than Canada (within the meaning assigned by subsection 66.21(1)) or cumulative Canadian oil and gas property expense (within the meaning assigned by subsection 66.4(5)) (each of which is referred to in this paragraph as a “pool amount”), and
(ii) was added to or deducted from a pool amount of the taxpayer in respect of a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer;
(e) an amount that has been deducted or claimed as a reserve in computing the income of the taxpayer for its last Canadian currency year;
(f) an outlay or expense referred to in subsection 18(9) that was made or incurred by the taxpayer in respect of a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer, and any amount that was deducted in respect of the outlay or expense in computing the income of the taxpayer for such a year;
(g) an amount that was added or deducted in computing the taxpayer’s paid-up capital in respect of a class of shares of its capital stock in a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer; and
(h) any amount (other than an amount referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (g) or any of subsections (6), (6.1) and (8)) determined under the provisions of this Act in or in respect of a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer that is relevant in determining the Canadian tax results of the taxpayer for the particular functional currency year.
Converting pre-transition debts
(8) In determining, at any time in a particular functional currency year of a taxpayer, the amount for which a pre-transition debt of the taxpayer (other than a pre-transition debt denominated in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency) was issued and its principal amount at the beginning of the taxpayer’s first functional currency year,
(a) where the pre-transition debt is denominated in Canadian currency, those amounts are to be converted to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year; and
(b) where the pre-transition debt is denominated in a currency (referred to in this paragraph as the “debt currency”) that is neither Canadian currency nor the taxpayer’s elected functional currency, those amounts are to be converted from the debt currency to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year.
Pre-transition debts
(9) A pre-transition debt of a taxpayer that is denominated in a currency other than the taxpayer’s elected functional currency is deemed to have been issued immediately before the taxpayer’s first functional currency year for the purposes of
(a) determining the amount of the taxpayer’s income, gain or loss, for a functional currency year of the taxpayer (other than an amount that subsection (10) deems to arise), that is attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency; and
(b) applying paragraph 80(2)(k) in respect of a functional currency year of the taxpayer.
Deferred amounts relating to pre-transition debts
(10) If a taxpayer has, at any time in a taxation year that is a functional currency year or a reversionary year of the taxpayer, made a particular payment on account of the principal amount of a pre-transition debt of the taxpayer:
(a) where the taxpayer would have made a gain — or, if the pre-transition debt was not on account of capital, would have had income — (referred to in this paragraph as the “hypothetical gain or income”) attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency if the pre-transition debt had been settled by the taxpayer’s having paid, immediately before the end of its last Canadian currency year, an amount equal to the principal amount (expressed in the currency in which the pre-transition debt is denominated, which currency is referred to in this subsection as the “debt currency”) at that time, the taxpayer is deemed to make a gain or to have income, as the case may be, for the taxation year equal to the amount determined by the formula
A × B/C
where
A      is
(i) if the taxation year is a functional currency year of the taxpayer, the amount of the hypothetical gain or income converted to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year, and
(ii) if the taxation year is a reversionary year of the taxpayer, the amount determined under subparagraph (i) converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last functional currency year,
B      is the amount of the particular payment (expressed in the debt currency), and
C      is the principal amount of the pre-transition debt at the beginning of the taxpayer’s first functional currency year (expressed in the debt currency); and
(b) where the taxpayer would have sustained a loss — or, if the pre-transition debt was not on account of capital, would have had a loss — (referred to in this paragraph as the “hypothetical loss”) attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency if the pre-transition debt had been settled by the taxpayer’s having paid, immediately before the end of its last Canadian currency year, an amount equal to the principal amount (expressed in the debt currency) at that time, the taxpayer is deemed to sustain or to have a loss in respect of the particular payment for the taxation year equal to the amount that would be determined by the formula in paragraph (a) if the reference in the description of A in that paragraph to “hypothetical gain or income” were read as a reference to “hypothetical loss”.
Determination of amounts payable
(11) Notwithstanding subsections (5) and (7), for the purposes of applying this Act in respect of a functional currency year (referred to in this subsection as the “particular taxation year”) of a taxpayer,
(a) for the purposes of determining the taxpayer’s payment obligations under paragraph 157(1)(a) or (1.1)(a),
(i) the estimated amounts, each of which is described in subparagraph 157(1)(a)(i) or (1.1)(a)(i), that are payable by the taxpayer for the particular taxation year are to be determined by converting those amounts, as determined in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency, to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the day on which those amounts are due,
(ii) the taxpayer’s first instalment base (within the meaning assigned by subsection 157(4)) for the particular taxation year is to be determined
(A) if the particular taxation year is the taxpayer’s first functional currency year, without reference to this section, and
(B) in any other case, as if the taxes payable by the taxpayer for the taxpayer’s functional currency year (referred to in this paragraph as the “first base year”) immediately preceding the particular taxation year were the total of
(I) the total of the taxpayer’s payment obligations under paragraph 157(1)(a) or (1.1)(a), as determined with reference to this subparagraph or subparagraph (i) or (iii), as the case may be, in respect of the first base year, and
(II) the amount, if any, of the remainder of the taxes payable by the taxpayer under paragraph 157(1)(b) or (1.1)(b), as determined under paragraph (b), in respect of the first base year, and
(iii) the taxpayer’s second instalment base (within the meaning assigned by subsection 157(4)) for the particular taxation year is to be determined
(A) if the particular taxation year is the taxpayer’s first functional currency year or its taxation year that immediately follows its first functional currency year, without reference to this section, and
(B) in any other case, as if the taxes payable by the taxpayer for the taxpayer’s functional currency year (referred to in this subparagraph as the “second base year”) immediately preceding the first base year were the total of
(I) the total of the taxpayer’s payment obligations under paragraph 157(1)(a) or (1.1)(a), as determined with reference to this subparagraph or subparagraph (i) or (ii), as the case may be, in respect of the second base year, and
(II) the amount, if any, of the remainder of the taxes payable by the taxpayer under paragraph 157(1)(b) or (1.1)(b), as determined under paragraph (b), in respect of the second base year;
(b) the remainder of the taxes payable by the taxpayer under paragraph 157(1)(b) or (1.1)(b) for the particular taxation year is the amount, if any, determined by
(i) computing the amount, if any, by which
(A) the total of the taxes payable by the taxpayer under this Part and Parts VI, VI.1 and XIII.1 for the particular taxation year, as determined in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency
exceeds
(B) the total of all amounts each of which is the amount determined by converting the amount of a payment obligation — determined by paragraph 157(1)(a) or (1.1)(a), as the case may be, with reference to subparagraph (a)(i), (ii) or (iii), as the case may be — of the taxpayer in respect of the particular taxation year to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the day on which the payment obligation was due, and
(ii) converting the amount, if any, determined by subparagraph (i) to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the taxpayer’s balance-due day for the partic-ular taxation year;
(c) for the purposes of determining any amount (other than tax) that is payable by the taxpayer under this Part or Part VI, VI.1 or XIII.1 for the particular taxation year, the taxpayer’s tax payable under the Part for the particular taxation year is deemed to be equal to the total of
(i) the total of the taxpayer’s payment obligations under paragraph 157(1)(a) or (1.1)(a), in respect of the Part, as determined with reference to subparagraph (a)(i), (ii) or (iii), as the case may be, in respect of the particular taxation year, and
(ii) the amount, if any, of the remainder of the taxes payable by the taxpayer under paragraph 157(1)(b) or (1.1)(b), in respect of the Part, as determined under paragraph (b), in respect of the particular taxation year;
(d) amounts of tax that are payable under this Act (except under this Part and Parts VI, VI.1 and XIII.1) by the taxpayer for the particular taxation year are to be determined by converting those amounts, as determined in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency, to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the day on which those amounts are due;
(e) if a particular amount that is determined in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency is deemed to be paid at any time on account of an amount payable by the taxpayer under this Act for the particular taxation year, the particular amount is to be converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the day that includes that time;
(f) the following amounts are to be determined in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency and converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the taxpayer’s balance-due day for the particular taxation year:
(i) amounts described in paragraph 163(1)(a) in respect of the particular taxation year, and
(ii) the amount of the taxpayer’s taxable capital employed in Canada, for the purpose of applying section 235; and
(g) for greater certainty, all amounts payable by the taxpayer under this Act in respect of the particular taxation year are to be paid in Canadian currency.
Application of subsections (7) and (8) to reversionary years
(12) In applying this Act to a reversionary year of a taxpayer, subsections (7) and (8) are to be read as if the references in those subsections to
(a) “Canadian currency” were references to “the taxpayer’s elected functional currency”;
(b) “Canadian currency year” were references to “functional currency year”;
(c) “functional currency year” were references to “reversionary year”;
(d) “first functional currency year” were references to “first reversionary year”;
(e) “last Canadian currency year” were references to “last functional currency year”;
(f) “pre-transition debt” were references to “pre-reversion debt”; and
(g) “the taxpayer’s elected functional currency” were references to “Canadian currency”.
Pre-reversion debts
(13) A pre-reversion debt of a taxpayer that is denominated in a currency other than Canadian currency is deemed to have been issued immediately before the taxpayer’s first reversionary year for the purposes of
(a) determining the amount of the taxpayer’s income, gain or loss, for a reversionary year of the taxpayer (other than an amount that subsection (14) deems to arise), that is attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency; and
(b) applying paragraph 80(2)(k) in respect of a reversionary year of the taxpayer.
Deferred amounts relating to pre-reversion debts
(14) If a taxpayer has, at any time in a reversionary year of the taxpayer, made a particular payment on account of the principal amount of a pre-reversion debt of the taxpayer:
(a) where the taxpayer would have made a gain — or, if the pre-reversion debt was not on account of capital, would have had income — (referred to in this paragraph as the “hypothetical gain or income”) attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency if the pre-reversion debt had been settled by the taxpayer’s having paid, immediately before the end of its last functional currency year, an amount equal to the principal amount (expressed in the currency in which the pre-reversion debt is denominated, which currency is referred to in this subsection as the “debt currency”) at that time, the taxpayer is deemed to make a gain or to have income, as the case may be, for the reversionary year equal to the amount determined by the formula
A × B/C
where
A      is the amount of the hypothetical gain or income converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last functional currency year,
B      is the amount of the particular payment (expressed in the debt currency), and
C      is the principal amount of the pre-reversion debt at the beginning of the taxpayer’s first reversionary year (expressed in the debt currency); and
(b) where the taxpayer would have sustained a loss — or, if the pre-reversion debt was not on account of capital, would have had a loss — (referred to in this paragraph as the “hypothetical loss”) attributable to a fluctuation in the value of a currency if the pre-reversion debt had been settled by the taxpayer’s having paid, immediately before the end of its last functional currency year, an amount equal to the principal amount (expressed in the debt currency) at that time, the taxpayer is deemed to sustain or to have a loss in respect of the particular payment for the reversionary year equal to the amount that would be determined by the formula in paragraph (a) if the reference in the description of A in that paragraph to “hypothetical gain or income” were read as a reference to “hypothetical loss”.
Amounts carried back
(15) For the purposes of determining the amount that may be deducted, in respect of a particular amount that arises in a taxation year (referred to in this subsection as the “later year”) of a taxpayer, under section 111 or subsection 126(2), 127(5), 181.1(4) or 190.1(3) in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for a taxation year (referred to in this subsection as the “current year”) that ended before the later year,
(a) if the later year is a functional currency year of the taxpayer and the current year is a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer, the following amounts (expressed in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency) are to be converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year:
(i) the particular amount, and
(ii) any amount so deducted in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for another functional currency year of the taxpayer;
(b) if the later year is a reversionary year of the taxpayer and the current year is a functional currency year of the taxpayer,
(i) the following amounts (expressed in Canadian currency) are to be converted to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last functional currency year:
(A) the particular amount, and
(B) any amount so deducted in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for another reversionary year of the taxpayer, and
(ii) any amount (expressed in Canadian currency) so deducted in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer is to be converted to the taxpayer’s elected functional currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year;
(c) if the later year is a reversionary year of the taxpayer and the current year is a Canadian currency year of the taxpayer, the following amounts (expressed in the taxpayer’s elected functional currency) are to be converted to Canadian currency using the relevant spot rate for the last day of the taxpayer’s last Canadian currency year:
(i) the amount that would be determined under clause (b)(i)(A) in respect of the particular amount if the current year were a functional currency year of the taxpayer, and
(ii) any amount so deducted in computing the taxpayer’s Canadian tax results for a functional currency year of the taxpayer; and
(d) in any other case, this subsection does not apply.
Windings-up
(16) If a winding-up described in subsection 88(1) commences at any time (referred to in this subsection as the “commencement time”) and the parent and the subsidiary referred to in that subsection would, in the absence of this subsection, have different tax reporting currencies at the commencement time, the following rules apply for the purposes of determining the subsidiary’s Canadian tax results for its taxation years that end after the commencement time:
(a) where the subsidiary’s tax reporting currency is Canadian currency,
(i) notwithstanding subsection (3), subsection (5) is deemed to apply to the subsidiary in respect of its taxation year that includes the commencement time and each of its subsequent taxation years, if any,
(ii) the subsidiary is deemed to have as its elected functional currency the parent’s tax reporting currency, and
(iii) if the subsidiary’s taxation year that includes the commencement time would, in the absence of this subsection, be a reversionary year of the subsidiary, this section is to be read with any modifications that the circumstances require; and
(b) where the subsidiary’s tax reporting currency is not Canadian currency,
(i) the subsidiary is deemed to have filed, at the time that is six months and one day before the beginning of its taxation year that includes the commencement time, in prescribed form and manner, a notice of revocation described in subsection (4), and
(ii) if the parent’s tax reporting currency is not Canadian currency,
(A) the subsidiary’s first reversionary year is deemed to have ended at the particular time that is immediately after the time at which it began,
(B) a new taxation year of the subsidiary is deemed to have begun immediately after the particular time,
(C) notwithstanding subsection (3), subsection (5) is deemed to apply to the subsidiary in respect of its taxation year that includes the commencement time and each of its subsequent taxation years, if any, and
(D) the subsidiary is deemed to have as its elected functional currency the parent’s tax reporting currency.
Amalgamations
(17) If a predecessor corporation and the new corporation, in respect of an amalgamation within the meaning of subsection 87(1), have different tax reporting currencies for their last and first taxation years, respectively, paragraphs (16)(a) and (b) apply, for the purposes of determining the predecessor corporation’s Canadian tax results for its last taxation year, as if the tax reporting currencies referred to in those paragraphs were the tax reporting currencies referred to in this subsection and as if the references in those paragraphs to
(a) “subsidiary” were references to “predecessor corporation”;
(b) “parent” were references to “new corporation”; and
(c) “taxation year that includes the commencement time” were references to “last taxation year”.
Anti-avoidance
(18) The Canadian tax results of a corporation for any one or more taxation years shall be determined using a particular currency if
(a) at any time (referred to in this subsection as the “transfer time”) one or more properties are directly or indirectly transferred
(i) by the corporation to another corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “transferor” and the “transferee”, respectively), or
(ii) by another corporation to the corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “transferor” and the “transferee”, respectively);
(b) the transferor and the transferee are related at the transfer time or become related in the course of a series of transactions or events that includes the transfer;
(c) the transfer time
(i) is, or would in the absence of subsections (16) and (17) be, in a functional currency year of the transferor and the transferor and the transferee have, or would in the absence of those subsections have, different tax reporting currencies at the transfer time, or
(ii) is, or would in the absence of those subsections be, in a reversionary year of the transferor and is not in a reversionary year of the transferee;
(d) it can reasonably be considered that one of the main purposes of the transfer or of any portion of a series of transactions or events that includes the transfer is to change, or to enable the changing of, the currency in which the Canadian tax results in respect of the property, or property substituted for it, for a taxation year would otherwise be determined; and
(e) the Minister directs that those Canadian tax results be determined in the particular currency.
Mergers
(19) For the purposes of subsection (18), if one corporate entity (referred to in this subsection as the “new corporation”) is formed at a particular time by the amalgamation or other merger of two or more corporations (each of which is referred to in this subsection as a “predecessor corporation”),
(a) the predecessor corporation is deemed to have transferred to the new corporation at the time (referred to in this subsection as the “merger transfer time”) that is immediately before the particular time each property that was held at the merger transfer time by the predecessor corporation and at the particular time by the new corporation;
(b) the new corporation is deemed to exist, and to be related to the predecessor corporation, at the merger transfer time; and
(c) the new corporation is deemed to have as its tax reporting currency at the merger transfer time its tax reporting currency at the particular time.
Application of subsection (21)
(20) Subsection (21) applies in determining a taxpayer’s income, gain or loss for a taxation year in respect of a transaction (referred to in this subsection and subsection (21) as a “specified transaction”) if
(a) the specified transaction was entered into, directly or indirectly, at any time by the taxpayer and a corporation (referred to in this subsection as the “related corporation”) to which the taxpayer is at that time related;
(b) the taxpayer and the related corporation had different tax reporting currencies at any time during the period (referred to in this subsection as the “accrual period”) in which the income, gain or loss accrued; and
(c) it would, in the absence of this subsection and subsection (21), be reasonable to consider that a fluctuation at any time in the accrual period in the value of the taxpayer’s tax reporting currency relative to the value of the related corporation’s tax reporting currency
(i) increased the taxpayer’s loss in respect of the specified transaction,
(ii) reduced the taxpayer’s income or gain in respect of the specified transaction, or
(iii) caused the taxpayer to have a loss, instead of income or a gain, in respect of the specified transaction.
Income, gain or loss determinations
(21) If this subsection applies, each fluctuation in value referred to in paragraph (20)(c) is, for the purposes of determining the taxpayer’s income, gain or loss in respect of the specified transaction and notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, deemed not to have occurred.
Partnership transactions
(22) For the purposes of this subsection and subsections (18) to (21),
(a) if a property is directly or indirectly transferred to or by a partnership, the property is deemed to have been transferred to or by (as the case may be) each member of the partnership; and
(b) if a partnership is a party to a transaction, each member of the partnership is deemed to be that party to that transaction.
(2) The definitions in subsection 261(1) (other than the definition “Canadian tax results”) and subsections 261(3) to (14) and (16) to (22) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), apply in respect of taxation years that begin after December 13, 2007, except that
(a) where a taxpayer has, on or before June 27, 2008, made an election under paragraph 261(3)(b) of the Act,
(i) if the taxpayer makes a further election in writing, and files it with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year that includes the day on which this Act is assented to, the relevant spot rate for a particular day is deemed, for the purposes of subsections 261(7) to (10) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), to be the average of the rates that would, in the absence of this subparagraph, be the relevant spot rates for each day in the 12-month period that ends on the particular day, and
(ii) subsections 261(20) and (21) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), apply in respect of taxation years that begin after June 27, 2008; and
(b) in applying paragraph 261(3)(b) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), if the day that is six months before the end of the particular taxation year referred to in that paragraph is before December 15, 2008, the reference in that paragraph to “the day that is six months before the end of the particular taxation year” is, in respect of that particular taxation year, to be read as a reference to “December 15, 2008”.
(3) The definition “Canadian tax results” in subsection 261(1) of the Act, and subsection 261(2) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), apply for all taxation years.
(4) Subsection 261(15) of the Act, as enacted by subsection (1), applies after December 13, 2007.
81. (1) For the purposes of the Income Tax Act and the Canada Disability Savings Act, specified RDSP events are deemed to have occurred, in the order that they actually occurred, on December 31, 2008 and not on the day or days that they actually occurred.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), “specified RDSP event” means an event occurring after 2008 and before March 3, 2009 that
(a) establishes a “disability savings plan” as defined in subsection 146.4(1) of the Income Tax Act;
(b) satisfies conditions in subsection 146.4(2) of the Income Tax Act;
(c) establishes a “registered disability savings plan” as defined in subsection 146.4(1) of the Income Tax Act for a beneficiary who is, in respect of the 2008 taxation year, a “DTC-eligible individual” as defined in subsection 146.4(1) of the Income Tax Act and who was resident in Canada at the end of that year;
(d) is the making of any contribution to the registered disability savings plan;
(e) satisfies the requirement in paragraph 3(b) of the Canada Disability Savings Regulations; or
(f) is the taking of any other action to ensure that the registered disability savings plan is validly established and contributions to the plan are validly made.
2008, c. 28
Budget Implementation Act, 2008
82. The descriptions of A and B in subsection 19(5) of the Budget Implementation Act, 2008 are replaced by the following:
A      is the expenditure limit of the corporation for the taxation year determined in accordance with the formula in subsection 127(10.2) of the Income Tax Act as that subsection read in its application to a taxation year that ended immediately before February 26, 2008;
B      is the expenditure limit of the corporation for the taxation year determined in accordance with the formula in subsection 127(10.2) of the Income Tax Act, as that subsection would apply to a taxation year that ended on February 26, 2008;
C.R.C., c. 945
Income Tax Regulations
83. (1) Paragraph 202(2)(h) of the Income Tax Regulations is replaced by the following:
(h) a payment to which paragraph 212(1)(p) of the Act applies,
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
84. (1) Subsection 204(3) of the Regulations is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (d.1), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (e) and by adding the following after paragraph (e):
(f) governed by a TFSA or by an arrangement that is deemed by paragraph 146.2(9)(a) of the Act to be a TFSA.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
85. (1) Subsection 209(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
209. (1) A person who is required by section 200, 201, 202, 204, 208, 212, 214, 215, 217 or 218, subsection 223(2) or section 228, 229, 230, 232, 233 or 234 to make an information return shall forward to each taxpayer to whom the return relates two copies of the portion of the return that relates to that taxpayer.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
86. (1) Section 214 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
(6) Where an amount may be deducted under subsection 146(8.92) of the Act in computing the income of a deceased annuitant under a registered retirement savings plan, the issuer of the plan shall make an information return in prescribed form in respect of the amount.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after 2008.
87. (1) Section 215 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
(6) Where an amount may be deducted under subsection 146.3(6.3) of the Act in computing the income of a deceased annuitant under a registered retirement income fund, the carrier of the fund shall make an information return in prescribed form in respect of the amount.
(2) Subsection (1) applies after 2008.
88. (1) Subsection 221(2) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(2) Where in any taxation year a reporting person (other than a registered investment) claims that a share of its capital stock issued by it, or an interest as a beneficiary under it, is a qualified investment under section 146, 146.1, 146.3, 204, 205 or 207.01 of the Act, the reporting person shall, in respect of the year and within 90 days after the end of the year, make an information return in prescribed form.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
89. (1) Section 223 of the Regulations and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
TFSAs
223. (1) An issuer of a TFSA shall make an information return for each calendar year in prescribed form in respect of the TFSA.
(2) An issuer of a TFSA who makes a payment of an amount that is required because of paragraph 146.2(9)(b) of the Act to be included in computing the income of a taxpayer for a taxation year shall make an information return in prescribed form.
(3) An issuer of a TFSA that governs a trust shall notify the holder of the TFSA in prescribed form and manner before March of a calendar year if, at any time during the preceding calendar year,
(a) the trust acquires or disposes of property that is a non-qualified investment for the trust; or
(b) property held by the trust becomes or ceases to be a non-qualified investment for the trust.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
90. (1) Paragraph 304(1)(a) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(a) an annuity contract that is, or is issued pursuant to, an arrangement described in any of paragraphs 148(1)(a) to (b.2) and (d) of the Act;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to annuity contracts issued after 2008.
91. (1) Subsection 400(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
400. (1) In applying the definition “taxable income earned in the year in a province” in subsection 124(4) of the Act for a corporation’s taxation year
(a) the prescribed rules referred to in that definition are the rules in this Part; and
(b) the amount determined under those prescribed rules means the total of all amounts each of which is the taxable income of the corporation earned in the taxation year in a particular province as determined under this Part.
(1.1) In this Part, a corporation’s taxable income for a taxation year is equal to the total of
(a) the corporation’s taxable income for the taxation year (determined without reference to this subsection) or the corporation’s taxable income earned in Canada for the taxation year, as the case may be, and
(b) the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the total of all amounts that are, because of the application of section 33.1 of the Act, not required to be added in computing the corporation’s income for the taxation year, and
B      is the total of all amounts that are, because of the application of section 33.1 of the Act, not allowed to be deducted in computing the corporation’s income for the taxation year.
(2) Subsection 400(2) of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after paragraph (e):
(e.1) if, but for this paragraph, a corporation would not have a permanent establishment, the corporation is deemed to have a permanent establishment at the place designated in its incorporating documents or bylaws as its head office or registered office;
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
92. (1) Section 401 of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
401. This Part applies to determine the amount of taxable income of a corporation earned in a taxation year in a particular province.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
93. (1) The heading before section 402.1 and sections 402.1 and 402.2 of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
Central Paymaster
402.1 (1) In this Part, if an individual (referred to in this section as the “employee”) is employed by a person (referred to in this section as the “employer”) and performs a service in a particular province for the benefit of or on behalf of a corporation that is not the employer, an amount that may reasonably be regarded as equal to the amount of salary or wages earned by the employee for the service (referred to in this section as the “particular salary”) is deemed to be salary paid by the corporation to an employee of the corporation in the corporation’s taxation year in which the particular salary is paid if
(a) at the time the service is performed,
(i) the corporation and the employer do not deal at arm’s length, and
(ii) the corporation has a permanent establishment in the particular province;
(b) the service
(i) is performed by the employee in the normal course of the employee’s employment by the employer,
(ii) is performed for the benefit of or on behalf of the corporation in the ordinary course of a business carried on by the corporation, and
(iii) is of a type that could reasonably be expected to be performed by employees of the corporation in the ordinary course of the business referred to in subparagraph (ii); and
(c) the amount is not otherwise included in the aggregate, determined for the purposes of this Part, of the salaries and wages paid by the corporation.
(2) In this Part, an amount deemed under subsection (1) to be salary paid by a corporation to an employee of the corporation for a service performed in a particular province is deemed to have been paid,
(a) if the service was performed at one or more permanent establishments of the corporation in the particular province, to an employee of the permanent establishment or establishments; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply, to an employee of any other permanent establishment (as is reasonably determined in the circumstances) of the corporation in the particular province.
(3) In determining under this Part the amount of salaries and wages paid in a year by an employer, there shall be deducted the total of all amounts each of which is a particular salary paid by the employer in the year.
(4) Despite subparagraph (1)(a)(i), this section applies to a corporation and an employer that deal at arm’s length if the Minister determines that the corporation and the employer have entered into an arrangement the purpose of which is to reduce, through the provision of services as described in subsection (1), the total amount of income tax payable by the corporation under a law of the particular province referred to in subsection (1).
(5) For the purposes of this section, a partnership is deemed to be a corporation and the corporation’s taxation year is deemed to be the partnership’s fiscal period.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
94. (1) Section 403 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
(4) For the purposes of subsection (1), if in a taxation year an insurance corporation has no permanent establishment in a particular country other than Canada, but provides insurance on property in the particular country or has a contract for insurance, other than on property, with a person resident in the particular country, each net premium for the taxation year in respect of the insurance is deemed to be a net premium in respect of insurance on property situated in, or from contracts with persons resident in, as the case may be, the province in Canada or country other than Canada in which is situated the permanent establishment of the corporation to which the net premium is reasonably attributable in the circumstances.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
95. (1) Subsection 413(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
413. (1) In this Part, if a corporation is not resident in Canada, “salaries and wages paid in the year” by the corporation does not include salaries and wages paid to employees of a permanent establishment outside Canada.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
96. (1) The Regulations are amended by adding the following after section 413:
International Banking Centre Exception
413.1 Despite any other provision in this Part, a corporation’s taxable income earned in a taxation year in a particular province is equal to the total of
(a) the corporation’s taxable income earned in the taxation year in the particular province (determined without reference to this section), and
(b) the positive or negative amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the total of all amounts that are, because of the application of section 33.1 of the Act to a business carried on in a branch or office situated in the particular province, not allowed to be deducted in computing the corporation’s income for the taxation year, and
B      is the total of all amounts that are, because of the application of section 33.1 of the Act to a business carried on in a branch or office situated in the particular province, not required to be added in computing the corporation’s income for the taxation year.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
97. (1) The heading before section 414 and sections 414 and 415 of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
Provincial SIFT Tax Rate
414. (1) The following definitions apply in this section.
“general corporate income tax rate”, in a province for a taxation year, means
(a) for Quebec, 0%;
(b) for the Newfoundland offshore area, the highest percentage rate of tax imposed under the laws of Newfoundland and Labrador on the taxable income of a public corporation earned in the taxation year in Newfoundland and Labrador;
(c) for the Nova Scotia offshore area, the highest percentage rate of tax imposed under the laws of Nova Scotia on the taxable income of a public corporation earned in the taxation year in Nova Scotia; and
(d) for each other province, the highest percentage rate of tax imposed under the laws of the province on the taxable income of a public corporation earned in the taxation year in the province. (taux général d’imposition du revenu des sociétés)
“province” includes the Newfoundland offshore area and the Nova Scotia offshore area. (province)
“taxable SIFT distributions”, for a taxation year, means
(a) in the case of a SIFT trust, its non-deductible distributions amount for the taxation year; and
(b) in the case of a SIFT partnership, its taxable non-portfolio earnings for the taxation year. (montant des distributions imposables)
(2) In determining the amount of a SIFT trust’s or SIFT partnership’s taxable SIFT distributions for a taxation year earned in a province
(a) except as provided in paragraph (b), this Part applies in respect of the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership as though
(i) each reference to “corporation” (other than in the expression “subsidiary controlled corporation”) were read as a reference to “SIFT trust” or “SIFT partnership”, as the case may be,
(ii) each reference to “taxable income” were read as a reference to “taxable SIFT distributions”,
(iii) each reference to “its incorporating documents or bylaws” were read as a reference to “the agreement governing the SIFT trust” or “the agreement governing the SIFT partnership”, as the case may be, and
(iv) “subsidiary controlled corporation” in respect of a SIFT trust or a SIFT partnership meant a corporation more than 50% of the issued share capital of which (having full voting rights under all circumstances) belongs to the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership, as the case may be; and
(b) subsection 400(1), section 401, subsections 402(1) and (2) and sections 403 to 413 do not apply.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), in applying the definition “provincial SIFT tax rate” in subsection 248(1) of the Act in respect of a SIFT trust or SIFT partnership for a taxation year, the prescribed amount determined in respect of the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership for the taxation year is
(a) if the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership has no permanent establishment in a province in the taxation year, 0.10;
(b) if the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership has a permanent establishment in a province in the taxation year and has no permanent establishment outside that province in the taxation year, the decimal fraction equivalent of the general corporate income tax rate in the province for the taxation year; and
(c) if the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership has a permanent establishment in the taxation year in a province, and has a permanent establishment outside that province in the taxation year, the amount, expressed as a decimal fraction, determined by the formula
A + B
where
A      is the total of all amounts, if any, each of which is in respect of a province in which the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership has a permanent establishment in the taxation year and is determined by the formula
C/D × E
where
C      is its taxable SIFT distributions for the taxation year earned in the province,
D      is its total taxable SIFT distributions for the taxation year, and
E      is the decimal fraction equivalent of the general corporate income tax rate in the province for the taxation year, and
B      is the amount determined by the formula
(1 – F/D) × 0.1
where
F      is the total of all amounts each of which is an amount determined under the description of C in the description of A in respect of a province in which the SIFT trust or SIFT partnership has a permanent establishment in the taxation year.
(4) If a SIFT trust or a SIFT partnership has a permanent establishment in Quebec in a taxation year, paragraph (a) of the definition “general corporate income tax rate” in subsection (1) does not apply in determining the prescribed amount under subsection (3) in respect of the SIFT trust or the SIFT partnership for the taxation year for the purposes of applying the definition “provincial SIFT tax rate” in determining:
(a) in the case of the SIFT partnership, the amount of a dividend deemed by paragraph 96(1.11)(b) of the Act to have been received by it in the taxation year; and
(b) in the case of the SIFT trust, the amount of its taxable SIFT trust distributions for the taxation year.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2007 and subsequent taxation years, except that paragraph 414(4)(b), as enacted by subsection (1), shall not apply for the taxation years of a SIFT trust that end before February 3, 2009.
98. (1) The heading “Policy Reserves for Pre-1996 Policies” before section 1401 of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
Amounts Determined
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
99. (1) The portion of subsection 1401(1) of the Regulations before subparagraph (c)(i) is replaced by the following:
1401. (1) For the purposes of section 307 of the Regulations and subsection 211.1(3) of the Act, the amounts determined under this subsection are,
(a) in respect of deposit administration fund policies, the aggregate of the insurer’s liabilities under those policies calculated in the manner required for the purposes of the insurer’s annual report to the relevant authority for the year or, where the insurer was throughout the year subject to the supervision of the relevant authority but was not required to file an annual report with the relevant authority for the year, in its financial statements for the year;
(b) in respect of a group term life insurance policy that provides coverage for a period not exceeding 12 months, the unearned portion of the premium paid by the policyholder for the policy at the end of the year determined by apportioning the premium paid by the policyholder equally over the period to which that premium pertains;
(c) in respect of a life insurance policy, other than a policy referred to in paragraph (a) or (b), the greater of
(2) The portion of paragraph 1401(1)(c.1) of the Regulations before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
(c.1) in respect of a group life insurance policy, the amount (other than an amount in respect of which a deduction may be claimed by the insurer pursuant to subsection 140(1) of the Act because of subparagraph 138(3)(a)(v) of the Act in computing its income for the year) in respect of a dividend, refund of premiums or refund of premium deposits provided for under the terms of the policy that will be used by the insurer to reduce or eliminate a future adverse claims experience under the policy or that will be paid or unconditionally credited to the policyholder by the insurer or applied in discharge, in whole or in part, of a liability of the policyholder to pay premiums to the insurer, which is the least of
(3) The portion of paragraph 1401(1)(d) of the Regulations before subparagraph (i) is replaced by the following:
(d) in respect of a policy, other than a policy referred to in paragraph (a), in respect of a benefit, risk or guarantee that is
(4) The portion of paragraph 1401(1)(d) of the Regulations after subparagraph (ix) and before subparagraph (x) is replaced by the following:
equal to the lesser of
(5) Subsection 1401(1) of the Regulations is amended by adding “and” at the end of paragraph (c.1) and by repealing paragraphs (d.1) to (e).
(6) Subsection 1401(1.1) of the Regulations is repealed.
(7) Subsections 1401(3) and (4) of the Regulations are repealed.
(8) Subsections (1) to (7) apply to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
100. (1) The headings before section 1404 and sections 1404 and 1405 of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
Division 4
Life Insurance Policy Reserves
1404. (1) For the purpose of subparagraph 138(3)(a)(i) of the Act, there may be deducted, in computing a life insurer’s income from carrying on its life insurance business in Canada for a taxation year in respect of its life insurance policies in Canada, the amount the insurer claims, not exceeding
(a) the amount determined under subsection (3) in respect of the insurer for the year, where that amount is greater than nil; and
(b) nil, in any other case.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph 138(4)(b) of the Act, the amount prescribed in respect of an insurer for a taxation year, in respect of its life insurance policies in Canada, is
(a) the absolute value of the amount determined under subsection (3) in respect of the insurer for the year, where that amount is less than nil; and
(b) nil, in any other case.
(3) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(a) and (2)(a), the amount determined under this subsection in respect of an insurer for a taxation year, in respect of its life insurance policies in Canada, is the amount, which may be positive or negative, determined by the formula
A + B + C + D – M
where
A      is the amount (except to the extent the amount is determined in respect of a claim, premium, dividend or refund in respect of which an amount is included in determining the value of B, C or D), in respect of the insurer’s life insurance policies in Canada, equal to the lesser of
(a) the total of the reported reserves of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of those policies, and
(b) the total of the policy liabilities of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of those policies;
B      is the amount, in respect of the insurer’s life insurance policies in Canada under which there may be claims incurred before the end of the year that have not been reported to the insurer before the end of the year, equal to 95% of the lesser of
(a) the total of the reported reserves of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of the possibility that there are such claims, and
(b) the total of the policy liabilities of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of the possibility that there are such claims;
C      is the total of all amounts each of which is the unearned portion at the end of the year of the premium paid by the policyholder for the policy, determined by apportioning the premium paid by the policyholder equally over the period to which that premium relates, where the policy is a group term life insurance policy that
(a) provides coverage for a period that does not exceed 12 months, and
(b) is a life insurance policy in Canada;
D      is the total of all amounts (other than an amount deductible under subparagraph 138(3)(a)(v) of the Act) each of which is the amount, which is the least of P, Q and R, in respect of a dividend, refund of premiums or refund of premium deposits provided for under the terms of a group life insurance policy that is a life insurance policy in Canada that will be
(a) used by the insurer to reduce or eliminate a future adverse claims experience under the policy,
(b) paid or unconditionally credited to the policyholder by the insurer, or
(c) applied in discharge, in whole or in part, of a liability of the policyholder to pay premiums to the insurer under the policy,
where
P      is a reasonable amount as a reserve determined as at the end of the year in respect of the dividend, refund of premiums or refund of premium deposits provided for under the terms of the policy,
Q      is 25% of the amount of the premium under the terms of the policy for the 12-month period ending
(a) on the day the policy is terminated, if the policy is terminated in the year, and
(b) at the end of the year, in any other case, and
R      is the amount of the reported reserve of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of the dividend, refund of premiums or refund of premium deposits provided for under the terms of the policy; and
M      is the total of all amounts determined in respect of a life insurance policy in Canada each of which is
(a) an amount payable in respect of a policy loan under the policy, or
(b) interest that has accrued to the insurer to the end of the year in respect of a policy loan under the policy.
1405. For the purpose of subparagraph 138(3)(a)(ii) of the Act, there may be deducted, in computing a life insurer’s income for a taxation year, the amount it claims as a reserve in respect of an unpaid claim received by the insurer before the end of the year under a life insurance policy in Canada, not exceeding the lesser of
(a) the reported reserve of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of the claim, and
(b) the policy liability of the insurer at the end of the year in respect of the claim.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
101. (1) The definition “life insurance policy in Canada” in subsection 1408(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
“life insurance policy in Canada” has the same meaning as defined in subsection 138(12) of the Act. (police d’assurance-vie au Canada)
(2) Subsection 1408(1) of the Regulations is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“life insurance policy” has the same meaning as defined in subsection 138(12) of the Act. (police d’assurance-vie)
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to taxation years that begin after November 7, 2007.
102. (1) Section 2400 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (7):
Transition Year
(8) A computation that is required to be made under this Part in respect of an insurer’s taxation year that included September 30, 2006 and that is relevant to a computation (in this subsection referred to as the “transition year computation”) that is required to be made under this Part in respect of the insurer’s first taxation year that begins after that date shall, for the purposes only of the transition year computation, be made using the same definitions, rules and methodologies that are used in the transition year computation.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that begin after September 2006.
103. (1) Subsection 2600(1) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
2600. (1) In applying the definition “income earned in the year in a province” in subsection 120(4) of the Act for an individual’s taxation year
(a) the prescribed rules referred to in that definition are the rules in this Part; and
(b) the amount determined under those prescribed rules means the total of all amounts each of which is the individual’s income earned in the taxation year in a particular province as determined under this Part.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
104. (1) The Regulations are amended by adding the following after section 3504:
Conditions
3505. (1) The following conditions are prescribed in respect of a donee for the purposes of paragraph 110.1(8)(e) of the Act:
(a) the donee has applied to the Minister for International Cooperation (or, if there is no such Minister, the Minister responsible for the Canadian International Development Agency) for a determination that the conditions described in this section have been met;
(b) medicines received by the donee for use in charitable activities outside Canada are
(i) delivered outside Canada by the donee for use in its charitable activities, or
(ii) transferred to another registered charity that would meet the conditions contained in this section if that registered charity were a donee described in subsection 110.1(8) of the Act;
(c) in the course of delivering medicines outside Canada for use in its charitable activities, the donee acts in a manner consistent with the principles and objectives of the inter-agency Guidelines for Drug Donations issued by the World Health Organization, as amended from time to time, (referred to in this section as “the WHO Guidelines”);
(d) the donee has sufficient expertise in delivering medicines for use in charitable activities carried on outside Canada;
(e) the donee carries on a program that includes delivering medicines for use in charitable activities carried on outside Canada and that is
(i) an international development assistance program, or
(ii) an international humanitarian assistance program, responding to situations of international humanitarian crisis (resulting from either natural disaster or complex emergency); and
(f) the donee has sufficient expertise to design, implement and monitor each program described in subparagraph (e)(i) or (ii) that it carries on, unless the donee has declared that it will not deliver medicines in that program.
(2) Without limiting the application of the WHO Guidelines, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c), a donee does not act in a manner consistent with the principles and objectives of those guidelines if the donee’s directors, trustees, officers or like officials have not
(a) approved a policy and procedural framework, under which the donee is required to act in a manner consistent with the WHO Guidelines; and
(b) declared that the donee acts in compliance with that policy and procedural framework.
(3) A donee is considered not to have sufficient expertise for the purpose of a program to which paragraph (1)(d) or (e) applies if
(a) the program does not address the specific and differentiated needs, interests and vulnerabilities of affected women and men, girls and boys;
(b) the program does not incorporate, in the design of projects under the program, consideration for environmental effects of those projects; or
(c) the donee does not have policies and practices for the design, implementation and monitoring of the program.
(4) The Minister referred to in subsection (1) may
(a) rely on any information or evidence in making a determination under subsection (1); and
(b) require the donee to provide any other information or evidence that that Minister considers relevant and sufficient for the purpose of this section.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in respect of applications made at any time by donees for determinations in respect of gifts made after June 2008.
105. (1) The portion of subsection 4900(1) of the Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
4900. (1) For the purposes of paragraph (d) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 146(1) of the Act, paragraph (e) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 146.1(1) of the Act, paragraph (c) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 146.3(1) of the Act, paragraph (h) of the definition “qualified investment” in section 204 of the Act, paragraph (d) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 205(1) of the Act and paragraph (c) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act, each of the following investments is prescribed as a qualified investment for a plan trust at a particular time if at that time it is
(2) Paragraph 4900(1)(i.3) of the Regulations is repealed.
(3) Subparagraph 4900(1)(j.2)(ii) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(ii) the certificate has, at the time of acquisition by the plan trust, an investment grade rating with a credit rating agency referred to in subsection (2), and
(4) Paragraphs 4900(1)(k) and (l) of the Regulations are repealed.
(5) Paragraph 4900(1)(o) of the Regulations is repealed.
(6) Paragraph 4900(1)(s) of the Regulations is repealed.
(7) Subsection 4900(1) of the Regulations is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (u), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (v) and by adding the following after paragraph (v):
(w) an American Depositary Receipt where the property represented by the receipt is listed on a designated stock exchange.
(8) Subsection 4900(5) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(5) For the purposes of paragraph (e) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 146.1(1) of the Act, paragraph (d) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 205(1) of the Act and paragraph (c) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act, a property is prescribed as a qualified investment for a trust governed by a registered disability savings plan, a registered education savings plan or a TFSA at any time if at that time the property is an interest in a trust or a share of the capital stock of a corporation that was a registered investment for a trust governed by a registered retirement savings plan during the calendar year in which that time occurs or during the preceding year.
(9) Paragraph 4900(12)(a) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(a) the property was a share of the capital stock of a specified small business corporation,
(10) Section 4900 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (13):
(14) For the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition “qualified investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act, a property is prescribed as a qualified investment for a trust governed by a TFSA at any time if, at the time the property was acquired by the trust, the property
(a) was
(i) a share of the capital stock of a specified small business corporation,
(ii) a share of the capital stock of a venture capital corporation described in any of sections 6700 to 6700.2, or
(iii) a qualifying share in respect of a specified cooperative corporation and the TFSA; and
(b) was not a prohibited investment for the trust.
(11) Subsections (1) and (8) to (10) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
(12) Subsections (2) to (6) apply to property acquired after the day on which this Act is assented to.
(13) Subsection (7) applies in determining whether a property is, at any time after 2005, a qualified investment, except that in applying paragraph 4900(1)(w) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (7), before December 14, 2007, it is to be read as follows:
(w) an American Depositary Receipt where the property represented by the receipt is listed on a stock exchange referred to in section 3200 or 3201.
106. (1) The definitions “governing plan” and “qualifying share” in subsection 4901(2) of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
“governing plan” means a deferred profit sharing plan or a revoked plan, a registered disability savings plan, a registered education savings plan, a registered retirement income fund, a registered retirement savings plan or a TFSA; (régime d’encadrement)
“qualifying share”, in respect of a specified cooperative corporation and a governing plan, means a share of the capital or capital stock of the corporation where
(a) ownership of the share or a share identical to the share is not a condition of membership in the corporation, or
(b) a connected person under the governing plan
(i) has not received a payment from the corporation pursuant to an allocation in proportion to patronage in respect of consumer goods or services, and
(ii) can reasonably be expected not to receive a payment, after the acquisition of the share by the plan trust, from the corporation pursuant to an allocation in proportion to patronage in respect of consumer goods or services; (part admissible)
(2) The definition “connected person” in subsection 4901(2) of the English version of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
“connected person” under a governing plan of a plan trust means a person who is an annuitant, a beneficiary, an employer or a subscriber under, or a holder of, the governing plan and any person who does not deal at arm’s length with that person; (personne rattachée)
(3) Subsection 4901(2) of the Regulations is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“specified small business corporation”, at any time, means a corporation (other than a cooperative corporation) that would, at that time or at the end of the last taxation year of the corporation that ended before that time, be a small business corporation if the expression “Canadian-controlled private corporation” in the definition “small business corporation” in subsection 248(1) of the Act were read as “Canadian corporation (other than a corporation controlled at that time, directly or indirectly in any manner whatever, by one or more non-resident persons)”. (société déterminée exploitant une petite entreprise)
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) apply to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
107. (1) The Regulations are amended by adding the following after Part XLIX:
PART L
TAX-FREE SAVINGS ACCOUNTS — PROHIBITED INVESTMENTS
Investment not prohibited
5000. For the purpose of the portion of the definition “prohibited investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act before paragraph (a), property described in paragraph 4900(1)(j.1) is prescribed property.
Prohibited investment
5001. For the purpose of paragraph (d) of the definition “prohibited investment” in subsection 207.01(1) of the Act, property that is a qualified investment for a trust governed by a TFSA solely because of subsection 4900(14) is prescribed property for the trust at any time if, at that time, it is not described in any of subparagraphs 4900(14)(a)(i) to (iii).
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
108. (1) The headings before section 5700 of Regulations are replaced by the following:
PART LVII
MEDICAL EXPENSE TAX CREDIT
(2) Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on February 27, 2008.
109. (1) Section 5700 of the Regulations is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (y) and by adding the following after paragraph (z):
(z.1) altered auditory feedback device designed to be used by an individual who has a speech impairment;
(z.2) electrotherapy device designed to be used by an individual with a medical condition or by an individual who has a severe mobility impairment;
(z.3) standing device designed to be used by an individual who has a severe mobility impairment to undertake standing therapy; and
(z.4) pressure pulse therapy device designed to be used by an individual who has a balance disorder.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2008 and subsequent taxation years.
110. (1) The Regulations are amended by adding the following after section 5700:
5701. For the purpose of subparagraph 118.2(2)(n)(ii) of the Act, a drug, medicament or other preparation or substance is prescribed if it
(a) is manufactured, sold or represented for use in the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or abnormal physical state, or its symptoms, or in restoring, correcting or modifying an organic function;
(b) is prescribed for a patient by a medical practitioner; and
(c) may, in the jurisdiction in which it is acquired, be lawfully acquired for use by the patient only with the intervention of a medical practitioner.
(2) Subsection (1) is deemed to have come into force on February 27, 2008.
111. (1) Subsection 5906(2) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the expression “permanent establishment” has:
(a) if the expression is given a particular meaning in a tax treaty with a country, the meaning assigned by that tax treaty with respect to a business carried on in that country; and
(b) in any other case, the meaning that would be assigned by subsection 400(2) if that subsection were read without reference to its paragraph (e.1).
(2) Subsection (1) applies to the 2009 and subsequent taxation years.
112. (1) Subsection 5907(11) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(11) For the purposes of this Part, a sovereign state or other jurisdiction is a “designated treaty country” for a taxation year of a foreign affiliate of a corporation if Canada has entered into a comprehensive agreement or convention for the elimination of double taxation on income, or a comprehensive tax information exchange agreement, in respect of that sovereign state or jurisdiction, that has entered into force and has effect for that taxation year, but any territory, possession, department, depend- ency or area of that sovereign state or jurisdiction to which that agreement or convention does not apply is not considered to be part of that sovereign state or jurisdiction for the purpose of determining whether it is a designated treaty country.
(2) Section 5907 of the Regulations is further amended by adding the following after subsection (11.1):
(11.11) For the purpose of applying subsection (11) in respect of a foreign affiliate of a corporation, where a comprehensive tax information exchange agreement enters into force on a particular day, the agreement is deemed to enter into force and to come into effect on the first day of the foreign affiliate’s taxation year that includes the particular day.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply after 2007.
113. (1) Paragraphs 7305.1(a) and (b) of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
(a) if a taxpayer is employed in a taxation year by a particular person principally in selling or leasing automobiles and an automobile is made available in the year to the taxpayer or a person related to the taxpayer by the particular person or a person related to the particular person, 21 cents; and
(b) in any other case, 24 cents.
(2) Subsection (1) applies to taxation years that end after 2007.
114. (1) Paragraph 7306(a) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(a) the product of 46 cents multiplied by the number of those kilometres;
(2) Subsection (1) applies to kilometres driven after 2007.
115. (1) Section 8308.1 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Pension Credit — Tax Treaty
(2.1) For the purposes of applying subsection (2) in determining an individual’s pension credit for a calendar year with respect to an employer under a foreign plan, if any contributions made to, or benefits accruing under, the plan in respect of the individual and the calendar year benefit from the application of paragraph 8 of Article XVIII of the Canada-United States Tax Convention signed at Washington on September 26, 1980, or from the application of a similar provision in another tax treaty,
(a) subparagraph (2)(b)(ii) shall be read without reference to the words “was resident in Canada and”; and
(b) the portion of subsection (2) after subparagraph (b)(iv) shall be read as “the lesser of the money purchase limit for the year and 18% of the individual’s resident compensation from the employer for the year”.
(2) Subsection (1) applies in determining pension credits for the 2009 and subsequent calendar years.
116. (1) Section 8308.2 of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
8308.2 (1) For the purposes of the descriptions of B in the definitions “RRSP deduction limit” and “unused RRSP deduction room” in subsection 146(1) of the Act and the description of B in paragraph 204.2(1.1)(b) of the Act, there is prescribed in respect of an individual for a calendar year the lesser of the money purchase limit for the preceding calendar year (in this section referred to as the “service year”) and the amount determined by subsection (2), if the individual
(a) rendered services to an employer (excluding services that were primarily services rendered in Canada or services rendered in connection with a business carried on by the employer in Canada, or a combination of those services) throughout a period in the service year in which the individual was resident in Canada;
(b) became entitled, either absolutely or contingently, in the service year to benefits under a foreign plan (as defined in subsection 8308.1(1)) in respect of the services; and
(c) continued to be entitled at the end of the service year, either absolutely or contingently, to all or part of the benefits.
(2) The amount determined for the purpose of subsection (1) is,
(a) if the only benefits to which the individ- ual became entitled in the service year under the foreign plan were provided under one or more money purchase provisions of the foreign plan, the total of all amounts each of which is the individual’s pension credit for the service year with respect to the employer under a money purchase provision of the foreign plan, determined
(i) as though the foreign plan were a registered pension plan,
(ii) without regard to any contributions made by the individual, and
(iii) if, under the laws of the country in which the foreign plan is established, any contributions made after the end of the service year are treated as having been made in the service year, as though those contributions were made in the service year and not when the contributions were actually made; and
(b) in any other case, the greater of
(i) the total that would be determined under paragraph (a) if the individual had not become entitled in the service year to any benefits under a defined benefit provision of the foreign plan, and
(ii) 10% of the portion of the individual’s resident compensation from the employer for the service year that is attributable to services rendered to the employer and included under paragraph (1)(a).
(2) Subsection (1) applies in determining prescribed amounts for the 2009 and subsequent calendar years except that in determining prescribed amounts for 2009, the amount of the money purchase limit for 2008 is deemed to be reduced by $600.
117. (1) Subsection 8506(7) of the Regulations and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Special Rules for Minimum Amount
(7) The minimum amount for a member’s account under a money purchase provision of a registered pension plan for a calendar year is
(a) nil, if an individual who is either the member or the specified beneficiary of the member for the year in relation to the provision
(i) is alive at the beginning of the year, and
(ii) had not attained 71 years of age at the end of the preceding calendar year; and
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply and the year is 2008, 75 per cent of the amount that would, in the absence of this subsection, be the minimum amount for the account for the year.
(2) Section 8506 of the Regulations is amended by adding the following after subsection (8):
Recontribution — Adjusted Minimum Amount for 2008
(9) If a contribution made by a member of a registered pension plan and credited to the member’s account under a money purchase provision of the plan complies with the conditions in subsection (10), the contribution
(a) is deemed to have been made in accord- ance with the plan as registered;
(b) is to be disregarded for the purposes of paragraph (2)(c.1); and
(c) is deemed to be an excluded contribution for the purposes of paragraph 8301(4)(a).
Conditions Referred to in Subsection (9)
(10) The conditions referred to in subsection (9) are as follows:
(a) the contribution is made in 2008;
(b) the contribution is designated for the purposes of this subsection in a manner acceptable to the Minister; and
(c) the amount of the contribution does not exceed the amount determined by the formula
A – B – C
where
A      is the lesser of
(i) the total of all amounts each of which is the amount of a retirement benefit (other than a retirement benefit permissible under any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (e)) paid from the plan in 2008 in respect of the account and included, because of paragraph 56(1)(a) of the Act, in computing the taxpayer’s income for the taxation year, and
(ii) the amount that would, in the absence of paragraph (7)(b), be the minimum amount for the account for 2008,
B      is the minimum amount for the account for 2008, and
C      is the total of all other contributions made by the member under the money purchase provision at or before the time of the contribution and designated for the purposes of this subsection.
(3) Contributions described in subsections 8506(9) and (10) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (2), that are made during the period that begins after 2008 and ends on the day that is 30 days after the day on which this Act is assented to (or such longer period as is acceptable to the Minister of National Revenue) are deemed for the purpose of subsection 8506(10) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (2), to have been made on December 31, 2008 and not when they were actually made, except that the amounts so deemed shall not exceed the amount that would be determined in respect of the account under paragraph 8506(10)(c) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (2), if the value of C in the formula in that paragraph were nil.
118. (1) Part XC of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
PART XC
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS — PRESCRIBED ENTITIES AND PROPERTIES
Prescribed Trust not a Financial Institution
9000. For the purpose of paragraph (e) of the definition “financial institution” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a trust is, at any particular time, a prescribed person if the following conditions are satisfied at that particular time:
(a) the trust is a related segregated fund trust (within the meaning assigned by paragraph 138.1(1)(a) of the Act);
(b) the trust is deemed, under paragraph 138.1(1)(a) of the Act, to have been created at a time that is not more than two years before that particular time; and
(c) the cost of the trustee’s interest (as determined by paragraph 138.1(1)(c) and (d) of the Act) in the trust does not exceed $5,000,000.
Prescribed Property not Mark-to-Market Property
9001. (1) In this section, “qualified small business corporation”, at any time, means a corporation in respect of which the following conditions are satisfied at that time:
(a) the corporation is a Canadian-controlled private corporation;
(b) the corporation either is an eligible corporation (as defined in subsection 5100(1)) or would be an eligible corporation if the definition “eligible corporation” in subsection 5100(1) were read without reference to its paragraph (e);
(c) the carrying value of the total assets of the corporation and all corporations related to it (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on a consolidated or combined basis, where applicable) does not exceed $50,000,000; and
(d) the number of employees of the corporation and all corporations related to it does not exceed 500.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a share of the capital stock of a corporation is a prescribed property of a taxpayer if
(a) immediately after the time at which the taxpayer acquired the share, the corporation was a qualified small business corporation, and
(i) the corporation continued to be a qualified small business corporation for one year after that time, or
(ii) the taxpayer could not reasonably expect at that time that the corporation would cease to be a qualified small business corporation within one year after that time; or
(b) the share was issued to the taxpayer in exchange for one or more shares of the capital stock of the corporation that were, at the time of the exchange, prescribed property of the taxpayer under this subsection.
Prescribed Property not Mark-to-Market Property
9002. (1) For the purposes of paragraph (e) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, and of subparagraph 142.6(4)(a)(ii) of the Act, a debt obligation held by a bank is a prescribed property of the bank if the obligation is
(a) an exposure to a designated country (within the meaning assigned by section 8006);
(b) a United Mexican States Collateralized Par Bond due 2019; or
(c) a United Mexican States Collateralized Discount Bond due 2019.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a share is a prescribed property of a taxpayer for a taxation year if
(a) the share is a lending asset of the taxpayer in the year; or
(b) the share was, immediately after its issuance, a share described in paragraph (e) of the definition “term preferred share” in subsection 248(1) of the Act, and the share would, at any time in the year, be a term preferred share if
(i) that definition were read without ref- erence to the portion following paragraph (b), and
(ii) where the share was issued or acquired on or before June 28, 1982, it were issued or acquired after that day.
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a share of the capital stock of a corporation that is held by a credit union is a prescribed property of the credit union for a taxation year if, throughout that taxation year,
(a) the corporation is a credit union; or
(b) credit unions hold
(i) shares of the corporation that give the credit unions more than 50% of the votes that could be cast under all circumstances at an annual meeting of shareholders of the corporation, and
(ii) shares of the corporation having a fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of all the issued shares of the corporation.
Prescribed Payment Card Corporation Share not Mark-to-Market Property
9002.1 For the purpose of paragraph (b) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a prescribed payment card corporation share of a taxpayer at any time means a share of the capital stock of a particular corporation if, at that time,
(a) the particular corporation is any one of the following
(i) MasterCard International Incorporated,
(ii) MasterCard Incorporated, or
(iii) Visa Inc.; and
(b) the share
(i) is of a class of shares that is not listed on a stock exchange,
(ii) is not convertible into or exchangeable for a share of the class of the capital stock of a corporation that is listed on a stock exchange, and
(iii) was issued by the particular corporation to the taxpayer or to a person related to the taxpayer.
Prescribed Securities Exchange Investment not Mark-to-Market Property
9002.2 For the purpose of paragraph (c) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a prescribed securities exchange investment of a taxpayer at any time means a share of the capital stock of a corporation if, at that time, the corporation is not a public corporation and is
(a) The Toronto Stock Exchange Inc.;
(b) TSX Inc.;
(c) TSX Group Inc.;
(d) Bourse de Montréal Inc.; or
(e) Canadian Venture Exchange Inc.
Significant Interest in a Corporation
9003. For the purpose of paragraph 142.2(3)(c) of the Act, a share described in paragraph 9002(2)(b) is prescribed in respect of all taxpayers.
Financing Arrangement not a Specified Debt Obligation
9004. For the purpose of paragraph (c) of the definition “specified debt obligation” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a property is a prescribed property throughout a taxation year if
(a) the property is a direct financing lease, or any other financing arrangement, of a taxpayer that is reported as a loan in the taxpayer’s financial statements for the year prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and
(b) in computing the taxpayer’s income for the year, an amount is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(a) of the Act in respect of the property that is the subject of the arrangement.
(2) Subsection 9002(3) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of the definition “excluded property” in subsection 142.2(1) of the Act, a share of the capital stock of a corporation that is held by a credit union is a prescribed property of the credit union for a taxation year if, throughout the period (referred to in this subsection as the “holding period”) in that taxation year during which the credit union holds the share
(a) the corporation is a credit union; or
(b) the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) credit unions hold shares of the corporation that
(A) give those credit unions at least 50% of the votes that could be cast under all circumstances at an annual meeting of shareholders of the corporation, and
(B) have a fair market value of at least 50% of the fair market value of all the issued shares of the corporation,
(ii) the corporation is not controlled, directly or indirectly in any manner whatever, by any person that is not a credit union, and
(iii) the corporation would not be controlled by a person that is not a credit union if each share of the corporation that is not owned at any time in the holding period by a credit union were owned, at that time, by the person.
(3) Section 9002.2 of the Regulations is repealed.
(4) The portion of Part XC before section 9002.2 and section 9003 of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (1), apply to taxation years that end after February 22, 1994, except that
(a) in applying sections 9001 and 9002 of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (1), to taxation years that begin before October 2006, the references in those sections to “excluded property” are to be read as references to “mark-to-market property”; and
(b) in applying section 9002.1 of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (1), to taxation years that begin before October 2006, the reference in that section to “paragraph (b) of the definition “excluded property”” is to be read as a reference to “paragraph (d.1) of the definition “mark-to-market property””.
(5) Section 9002.2 of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (1), applies to taxation years that begin after 1998 and before 2008, except that in applying that section to taxation years that begin before October 2006, the reference in that section to “paragraph (c) of the definition “excluded property”” is to be read as a reference to “paragraph (d.2) of the definition “mark-to-market property””.
(6) Section 9004 of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (1), applies to taxation years that begin after February 2, 2009.
(7) Subsection 9002(3) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (2), applies to taxation years that begin after February 2, 2009, except that
(a) it also applies to taxation years, of a taxpayer, that end after 2002 and begin before February 3, 2009, if the taxpayer so elects in writing and files the election with the Minister of National Revenue on or before the taxpayer’s filing-due date for the taxpayer’s taxation year in which this Act is assented to; and
(b) if a taxpayer makes an election under paragraph (a), in applying subsection 9002(3) of the Regulations, as enacted by subsection (2), for taxation years of the taxpayer that begin before October 2006, the reference in that subsection to “excluded property” is to be read as a reference to “mark-to-market property”.
(8) Subsection (3) applies to taxation years that begin after 2007.
PART 2
AMENDMENTS IN RESPECT OF SALES AND EXCISE TAXES
2002, c. 22
Excise Act, 2001
2005, c. 38, s. 92
119. The portion of the definition “officer” in section 2 of the English version of the Excise Act, 2001 before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
“officer”« préposé »
“officer” means, except in section 167, in the definition “contact information” in subsection 211(1) and in sections 226 and 296, 
120. (1) The portion of the definition “confidential information” in subsection 211(1) of the Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
It excludes information that does not directly or indirectly reveal the identity of the person to whom it relates and, for the purposes of applying subsections (3), (8) and (9) to a representative of a government entity that is not an official, it includes only the information referred to in paragraph (6)(j).
(2) Subsection 211(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“aboriginal government”« gouvernement autochtone »
“aboriginal government” means an aboriginal government as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act.
“contact information”« coordonnées »
“contact information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means the name, address, telephone number, facsimile number and preferred language of communication of the holder, or similar information as specified by the Minister in respect of the holder, and includes such information in respect of one or more
(a) trustees of the holder, if the holder is a trust;
(b) members of the holder, if the holder is a partnership;
(c) officers of the holder, if the holder is a corporation; or
(d) officers or members of the holder, in any other case.
“corporate information”« renseignements d’entreprise »
“corporate information”, in respect of a holder of a business number that is a corporation, means the name (including the number assigned by the incorporating authority), date of incorporation, jurisdiction of incorporation and any information on the dissolution, reorganization, amalgamation, winding-up or revival of the corporation.
“government entity”« entité gouvernementale »
“government entity” means
(a) a department or agency of the government of Canada or of a province;
(b) a municipality;
(c) an aboriginal government;
(d) a corporation all of the shares (except directors’ qualifying shares) of the capital stock of which are owned by one or more persons each of which is
(i) Her Majesty,
(ii) Her Majesty in right of a province,
(iii) a municipality, or
(iv) a corporation described in this paragraph; or
(e) a board or commission, established by Her Majesty or Her Majesty in right of a province, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of government, or by a municipality, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of a municipality.
“municipality”« municipalité »
“municipality” means an incorporated city, town, village, metropolitan authority, township, district, county or rural municipality or other incorporated municipal body however designated.
“registration information”« renseignements relatifs à l’inscription »
“registration information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means
(a) any information pertaining to the legal form of the holder;
(b) the type of activities carried on or proposed to be carried on by the holder;
(c) each date on which
(i) the business number was issued to the holder,
(ii) the holder began activities,
(iii) the holder ceased or resumed activities, or
(iv) the business number assigned to the holder was changed; and
(d) the reasons for the cessation, resumption or change referred to in subparagraph (c)(iii) or (iv).
“representative”« représentant »
“representative” of a government entity means a person who is employed in the service of, who occupies a position of responsibility in the service of, or who is engaged by or on behalf of, a government entity, and includes, for the purposes of subsections (2), (3), (8) and (9), a person who was formerly so employed, who formerly occupied such a position or who formerly was so engaged.
(3) The portion of subsection 211(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Provision of information
(2) Except as authorized under this section, no official or other representative of a government entity shall knowingly
(4) Subsection 211(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Confidential information evidence not compellable
(3) Despite any other Act of Parliament or other law, no official or other representative of a government entity shall be required, in connection with any legal proceedings, to give or produce evidence relating to any confidential information.
(5) Paragraph 211(6)(j) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(j) subject to subsection (6.1), provide to a representative of a government entity the business number of, the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), and any contact information, corporate information and registration information in respect of, the holder of a business number, if the information is provided solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of
(i) an Act of Parliament or of a legislature of a province, or
(ii) a by-law of a municipality or a law of an aboriginal government;
(6) Section 211 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6):
Restrictions on information sharing
(6.1) No information may be provided to a representative of a government entity under paragraph (6)(j) in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity unless the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
Public disclosure
(6.2) The Minister may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the Minister, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number.
Public disclosure by representative of government entity
(6.3) A representative of a government entity may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number, if
(a) a representative of the government entity was provided with that information pursuant to paragraph (6)(j); and
(b) the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
(7) The portion of subsection 211(8) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disclosure to person or on consent
(8) An official or other representative of a government entity may provide confidential information relating to a person
(8) The portion of subsection 211(9) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Appeal from order or direction
(9) An order or direction that is made in the course of or in connection with any legal proceedings and that requires an official or other representative of a government entity to give or produce evidence relating to any confidential information may, by notice served on all interested parties, be appealed immediately by the Minister or by the person against whom it is made to
R.S., c. E-15
Excise Tax Act
1993, c. 27, s. 128(2)
121. (1) The portion of the definition “confidential information” in subsection 295(1) of the Excise Tax Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
but does not include information that does not directly or indirectly reveal the identity of the person to whom it relates and, for the purposes of applying subsections (3), (6) and (7) to a representative of a government entity who is not an official, includes only the information described in paragraph (5)(j);
(2) Subsection 295(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“aboriginal government”« gouvernement autochtone »
“aboriginal government” means an aboriginal government as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act;
“contact information”« coordonnées »
“contact information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means the name, address, telephone number, facsimile number and preferred language of communication of the holder, or similar information as specified by the Minister in respect of the holder, and includes such information in respect of one or more
(a) trustees of the holder, if the holder is a trust,
(b) members of the holder, if the holder is a partnership,
(c) officers of the holder, if the holder is a corporation, or
(d) officers or members of the holder, in any other case;
“corporate information”« renseignements d’entreprise »
“corporate information”, in respect of a holder of a business number that is a corporation, means the name (including the number assigned by the incorporating authority), date of incorporation, jurisdiction of incorporation and any information on the dissolution, reorganization, amalgamation, winding-up or revival of the corporation;
“government entity”« entité gouvernementale »
“government entity” means
(a) a department or agency of the government of Canada or of a province,
(b) a municipality,
(c) an aboriginal government,
(d) a corporation all of the shares (except directors’ qualifying shares) of the capital stock of which are owned by one or more persons each of which is
(i) Her Majesty in right of Canada,
(ii) Her Majesty in right of a province,
(iii) a municipality, or
(iv) a corporation described in this paragraph, or
(e) a board or commission, established by Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty in right of a province, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of government, or by a municipality, that performs an administrative or regulatory function of a municipality;
“municipality”« municipalité »
“municipality” does not include a local authority determined by the Minister to be a municipality under paragraph (b) of the definition “municipality” in subsection 123(1);
“registration information”« renseignements relatifs à l’inscription »
“registration information”, in respect of a holder of a business number, means
(a) any information pertaining to the legal form of the holder,
(b) the type of activities carried on or proposed to be carried on by the holder,
(c) each date on which
(i) the business number was issued to the holder,
(ii) the holder began activities,
(iii) the holder ceased or resumed activities, or
(iv) the business number assigned to the holder was changed, and
(d) the reasons for the cessation, resumption or change referred to in subparagraph (c)(iii) or (iv);
“representative”« représentant »
“representative” of a government entity means a person who is employed in the service of, who occupies a position of responsibility in the service of, or who is engaged by or on behalf of, a government entity, and includes, for the purposes of subsections (2), (3), (6) and (7), a person who was formerly so employed, who formerly occupied such a position or who formerly was so engaged.
1993, c. 27, s. 128(3)
(3) The portion of subsection 295(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Provision of information
(2) Except as authorized under this section, no official or other representative of a government entity shall knowingly
1993, c. 27, s. 128(3)
(4) Subsection 295(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Evidence relating to confidential information
(3) Despite any other Act of Parliament or other law, no official or other representative of a government entity shall be required, in connection with any legal proceedings, to give or produce evidence relating to any confidential information.
2003, c. 15, s. 68(1)
(5) Subparagraph 295(5)(d)(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) to an official of the Department of Finance solely for the purposes of
(A) the formulation or evaluation of fiscal policy,
(B) an administration agreement, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act, entered into with an aboriginal government, or
(C) an administration agreement, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the First Nations Goods and Services Tax Act,
1996, c. 21, s. 67(2)
(6) Paragraph 295(5)(j) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(j) subject to subsection (5.01), provide to a representative of a government entity the business number of, the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), and any contact information, corporate information and registration information in respect of, the holder of a business number, if the information is provided solely for the purpose of the administration or enforcement of
(i) an Act of Parliament or of a legislature of a province, or
(ii) a by-law of a municipality or a law of an aboriginal government;
(7) Section 295 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (5):
Restrictions on information sharing
(5.01) No information may be provided to a representative of a government entity under paragraph (5)(j) in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity unless the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
Public disclosure
(5.02) The Minister may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the Minister, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number.
Public disclosure by representative of government entity
(5.03) A representative of a government entity may, in connection with a program, activity or service provided or undertaken by the government entity, make available to the public the business number of, and the name of (including any trade name or other name used by), the holder of a business number, if
(a) a representative of the government entity was provided with that information pursuant to paragraph (5)(j); and
(b) the government entity uses the business number as an identifier in connection with the program, activity or service.
1993, c. 27, s. 128(3)
(8) The portion of subsection 295(6) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disclosure to person or on consent
(6) An official or other representative of a government entity may provide confidential information relating to a person
1993, c. 27, s. 128(4)
(9) The portion of subsection 295(7) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Appeal from order or direction
(7) An order or direction that is made in the course of or in connection with any legal proceedings and that requires an official or other representative of a government entity to give or produce evidence relating to any confidential information may, by notice served on all interested parties, be appealed forthwith by the Minister or by the person against whom the order or direction is made to
PART 3
AMENDMENTS TO THE CUSTOMS TARIFF
1997, c. 36
Customs Tariff
122. Paragraph 133(c) of the Customs Tariff is replaced by the following:
(c) for the purposes of tariff item No. 9801.10.10, 9801.10.20, 9801.20.00, 9808.00.00 or 9810.00.00, prescribing conditions under which goods may be imported;
123. Chapter 4 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following after Supplementary Note 2:
3.       Milk protein substances with a milk protein content of less than 85% by weight, calculated on the dry matter, are classified in tariff item No. 0404.90.10 or 0404.90.20. Milk protein substances with a milk protein content of 85% or more by weight, calculated on the dry matter, are classified in Chapter 35 (subheading 3504.00).
124. Tariff item No. 0404.90.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (B)” with a reference to “3% (F)”.
125. Chapter 35 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following after Note 2:
Supplementary Note.
1.       Milk protein substances with a milk protein content of 85% or more by weight, calculated on the dry matter, are classified in tariff item No. 3504.00.11 or 3504.00.12. Milk protein substances with a milk protein content of less than 85% by weight, calculated on the dry matter, are classified in Chapter 4 (subheading 0404.90).
126. Tariff item No. 3504.00.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is repealed.
127. Chapter 35 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff provisions set out in Schedule 1 to this Act.
128. The following tariff provisions of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act are repealed:
The preamble preceding subheading 8406.81, subheading 8406.81, tariff item Nos. 8406.81.10, 8406.81.90, subheading 8406.82, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8406.82.11, tariff item Nos. 8406.82.11, 8406.82.19, 8406.82.90, subheading 8413.50, tariff item Nos. 8413.50.10, 8413.50.90, subheading 8413.60, tariff item Nos. 8413.60.10, 8413.60.90, 8413.70.90, subheading 8413.81, tariff item Nos. 8413.81.10, 8413.81.90, subheading 8414.10, tariff item No. 8414.10.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8414.10.91, tariff item Nos. 8414.10.91, 8414.10.99, subheading 8416.10, tariff item Nos. 8416.10.10, 8416.10.90, subheading 8417.10, tariff item No. 8417.10.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8417.10.91, tariff item Nos. 8417.10.91, 8417.10.99, subheading 8417.80, tariff item Nos. 8417.80.10, 8417.80.90, subheading 8417.90, tariff item Nos. 8417.90.10, 8417.90.20, subheading 8418.69, tariff item Nos. 8418.69.10, 8418.69.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8419.31, subheading 8419.31, tariff item Nos. 8419.31.10, 8419.31.90, subheading 8419.32, tariff item Nos. 8419.32.10, 8419.32.20, subheading 8419.39, tariff item No. 8419.39.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8419.39.91, tariff item Nos. 8419.39.91, 8419.39.99, subheading 8419.40, tariff item Nos. 8419.40.10, 8419.40.90, subheading 8419.81, tariff item Nos. 8419.81.10, 8419.81.90, subheading 8420.10, tariff item Nos. 8420.10.10, 8420.10.90, subheading 8421.21, tariff item Nos. 8421.21.10, 8421.21.90, subheading 8421.22, tariff item Nos. 8421.22.10, 8421.22.90, subheading 8421.29, tariff item Nos. 8421.29.10, 8421.29.90, subheading 8422.20, tariff item No. 8422.20.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8422.20.91, tariff item Nos. 8422.20.91, 8422.20.99, subheading 8422.30, tariff item No. 8422.30.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8422.30.91, tariff item Nos. 8422.30.91, 8422.30.99, subheading 8422.40, tariff item No. 8422.40.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8422.40.91, tariff item Nos. 8422.40.91, 8422.40.99, subheading 8424.20, tariff item Nos. 8424.20.10, 8424.20.90, subheading 8424.30, tariff item Nos. 8424.30.10, 8424.30.90, subheading 8424.89, tariff item Nos. 8424.89.10, 8424.89.90, subheading 8424.90, tariff item Nos. 8424.90.10, 8424.90.90, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8427.10.91, tariff item Nos. 8427.10.91, 8427.10.99, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8427.20.91, tariff item Nos. 8427.20.91, 8427.20.99, subheading 8427.90, tariff item Nos. 8427.90.10, 8427.90.90, subheading 8438.10, tariff item Nos. 8438.10.10, 8438.10.90, subheading 8438.50, tariff item No. 8438.50.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8438.50.91, tariff item Nos. 8438.50.91, 8438.50.99, subheading 8438.80, tariff item No. 8438.80.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8438.80.91, tariff item Nos. 8438.80.91, 8438.80.99, subheading 8438.90, tariff item Nos. 8438.90.10, 8438.90.20, subheading 8440.10, tariff item Nos. 8440.10.10, 8440.10.90, subheading 8441.10, tariff item Nos. 8441.10.10, 8441.10.90, subheading 8442.50, tariff item Nos. 8442.50.10, 8442.50.20, 8442.50.90, subheading 8443.11, tariff item Nos. 8443.11.10, 8443.11.20, subheading 8443.14, tariff item Nos. 8443.14.10, 8443.14.20, subheading 8443.15, tariff item Nos. 8443.15.10, 8443.15.20, subheading 8443.16, tariff item Nos. 8443.16.10, 8443.16.20, subheading 8443.19, tariff item Nos. 8443.19.10, 8443.19.20, subheading 8443.32, tariff item Nos. 8443.32.10, 8443.32.90, subheading 8443.39, tariff item Nos. 8443.39.10, 8443.39.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8443.91, subheading 8443.91, tariff item Nos. 8443.91.10, 8443.91.90, subheading 8443.99, tariff item Nos. 8443.99.10, 8443.99.90, subheading 8452.21, tariff item Nos. 8452.21.10, 8452.21.90, subheading 8453.10, tariff item No. 8453.10.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8453.10.91, tariff item Nos. 8453.10.91, 8453.10.99, subheading 8454.20, tariff item Nos. 8454.20.10, 8454.20.20, 8454.20.30, subheading 8454.30, tariff item Nos. 8454.30.10, 8454.30.90, subheading 8456.10, tariff item Nos. 8456.10.10, 8456.10.90, subheading 8456.20, tariff item Nos. 8456.20.10, 8456.20.90, subheading 8456.90, tariff item Nos. 8456.90.10, 8456.90.90, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8462.99.91, tariff item Nos. 8462.99.91, 8462.99.99, subheading 8464.20, tariff item Nos. 8464.20.10, 8464.20.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8465.91, subheading 8465.91, tariff item Nos. 8465.91.10, 8465.91.90, subheading 8465.92, tariff item Nos. 8465.92.10, 8465.92.90, subheading 8465.93, tariff item Nos. 8465.93.10, 8465.93.90, subheading 8465.94, tariff item Nos. 8465.94.10, 8465.94.90, subheading 8465.95, tariff item Nos. 8465.95.10, 8465.95.90, subheading 8465.96, tariff item Nos. 8465.96.10, 8465.96.90, subheading 8465.99, tariff item Nos. 8465.99.10, 8465.99.90, subheading 8472.90, tariff item Nos. 8472.90.10, 8472.90.90, subheading 8479.20, tariff item Nos. 8479.20.10, 8479.20.90, subheading 8479.30, tariff item Nos. 8479.30.10, 8479.30.90, subheading 8479.40, tariff item Nos. 8479.40.10, 8479.40.90, subheading 8479.81, tariff item Nos. 8479.81.10, 8479.81.90, subheading 8479.82, tariff item Nos. 8479.82.10, 8479.82.90, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8479.89.91, tariff item Nos. 8479.89.91, 8479.89.99, subheading 8480.41, tariff item Nos. 8480.41.10, 8480.41.90, subheading 8482.20, tariff item Nos. 8482.20.10, 8482.20.90, subheading 8482.91, tariff item No. 8482.91.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8482.91.91, tariff item Nos. 8482.91.91, 8482.91.99, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8482.99.91, tariff item Nos. 8482.99.91, 8482.99.99, subheading 8484.10, tariff item Nos. 8484.10.10, 8484.10.90, subheading 8484.20, tariff item Nos. 8484.20.10, 8484.20.90, subheading 8484.90, tariff item Nos. 8484.90.10, 8484.90.90, subheading 8487.90, tariff item Nos. 8487.90.10, 8487.90.90, subheading 8504.10, tariff item Nos. 8504.10.10, 8504.10.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8504.21, subheading 8504.21, tariff item Nos. 8504.21.10, 8504.21.90, subheading 8504.22, tariff item Nos. 8504.22.10, 8504.22.90, subheading 8504.23, tariff item Nos. 8504.23.10, 8504.23.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8504.31, subheading 8504.31, tariff item Nos. 8504.31.10, 8504.31.90, subheading 8504.32, tariff item Nos. 8504.32.10, 8504.32.90, subheading 8504.33, tariff item Nos. 8504.33.10, 8504.33.90, subheading 8504.34, tariff item Nos. 8504.34.10, 8504.34.90, subheading 8504.50, tariff item Nos. 8504.50.10, 8504.50.20, 8504.50.90, subheading 8505.19, tariff item Nos. 8505.19.10, 8505.19.90, subheading 8505.20, tariff item Nos. 8505.20.10, 8505.20.90, subheading 8512.20, tariff item Nos. 8512.20.10, 8512.20.90, subheading 8512.90, tariff item Nos. 8512.90.10, 8512.90.90, subheading 8514.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8514.10.11, tariff item Nos. 8514.10.11, 8514.10.19, 8514.10.90, subheading 8514.20, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8514.20.11, tariff item Nos. 8514.20.11, 8514.20.19, 8514.20.90, subheading 8514.30, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8514.30.11, tariff item Nos. 8514.30.11, 8514.30.19, 8514.30.90, subheading 8514.40, tariff item Nos. 8514.40.10, 8514.40.90, subheading 8515.19, tariff item Nos. 8515.19.10, 8515.19.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8515.21, subheading 8515.21, tariff item Nos. 8515.21.10, 8515.21.90, subheading 8515.29, tariff item Nos. 8515.29.10, 8515.29.90, subheading 8535.10, tariff item Nos. 8535.10.10, 8535.10.90, subheading 8535.21, tariff item Nos. 8535.21.10, 8535.21.90, subheading 8535.30, tariff item Nos. 8535.30.10, 8535.30.90, subheading 8536.10, tariff item Nos. 8536.10.10, 8536.10.90, the preamble preceding subheading 8536.41, subheading 8536.41, tariff item Nos. 8536.41.10, 8536.41.20, 8536.41.90, subheading 8536.49, tariff item Nos. 8536.49.10, 8536.49.90, subheading 8536.69, tariff item Nos. 8536.69.10, 8536.69.20, 8536.69.90, 8537.10.92, subheading 8537.20, tariff item Nos. 8537.20.10, 8537.20.90, subheading 8538.10, tariff item Nos. 8538.10.10, 8538.10.90, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8538.90.91, tariff item Nos. 8538.90.91, 8538.90.99, subheading 8540.81, tariff item Nos. 8540.81.10, 8540.81.90, subheading 8543.10, tariff item Nos. 8543.10.10, 8543.10.90, subheading 8543.30, tariff item No. 8543.30.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8543.30.91, tariff item Nos. 8543.30.91, 8543.30.99, subheading 8543.70, tariff item No. 8543.70.10, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8543.70.21, tariff item Nos. 8543.70.21, 8543.70.29, the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8543.70.91, tariff item Nos. 8543.70.91, 8543.70.99, subheading 8543.90, tariff item Nos. 8543.90.20, 8543.90.90, subheading 8544.20, tariff item Nos. 8544.20.10, 8544.20.90, subheading 8544.42, tariff item Nos. 8544.42.10, 8544.42.20, 8544.42.90, subheading 8547.10, tariff item Nos. 8547.10.10, 8547.10.90, subheading 8547.90, tariff item Nos. 8547.90.10, 8547.90.90 and 9801.10.00.
129. The Description of Goods in the preamble preceding tariff item No. 8406.90.31 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is replaced by the following:
---Other parts of the goods of tariff item No. 8406.81.00 or 8406.82.00:
130. Tariff item No. 8406.90.32 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
131. Tariff item No. 8406.90.34 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
132. Tariff item No. 8406.90.37 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
133. Tariff item No. 8406.90.39 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
134. Tariff item No. 8413.91.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
135. Tariff item No. 8413.91.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the Description of Goods, the reference to “8413.50.90, 8413.60.90, 8413.70.90 or 8413.81.90” with a reference to “8413.50.00, 8413.60.00, 8413.70.91, 8413.70.99 or 8413.81.00”; and
(b) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
136. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 8413.91.30 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “8413.50.10, 8413.60.10, 8413.70.10 or 8413.81.10” with a reference to “8413.50.00, 8413.60.00, 8413.70.10 or 8413.81.00”.
137. Tariff item No. 8417.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “7% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
138. Tariff item No. 8418.61.91 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
139. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 8418.91.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “8418.69.90” with a reference to “8418.69.00”.
140. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 8418.91.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “8418.69.10” with a reference to “8418.69.00”.
141. Tariff item No. 8419.89.21 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
142. Tariff item No. 8419.89.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”;
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” after the abbreviation “AUT” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(c) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” after the abbreviation “NZT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
143. Tariff item No. 8421.39.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
144. Tariff item No. 8422.19.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
145. Tariff item No. 8423.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
146. Tariff item No. 8423.30.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
147. Tariff item No. 8423.81.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
148. Tariff item No. 8423.82.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
149. Tariff item No. 8423.89.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
150. Tariff item No. 8423.90.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
151. Tariff item No. 8427.20.11 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
152. Tariff item No. 8439.10.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
153. Tariff item No. 8439.20.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
154. Tariff item No. 8439.30.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
155. Tariff item No. 8443.12.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “4.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
156. Tariff item No. 8462.99.19 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
157. Tariff item No. 8464.90.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
158. Tariff item No. 8468.10.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
159. Tariff item No. 8468.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “4.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
160. Tariff item No. 8472.10.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “4.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
161. Tariff item No. 8479.50.91 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
162. Tariff item No. 8479.89.30 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “4.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
163. Tariff item No. 8479.89.41 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
164. Tariff item No. 8482.99.11 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the Description of Goods, the reference to “8482.20.10” with a reference to “8482.20.00”; and
(b) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
165. Tariff item No. 8483.50.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
166. Tariff item No. 8483.50.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
167. Tariff item No. 8483.60.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
168. Tariff item No. 8483.90.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
169. Tariff item No. 8483.90.30 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “2.5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
170. Chapter 84 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff provisions set out in Schedule 2 to this Act.
171. Tariff item No. 8504.40.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
172. Tariff item No. 8504.40.40 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
173. Tariff item No. 8505.11.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
174. Tariff item No. 8515.11.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
175. Tariff item No. 8515.31.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
176. Tariff item No. 8515.39.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
177. Tariff item No. 8515.80.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
178. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 8518.30.91 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is replaced by the following:
----Headphones, including earphones, and telephone headsets
179. Tariff item No. 8535.29.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
180. Tariff item No. 8535.40.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
181. Tariff item No. 8535.90.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “7% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
182. Tariff item No. 8535.90.30 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “6.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
183. Tariff item No. 8535.90.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
184. Tariff item No. 8536.30.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
185. Tariff item No. 8536.30.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
186. Tariff item No. 8536.50.12 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
187. Tariff item No. 8536.50.19 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
188. Tariff item No. 8536.90.99 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
189. Tariff item No. 8537.10.19 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
190. Tariff item No. 8537.10.29 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
191. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 8537.10.31 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is replaced by the following:
----Automated industrial control systems, excluding panels for anode formers
192. Tariff item No. 8537.10.91 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
193. Tariff item No. 8537.10.99 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
194. Tariff item No. 8538.90.10 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
195. Tariff item No. 8538.90.20 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
196. Tariff item No. 8538.90.39 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
197. Tariff item No. 8540.11.11 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
198. Tariff item No. 8540.11.12 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
199. Tariff item No. 8540.11.21 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
200. Tariff item No. 8540.11.22 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
201. Tariff item No. 8540.11.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing
(a) in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “6% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”; and
(b) in the column “Preferential Tariff / Final Rate”, the reference to “5% (A)” after the abbreviation “GPT” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
202. Tariff item No. 8540.12.19 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
203. Tariff item No. 8540.12.99 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
204. Tariff item No. 8540.40.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
205. Tariff item No. 8540.50.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
206. Tariff item No. 8540.60.90 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
207. Tariff item No. 8540.72.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
208. Tariff item No. 8540.79.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
209. Tariff item No. 8540.89.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
210. Tariff item No. 8543.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
211. Tariff item No. 8546.10.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “2.5% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
212. Tariff item No. 8546.20.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing in the column “Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff / Final Rate” the reference to “3% (A)” with a reference to “Free (F)”.
213. Chapter 85 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff provisions set out in Schedule 3 to this Act.
214. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9897.00.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “9801.10.00” with a reference to “9801.10.10, 9801.10.20”.
215. Chapter 98 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff provisions set out in Schedule 4 to this Act.
216. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9945.00.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by deleting the reference to “Gas turbines or parts thereof;”.
217. The Description of Goods of tariff item No. 9993.00.00 in the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by replacing the reference to “9801.10.00” with a reference to “9801.10.10, 9801.10.20”.
218. Chapter 99 of the List of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff item set out in Schedule 5 to this Act.
219. Tariff item Nos. 8504.50.20 and 8536.69.20 in the List of Intermediate and Final Rates for Tariff Items of the “F” Staging Category set out in the schedule to the Act are repealed.
220. (1) The List of Intermediate and Final Rates for Tariff Items of the “F” Staging Category set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff item set out in Schedule 6 to this Act.
(2) The List of Intermediate and Final Rates for the Tariff Items of the “F” Staging Category set out in the schedule to the Act is amended by adding, in numerical order, the tariff items set out in Schedule 7 to this Act.
Coming into Force
September 8, 2008
221. (1) Sections 123 to 127 and subsection 220(1) are deemed to have come into force on September 8, 2008.
January 28, 2009
(2) Sections 122 and 128 to 219 and subsection 220(2) are deemed to have come into force on January 28, 2009.
PART 4
EMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
1996, c. 23
Employment Insurance Act
222. Section 66 of the Employment Insurance Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Premium rate for 2010
(4) Despite subsections (1) to (3), the premium rate for the year 2010 is 1.73%.
223. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 73:
Benefit enhancements under this Act
73.1 There shall be credited to the Employment Insurance Account on August 1, 2010 the amount determined by the Minister of Finance that corresponds to the cost of the benefit enhancement measures under this Act, provided for in the budget tabled in Parliament on January 27, 2009 in which the cost is estimated to be $2,900,000,000.
224. (1) Schedule I to the Act is replaced by the Schedule I set out in Schedule 8 to this Act.
(2) Schedule I to the Act is replaced by the Schedule I set out in Schedule 9 to this Act.
Claimants Not in Canada
Subsection 55(7)
225. The maximum number of weeks for which benefits may be paid to a claimant referred to in subsection 55(7) of the Employment Insurance Regulations whose benefit period has not ended before the second Sunday before the day on which this Act receives royal assent and does not begin after September 11, 2010 is to be determined in accordance with Schedule 10.
Pilot Project Relating To Extended Benefits
Pilot Project No. 10
226. (1) Section 77.6 of the Employment Insurance Regulations is deemed to cease to have effect on the second Saturday before the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
Transitional
(2) The maximum number of weeks for which benefits may be paid in a benefit period that is established for a claimant who is included in Pilot Project No. 10 and whose benefit period has not ended before the second Sunday before the day on which this Act receives royal assent is to be determined in accordance with Schedule I to the Employment Insurance Act, as enacted by subsection 224(1).
Premium Rates Provided for Under the Employment Insurance Act
Deeming provision
227. Section 66.1 of the Employment Insurance Act, as enacted by section 9 of chapter 5 of the Statutes of Canada, 2001, is deemed to have read as follows:
Premium rates for 2002 and 2003
66.1 Notwithstanding section 66, the premium rates for the years 2002 and 2003 are 2.2% and 2.1%, respectively.
Deeming provision
228. Section 66.3 of the Employment Insurance Act, as enacted by section 25 of chapter 22 of the Statutes of Canada, 2004, is deemed to have read as follows:
Premium rate for 2005
66.3 Notwithstanding section 66, the premium rate for the year 2005 is 1.95%.
Transitional Provision
Application
229. Subsection 224(1) applies with respect to every claimant whose benefit period has not ended before the day on which that subsection comes into force and whose benefit period does not begin after September 11, 2010.
Coordinating Amendments
2008, c. 28
230. (1) In this section, “other Act” means the Budget Implementation Act, 2008.
(2) If section 127 of the other Act comes into force before section 222 of this Act, then
(a) that section 222 is deemed never to have come into force and is repealed; and
(b) section 66 of the Employment Insurance Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Premium rate for 2010
(1.1) Despite subsection (1), the premium rate for the year 2010 is 1.73%.
(3) If section 222 of this Act comes into force before section 127 of the other Act, then, on the day on which that section 127 comes into force, section 66 of the Employment Insurance Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Premium rate for 2010
(1.1) Despite subsection (1), the premium rate for the year 2010 is 1.73%.
(4) If section 127 of the other Act comes into force on the same day as section 222 of this Act, then that section 222 is deemed to have come into force before that section 127 and subsection (3) applies as a consequence.
Coming into Force
Retroactive effect
231. (1) Subsection 224(1) is deemed to have come into force on the second Sunday before the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
September 12, 2010
(2) Subsection 224(2) comes into force on September 12, 2010.
PART 5
STABILITY AND EFFICIENCY OF THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM
Division 1
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
232. The Financial Administration Act is amended by adding the following after section 60.1:
PART IV.1
STABILITY AND EFFICIENCY OF THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM
Definitions
60.2 (1) The following definitions apply in this section.
“debt obligation”« titre de créance »
“debt obligation” means a bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness of an entity, whether secured or unsecured.
“entity”« entité »
“entity” means an entity that, in the Minister’s opinion, is operating in Canada.
“financial markets”« marchés financiers »
“financial markets” includes markets for money, bonds, equities, derivatives, foreign exchange and commodities.
“financial system”« système financier »
“financial system” includes financial institutions, financial markets and payment systems as defined in section 36 of the Canadian Payments Act.
“security”« titre »
“security” means
(a) in relation to a corporation, a share, a class of shares or a debt obligation of the corporation, and includes any conversion or exchange privilege, option or other right to acquire a share of the corporation; and
(b) in relation to any other entity, any ownership interest in or debt obligation of the entity.
Contracts
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister may, with the Governor in Council’s authorization, enter into, on behalf of Her Majesty in right of Canada, any contract that in the Minister’s opinion is necessary to promote the stability or maintain the efficiency of the financial system in Canada, including such a contract to
(a) purchase, acquire, hold, lend or sell or otherwise dispose of securities of an entity;
(b) create a charge on, or right or interest in, securities of an entity held by the Minister;
(c) make a loan to an entity;
(d) provide a line of credit to an entity;
(e) guarantee any debt, obligation or financial asset of an entity; or
(f) provide loan insurance or credit insurance for the benefit of an entity in respect of any debt, obligation or financial asset of the entity.
Non-application to certain entities
(3) Paragraph (2)(a) does not apply to
(a) shares, as defined in subsection 973.2(15) of the Bank Act, of a bank or bank holding company, as defined in section 2 of that Act;
(b) shares, as defined in subsection 459.9(14) of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, of an association as defined in section 2 of that Act;
(c) shares, as defined in subsection 1016.7(15) of the Insurance Companies Act, of a company or insurance holding company, as defined in subsection 2(1) of that Act; or
(d) shares, as defined in subsection 527.9(15) of the Trust and Loan Companies Act, of a company as defined in section 2 of that Act.
Section 90 does not apply
(4) Section 90 does not apply if the Minister purchases, acquires or sells or otherwise disposes, under paragraph (2)(a), of shares within the meaning of that section.
Section 61 and Surplus Crown Assets Act do not apply
(5) Section 61 and the Surplus Crown Assets Act do not apply if the Minister holds, loans or sells or otherwise disposes of securities under paragraph (2)(a).
Payments out of C.R.F.
(6) Any amount payable under or in connection with a contract entered into under this section may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister, at the times and in the manner that the Minister considers appropriate.
Retroactive effect
(7) This section applies to any contract entered into on or after November 30, 2008.
Division 2
R.S., c. C-3
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act
Amendments to the Act
233. Section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“bridge institution”« institution- relais »
“bridge institution” means a federal institution that is designated as a bridge institution by an order made under paragraph 39.13(1)(c);
234. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 7:
Power of Governor in Council
7.1 (1) The Governor in Council may, by order, exempt the Corporation from the requirement that it pursue its objects in a manner that will minimize its exposure to loss when it takes any action to address a situation that is specified in the order.
Condition precedent
(2) The Governor in Council may make the order only if the Minister is of the opinion, after consultation with the Board, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Superintendent, that the requirement that the Corporation pursue its objects in a manner that will minimize its exposure to loss, in respect of a situation that will be specified in the order, might have an adverse effect on the stability of the financial system in Canada or public confidence in that stability.
Repeal
(3) The Governor in Council may repeal the order only if the Minister is of the opinion that the requirement that the Corporation pursue its objects in a manner that will minimize its exposure to loss, in respect of the situation specified in the order, will no longer have an adverse effect on the stability of the financial system in Canada or public confidence in that stability.
Coming into force
7.2 (1) An order made under subsection 7.1(1) has effect from the time that it is made.
Statutory Instruments Act
(2) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to the order.
Publication
(3) The Minister shall cause a notice to be published in the Canada Gazette that the order has been made or repealed as soon as the Minister is of the opinion that the publication of the notice will not have an adverse effect on the stability of the financial system in Canada or public confidence in that stability.
Recovery of loss
7.3 After the publication of a notice in the Canada Gazette that an order was made under subsection 7.1(1), the Corporation shall, in accordance with its by-laws, collect a special premium from member institutions or any class of member institutions in order to recover the loss that the Corporation determines it incurred as a result of pursuing its objects without regard to the requirement that it do so in a manner that minimizes its exposure to loss.
235. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 10:
Exemption — shares of member institution
10.01 (1) To enable the Corporation to acquire, hold or dispose of shares under paragraph 10(1)(f.1), the Minister may, by order, exempt any person or share specified in the order from any of the following provisions:
(a) sections 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 376.1, 376.2, 377, 377.1, 379, 385, 401.2 and 401.3 of the Bank Act;
(b) sections 407, 407.01, 407.02, 407.03, 407.1, 407.2, 408, 411, 428 and 430 of the Insurance Companies Act; and
(c) sections 375, 375.1, 376, 379, 396 and 399 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act.
Conditions
(2) The exemption may be subject to conditions.
Duration of exemption
(3) The exemption ceases to have effect five years after the day on which it comes into force.
Extension
(4) The Minister may, by order, extend the duration of the exemption if general market conditions so warrant.
Statutory Instruments Act
(5) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under this section.
1996, c. 6, s. 24; 1997, c. 15, s. 111(E)
236. (1) The portion of subsection 10.1(3) of the Act before paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
Total indebtedness
(3) The total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed
(a) $15,000,000,000 or, if it is greater, the amount determined in accordance with subsections (3.1) to (3.5); or
(2) Section 10.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Increase
(3.1) Subject to subsections (3.3) and (3.4), the amount that the total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed is increased each year to the amount determined by the formula
A + (A × B)
where
A      is the amount that the total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed on January 1 of the current year; and
B      is the rate determined by the formula set out in subsection (3.2).
Rate
(3.2) The rate referred to in the description of B in subsection (3.1) is determined by the formula
(C – D) / D
where
C      is the total amount of deposits insured by the Corporation on April 30 of the current year; and
D      is the total amount of deposits insured by the Corporation on April 30 of the previous year.
Rounding
(3.3) The amount determined under subsection (3.1) shall be rounded to the nearest billion dollars or, if the amount is equidistant from two consecutive multiples of one billion dollars, it shall be rounded to the higher of those two multiples.
No change
(3.4) The amount that the total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed does not change if the amount determined for D in subsection (3.2) is greater than the amount determined for C in that subsection.
Date effective
(3.5) The new amount that the total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed comes into effect on December 31 of the current year.
Publication
(3.6) The Corporation shall publish the new amount that the total principal indebtedness outstanding at any time in respect of borrowings under subsections (1) and (2) shall not exceed in its annual report following the day on which the new amount comes into effect.
237. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 11:
Minister’s direction
11.1 (1) The Minister may, after consultation with the Board, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Superintendent, give a written direction to the Corporation if the Minister is of the opinion that not giving the direction might have an adverse effect on the stability of the financial system in Canada or public confidence in that stability.
Compliance without regard to minimizing loss
(2) The Corporation shall comply with the direction without regard to the requirement referred to in paragraph 7(c) that it pursue its objects in a manner that will minimize its exposure to loss.
Implementation
(3) The Corporation’s directors shall ensure that the direction is implemented in a prompt and efficient manner and, if in so doing they act in accordance with section 115 of the Financial Administration Act, they are not accountable for any consequences arising from the implementation of the direction.
Notification of implementation
(4) After implementing the direction, the Corporation shall notify the Minister without delay that the direction has been implemented.
Best interests
(5) The Corporation’s compliance with a direction is deemed to be in its best interests.
Statutory Instruments Act
11.2 (1) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to a direction given under subsection 11.1(1).
Publication
(2) The Minister shall cause a notice to be published in the Canada Gazette that a direction was given under subsection 11.1(1) as soon as the Minister is of the opinion that the publication of the notice will not have an adverse effect on the stability of the financial system in Canada or public confidence in that stability.
Recovery of loss
11.3 After the publication of a notice in the Canada Gazette that a direction was given under subsection 11.1(1), the Corporation shall, in accordance with its by-laws, collect a special premium from member institutions or any class of member institutions in order to recover the loss that the Corporation determines it incurred as a result of complying with the direction.
R.S., c. 18 (3rd Supp.), s. 52(1)
238. Subsection 14(2.7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Preparatory examination
(2.7) If the Corporation believes that it would be in the best interests of both the depositors with the member institution and the Corporation that preparations be made to make a payment under this Act in respect of a deposit held by a member institution, the Corporation may make or cause to be made by any person designated by the Corporation, an examination of the books, records and accounts of the member institution relating to its deposit liabilities. For the purposes of the examination, the Corporation and the person designated by it have a right of access to those books, records and accounts and are entitled to require the member institution’s directors, officers, auditors and any receiver or liquidator of the member institution to furnish any information and explanations regarding the deposits held by the member institution that the Corporation or person may require.
R.S., c. 18 (3rd Supp.), s. 58
239. Section 24 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Where premiums payable
24. All premiums payable shall be paid to the Corporation at its head office.
240. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 25.1:
Non-application to special premium
25.2 Section 21, subsection 22(2), section 23 and subsection 37(5) do not apply to a special premium.
By-laws — special premium
25.3 (1) In respect of each order made under subsection 7.1(1) or each direction given under subsection 11.1(1), the Board may make by-laws respecting the recovery from member institutions or any class of member institutions of the loss referred to in section 7.3 or 11.3, as the case may be, including by-laws
(a) fixing the special premium payable by member institutions or any class of member institutions or providing for the manner of fixing the special premium;
(b) establishing a system of classifying member institutions in different classes;
(c) establishing the criteria or factors to be taken into account or procedures to be followed by the Corporation in determining the class in which a member institution is classified; or
(d) respecting the time and manner in which a special premium shall be paid.
When by-law not effective
(2) A by-law made under subsection (1) is not effective unless it has been approved in writing by the Minister.
1992, c. 26, s. 11
241. The heading before section 39.1 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Vesting in Corporation and Appointing Corporation as Receiver
242. Section 39.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Urgency
(4) Despite subsections (1) and (3), the Superintendent may report to the Corporation orally if he or she is of the opinion that the federal member institution’s circumstances must be considered without delay.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
243. (1) Subsection 39.13(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Order
39.13 (1) The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Minister made under section 39.12, by order,
(a) vest the shares and subordinated debt of the federal member institution in the Corporation;
(b) appoint the Corporation as receiver in respect of the federal member institution; or
(c) direct the Minister to incorporate a federal institution designated in the order as a bridge institution.
Condition precedent
(1.1) The making of an order, under paragraph (1)(b), appointing the Corporation as receiver of the federal member institution is a condition precedent to the making of an order under paragraph (1)(c) in respect of the federal member institution.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
(2) The portion of subsection 39.13(2) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
But du décret portant dévolution
(2) Le décret portant dévolution :
1996, c. 6, s. 41
(3) The portion of subsection 39.13(3) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Décret nommant séquestre
(3) Le décret pris en vertu de l’alinéa (1)b) fait de la Société le séquestre unique de tout ou partie de l’actif et de l’entreprise de l’institution fédérale membre, selon les termes du décret, et lui donne le pouvoir, entre autres :
244. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 39.13:
Order to exempt or adapt
39.131 (1) The Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) exempt a federal member institution in respect of which an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made, a bridge institution or a subsidiary of any of those institutions from the application of any provision of this Act or the regulations or of the following Acts or regulations made under them:
(i) the Bank Act,
(ii) the Canadian Payments Act,
(iii) the Cooperative Credit Associations Act,
(iv) the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act,
(v) the Insurance Companies Act,
(vi) the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act,
(vii) the Trust and Loan Companies Act, and
(viii) the Winding-up and Restructuring Act; or
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations or of the Acts referred to in paragraph (a) or regulations made under them applies to a federal member institution in respect of which an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made, a bridge institution or a subsidiary of any of those institutions only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the order and adapt that provision for the purpose of that application.
Scope or conditions
(2) The exemption may be limited in scope or duration or made subject to conditions.
Coming into force
39.132 (1) An order made under subsection 39.131(1) has effect from the time that it is made.
Statutory Instruments Act
(2) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to the order.
Publication
(3) The Minister shall cause the order to be published in the Canada Gazette as soon as the Minister considers appropriate.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
245. (1) Paragraph 39.15(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) no action or other civil proceeding may be commenced or continued against the federal member institution or in respect of its assets other than a proceeding under the Winding-up and Restructuring Act commenced by the Corporation or the Attorney General of Canada;
1996, c. 6, s. 41
(2) Subsection 39.15(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (d) and by replacing paragraph (e) with the following:
(e) no person may terminate or amend any agreement with the federal member institution or claim an accelerated payment, or forfeiture of the term, under any such agreement with the federal member institution by reason only of
(i) the federal member institution’s insolvency,
(ii) a default, before the order was made, by the federal member institution in the performance of its obligations under the agreement,
(iii) the making of the order, or
(iv) the agreement being assigned to or assumed by the bridge institution; and
(f) no person may terminate the federal member institution’s membership in an organization by reason only of
(i) the default by the federal member institution in the performance of its obligations under the rules of the organization,
(ii) the making of the order, or
(iii) the federal member institution’s membership being transferred to the bridge institution.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
(3) Paragraph 39.15(2)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) provides, in substance, that the federal member institution ceases to have the rights — or, in the case of a bridge institution, does not have the rights — to use or deal with assets that the federal member institution or bridge institution would otherwise have, on
(i) the federal member institution’s insolvency,
(ii) the default by the federal member institution in the performance of its obligations,
(iii) the making of the order, or
(iv) the agreement being assigned to or assumed by the bridge institutions.
(4) Section 39.15 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Organization’s rules — no force or effect
(2.1) If an order is made under subsection 39.13(1), any stipulation in the rules of an organization is of no force or effect if it
(a) has the effect of providing for or permitting anything that, in substance, is contrary to paragraph (1)(f) or 39.13(3)(b); or
(b) provides, in substance, that the federal member institution ceases to have the rights — or, in the case of the bridge institution, does not have the rights — of a member of the organization, that the federal member institution or the bridge institution would otherwise have, on
(i) the federal member institution’s insolvency,
(ii) the default by the federal member institution in the performance of its obligations,
(iii) the making of the order, or
(iv) the federal member institution’s membership being transferred to the bridge institution.
(5) Section 39.15 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Clearing agent
(3.1) A member of the Canadian Payments Association that acts as a clearing agent for a federal member institution at the time an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made with respect to the federal member institution shall act as a clearing agent for the bridge institution, if the Corporation undertakes to
(a) unconditionally guarantee the federal member institution’s obligations to the clearing agent as clearing agent; or
(b) ensure that the federal member institution’s obligations to the clearing agent as clearing agent are assumed by the bridge institution.
2001, c. 9, s. 212(2)
(6) Paragraph 39.15(6)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) the Superintendent, on the application of the federal member institution, exempted the security agreement from the application of those paragraphs and that subsection before the making of an order under subsection 39.13(1) and, in the case of an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution, the Corporation does not undertake to ensure that the obligations secured by the security interest will be assumed by the bridge institution and does not undertake to unconditionally guarantee payment of the obligations secured by the security interest.
(7) Section 39.15 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (7):
Corporation’s undertaking — eligible financial contracts
(7.1) If an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made, the actions referred to in subsection (7) may not be taken by reason only that the order or an order appointing the Corporation as receiver is made in respect of the federal member institution or that the eligible financial contract is assigned to the bridge institution if the Corporation undertakes to
(a) unconditionally guarantee the payment of any amount due or that may become due — in accordance with the provisions of the eligible financial contract — by the federal member institution; or
(b) ensure that all obligations arising from the eligible financial contract will be assumed by the bridge institution.
246. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 39.15:
Stay of proceedings — bridge institution
39.151 Any action or other civil proceeding to which a bridge institution becomes a party by virtue of acquiring assets or assuming liabilities of a federal member institution shall be stayed for a period of 90 days at the bridge institution’s request.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
247. Subsections 39.2(5) and (6) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Approval by Minister
(5) A transaction referred to in subsection (1) or (2) has no force or effect until it is approved by the Minister, unless it is between the Corporation, as receiver for a federal member institution, and a bridge institution.
Novation
(6) Any person who assumes a liability of the federal member institution under a transaction referred to in subsection (1) or (2) becomes liable — instead of the federal member institution — to discharge the liability, on approval of the transaction by the Minister or as soon as the person assumes the liability if the transaction does not require the Minister’s approval.
Exception
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply to the bridge institution’s assumption of any portion of the federal member institution’s liability that is not insured by the Corporation.
Novation — trust
(8) A trust company within the meaning of subsection 57(2) of the Trust and Loan Companies Act that is designated as a bridge institution may become a trustee in substitution for the federal member institution without formality or the consent of any beneficiary of the trust.
248. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 39.2:
Terms and conditions of transactions
39.201 (1) If the Corporation as receiver for a federal member institution carries out a transaction with a bridge institution, the Corporation shall establish the terms and conditions of the transaction, including
(a) which assets the bridge institution shall acquire and the consideration to be paid for the assets acquired; and
(b) which liabilities the bridge institution shall assume and the consideration to be paid for the liabilities assumed.
Reasonable consideration
(2) The consideration referred to in paragraph (1)(a) shall be reasonable in the circumstances.
Compensation
(3) Nothing in subsections (1) and (2) prevents the federal member institution from seeking compensation under subsections 39.24(2) and (3) and sections 39.25 to 39.361.
Deposit liabilities
39.202 (1) A bridge institution shall assume all of the liabilities with respect to a federal member institution’s deposits that are insured by the Corporation.
Subrogation
(2) If the bridge institution assumes any portion of a federal member institution’s liability that is not insured by the Corporation, the bridge institution is subrogated to all the rights and interests of the creditor against the federal member institution in relation to the entire liability and may maintain an action in respect of those rights and interests in its own name or in the name of the creditor.
Creditor’s rights and interests
(3) As soon as the bridge institution receives an amount equal to the liabilities that are not insured by the Corporation that it assumed, the rights and interests in respect of the balance remaining revert to the creditor.
Liquidator bound
39.203 (1) The liquidator of a federal member institution appointed under the Winding-up and Restructuring Act is bound by the terms and conditions of any transaction that involves the sale or other disposition of the federal member institution’s assets or the assumption by a bridge institution of any portion of the federal member institution’s liabilities and shall carry out those transactions or cause them to be carried out.
Expenses
(2) All costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by the liquidator in complying with the terms and conditions of any transaction referred to in subsection (1), including the liquidator’s remuneration, are payable by the bridge institution.
1996, c. 6, s. 41
249. Section 39.21 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Right transferable
39.21 If the assets that are sold under a transaction described in section 39.2 or by a bank designated as a bridge institution include any outstanding security under section 426 or 427 of the Bank Act, the buyer of the assets may hold the security for the life of the loan to which the security relates and all the provisions of that Act relating to the security and its enforcement continue to apply to the buyer as though the buyer were a bank.
250. Section 39.24 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Period
(2.1) The period referred to in subsection (2) is 180 days if an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made in respect of a federal member institution that is the subject of an order made under paragraph 39.13(1)(b).
251. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 39.37:
Creation and Operation of Bridge Institutions
Incorporation
39.371 (1) The Minister shall, without delay after an order is made under paragraph 39.13(1)(c), issue letters patent incorporating a federal institution.
Incorporating Act
(2) The letters patent are issued under whichever of the following Acts regulates the federal member institution that is the subject of the Superintendent’s report under subsection 39.1(1) or (3):
(a) the Bank Act;
(b) the Cooperative Credit Associations Act; or
(c) the Trust and Loan Companies Act.
Order to commence and carry on business
(3) The Superintendent shall, without delay after the letters patent are issued, make an order approving the commencement and carrying on of business by the federal institution referred to in subsection (1).
Content of Superintendent’s order — limitation
(4) The Superintendent’s order shall not prohibit the federal institution, during the period that it is designated as a bridge institution, from accepting deposits in Canada and shall not make the federal institution, during that period, subject to subsection 413(3) of the Bank Act, subsection 378.1(2) of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act or subsection 413(2) of the Trust and Loan Companies Act.
Duration
39.3711 (1) Subject to section 39.3715, the federal institution referred to in subsection 39.371(1) is designated as a bridge institution for a period of two years.
Extensions
(2) The Governor in Council may, by order, on the recommendation of the Minister, grant up to three extensions — of one year each — of the period referred to in subsection (1).
Bridge institution not an agent
39.3712 A bridge institution is not an agent of the Corporation or Her Majesty in right of Canada.
Financial assistance
39.3713 The Corporation shall provide the financial assistance that a bridge institution needs in order to discharge its obligations, except for its obligations to the Corporation, as they become due.
Shares held by Corporation
39.3714 The Corporation may hold shares in a bridge institution only if the Corporation is the sole shareholder.
Termination of designation
39.3715 A federal institution’s designation as a bridge institution terminates if
(a) the Corporation is no longer the sole shareholder; or
(b) the federal institution is amalgamated with a body corporate that is not a bridge institution.
Mandatory dissolution of bridge institution
39.3716 If a bridge institution’s designation has not terminated under section 39.3715, the federal institution’s board of directors shall take all necessary steps to dissolve the federal institution if
(a) all or substantially all of the federal institution’s assets have been sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(b) all or substantially all of its liabilities have been assumed or discharged.
Winding-up of federal member institution
39.3717 (1) If the Corporation considers that substantially all of the transfers of assets and liabilities of a federal member institution to a bridge institution have been substantially completed, the Corporation shall apply for a winding-up order under the Winding-up and Restructuring Act in respect of the federal member institution.
Creditor
(2) For the purposes of the Winding-up and Restructuring Act, the Corporation is deemed to be a creditor of the federal member institution.
Exception
(3) If the Superintendent has taken control of the federal member institution or its assets and has requested the Attorney General of Canada to apply for a winding-up order or informs the Corporation that he or she intends to request that the Attorney General of Canada apply for that order, the Corporation is not required to apply for a winding-up order.
Power of the Corporation
39.3718 (1) The Corporation may hold any federal institution’s shares that the Corporation acquires in the course of a sale or other disposition of its shares of the bridge institution or that a bridge institution acquires in the course of a sale or other disposition of its assets.
Maximum period
(2) The Corporation may hold the shares for a period of no more than five years from the day on which they are acquired and may dispose of them.
Extension
(3) The Minister may, by order, extend the period referred to in subsection (2) if general market conditions so warrant.
Provisions inapplicable
(4) The following provisions do not apply with respect to the shares referred to in subsection (1):
(a) sections 401.2 and 401.3 of the Bank Act;
(b) sections 428 and 430 of the Insurance Companies Act; and
(c) sections 396 and 399 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act.
Remuneration and benefits
39.3719 An employee or officer of the Corporation shall not receive remuneration or benefits from a bridge institution for being a director or officer of that institution.
Not a successor employer
39.372 If a bridge institution becomes the employer of the federal member institution’s employees, it is not a successor employer to the federal member institution and is not liable for the obligations that the federal member institution has as employer or former employer.
Corporation’s directions
39.3721 (1) The Corporation may give directions to the board of directors of a bridge institution.
Notification of implementation
(2) After implementing a direction, the board of directors of the bridge institution shall notify the Corporation without delay that the direction has been implemented.
By-laws — Corporation
39.3722 (1) The Corporation may give directions to the board of directors of a bridge institution to make, amend or repeal any by-law.
By-laws — board of directors
(2) The board of directors of a bridge institution may, with the approval of the Corporation, make, amend or repeal any by-law.
Meaning of "by-law"
(3) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), “by-law” means a by-law of the bridge institution.
Regulation to exempt or adapt
39.3723 (1) The Governor in Council may, by regulation,
(a) exempt federal member institutions in respect of which an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made, bridge institutions or subsidiaries of any of those institutions, or any class of those institutions or class of their subsidiaries, from the application of any provision of this Act or the regulations or of the following Acts or regulations made under them:
(i) the Bank Act,
(ii) the Canadian Payments Act,
(iii) the Cooperative Credit Associations Act,
(iv) the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act,
(v) the Insurance Companies Act,
(vi) the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act,
(vii) the Trust and Loan Companies Act, and
(viii) the Winding-up and Restructuring Act; or
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations or of the Acts referred to in paragraph (a) or regulations made under them applies to federal member institutions in respect of which an order directing the incorporation of a bridge institution is made, bridge institutions or subsidiaries of any of those institutions, or any class of those institutions or class of their subsidiaries, only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the regulation and adapt that provision for the purpose of that application.
Scope or conditions
(2) The exemption may be limited in scope or duration or subject to conditions.
252. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 45.1:
Directors and officers of bridge institution
45.11 Directors and officers of a bridge institution are not liable for any damages, payment, compensation or indemnity that any person may suffer or claim by reason of anything done or omitted to be done, in good faith, in the exercise, execution or performance of any powers, duties and functions as directors or officers of the bridge institution.
253. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 45.2:
Disclosures prohibited — bridge institution
45.3 (1) Subject to subsection 12(1) of the Privacy Act, any information with respect to the affairs of a federal institution designated as a bridge institution or of any person dealing with it is confidential, shall be treated accordingly and shall not be disclosed.
Duration of prohibition
(2) The prohibition applies only during the period that the federal institution is designated as a bridge institution.
Exception — entity or person
(3) The prohibition does not apply if the information is disclosed
(a) to any government agency or body that regulates or supervises financial institutions, for purposes related to that regulation or supervision;
(b) to any other agency or body that regulates or supervises financial institutions, for purposes related to that regulation or supervision;
(c) to the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada established by section 41 of the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, for the purpose of complying with that Act;
(d) to the Corporation for the purposes of fulfilling its functions under this Act or as a shareholder of the federal institution designated as a bridge institution;
(e) to the Minister of Finance, the Deputy Minister of Finance or any officer of the Department of Finance authorized in writing by the Deputy Minister of Finance;
(f) to the Governor of the Bank of Canada or any officer of the Bank of Canada authorized in writing by the Governor of the Bank of Canada, for the purposes of policy analysis related to the regulation of financial institutions;
(g) to the Canada Revenue Agency solely for the purpose of the Income Tax Act or the Excise Tax Act; or
(h) to any other entity or person that is prescribed by regulation, in any circumstance or condition prescribed by regulation.
Other exceptions
(4) The prohibition does not apply if the information is disclosed
(a) in the normal conduct of the business of the federal institution designated as a bridge institution;
(b) for the purposes of selling the shares or assets of the federal institution designated as a bridge institution;
(c) for the purpose of any legal proceedings;
(d) for the purpose of preparing the Corporation’s annual report and its corporate plan or if the information is disclosed in those documents;
(e) in any circumstance that is prescribed by regulation; or
(f) in any other circumstance that the board of directors of the federal institution designated as a bridge institution considers necessary.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) specifying the circumstances in which the prohibition does not apply; or
(b) specifying, for the purpose of paragraph (3)(h), the entity to which or person to whom information may be disclosed and the circumstances and conditions under which the information may be disclosed to that entity or person.
254. Section 3 of the schedule to the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6):
Tax-free savings account
(6.1) Despite subsection (2), for the purposes of deposit insurance with the Corporation, if moneys received by a member institution from a depositor in accordance with a tax-free savings account, within the meaning assigned by section 146.2 of the Income Tax Act, constitute a deposit or part of a deposit by or for the benefit of an individual, the aggregate of those moneys and any other moneys received from the same depositor in accordance with any other tax-free savings account that constitute a deposit or part of a deposit by or for the benefit of the same individual is deemed to be a single deposit separate from any other deposit of or for the benefit of that individual.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. A-1
Access to Information Act
255. Schedule II to the Access to Information Act is amended by adding, in alphabetical order, a reference to
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act
Loi sur la Société d’assurance-dépôts du Canada
and a corresponding reference to “subsection 45.3(1)”.
R.S., c. C-21; 2001, c. 9, s. 218
Canadian Payments Act
256. Subsection 4(1) of the Canadian Payments Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (c) and by adding the following after that paragraph:
(c.1) every cooperative credit association, loan company or trust company that is designated as a bridge institution under the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act; and
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
257. (1) Section 85 of the Financial Administration Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Exemption for federal member institution
(2.1) Divisions I to IV do not apply to a member institution, as defined in section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, any shares of which are held by the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation as the result of the granting of an exemption referred to in section 10.01 of that Act.
(2) Section 85 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Exemption — bridge institution
(4) Sections 88 and 89.2 to 104 and Divisions II to IV do not apply to
(a) a bridge institution, as defined in section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act; or
(b) the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, as a parent Crown corporation in respect of a wholly-owned subsidiary that is a bridge institution.
R.S., c. W-11; 1996, c. 6, s. 134
Winding-up and Restructuring Act
258. Section 3 of the Winding-up and Restructuring Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (i), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (j) and by adding the following after paragraph (j):
(k) if, in the case of a company that is a federal member institution, as defined in section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, in respect of which the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation has been appointed as receiver, a transfer of part of the business of the federal member institution to a bridge institution has been substantially completed.
Coming into Force
Order in council
259. (1) The provisions of this Division, except for sections 235 and 254 and subsection 257(1), come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Retroactivity
(2) Section 254 is deemed to have come into force on January 27, 2009.
Division 3
R.S., c. E-20; 2001, c. 33, s. 2(F)
Export Development Act
1993, c. 26, s. 4(1)
260. (1) Subsection 10(1) of the Export Development Act is replaced by the following:
Purposes
10. (1) The Corporation is established for the purposes of supporting and developing, directly or indirectly,
(a) domestic trade and Canadian capacity to engage in that trade and to respond to domestic business opportunities; and
(b) Canada’s export trade and Canadian capacity to engage in that trade and to respond to international business opportunities.
Complementary to commercial products and services
(1.01) The Corporation shall carry out its purposes, with respect to domestic trade and domestic business, in a manner that complements the products and services available from commercial financial institutions and commercial insurance providers.
2001, c. 33, s. 8
(2) Paragraph 10(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) $45,000,000,000.
261. Subsection 11(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Authorized capital
11. (1) The authorized capital of the Corporation is $3,000,000,000 divided into 30 million shares of the par value of $100 each.
1993, c. 26, s. 8
262. (1) The portion of subsection 24(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Limit of liability
24. (1) Subject to subsection (2), in respect of transactions entered into under section 23, the total of the following shall at no time exceed $20,000,000,000:
1993, c. 26, s. 8
(2) The portion of subsection 24(1) of the English version of the Act after paragraph (c) is repealed.
Repeal
263. (1) Paragraph 10(1)(a) and subsection 10(1.01) of the Act, as enacted by subsection 260(1), are repealed two years after the day on which they come into force.
Extension
(2) The Governor in Council may, by order, extend the period referred to in subsection (1).
Arrangement entered into before repeal
(3) The repeal of paragraph 10(1)(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection 260(1), has no effect on any arrangement Export Development Canada entered into in order to carry out its purpose referred to in that paragraph. Despite the repeal, Export Development Canada may take any steps and do anything that it considers necessary or desirable to implement the arrangement or that it considers related to the arrangement.
Application suspended
(4) Subsections 5(2) and 6(2) and (3) of the Export Development Canada Exercise of Certain Powers Regulations do not apply for the period beginning on the day on which paragraph 10(1)(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection 260(1), comes into force and ending on the day on which that paragraph is repealed.
Transactions entered into before repeal 
(5) Despite subsection (4), subsections 5(2) and 6(2) and (3) of the Export Development Canada Exercise of Certain Powers Regulations do not apply to a new transaction that Export Development Canada enters into during the period that paragraph 10(1)(a) of the Act, as enacted by subsection 260(1), is in force, even after that paragraph is repealed. Despite the repeal, Export Development Canada may take any steps and do anything that it considers necessary or desirable to implement the transaction or that it considers related to the transaction.
Division 4
1995, c. 28
Business Development Bank of Canada Act
264. Subsection 23(1) of the Business Development Bank of Canada Act is replaced by the following:
Authorized capital
23. (1) The authorized capital of the Bank consists of an unlimited number of common shares with a par value of $100 each and an unlimited number of preferred shares without par value, but the paid-in capital of the Bank, together with any contributed surplus relating to it and any proceeds referred to in paragraph 30(2)(d) that have been prescribed as equity, must not at any time exceed $3,000,000,000.
Division 5
1998, c. 36
Canada Small Business Financing Act
Amendments to the Act
265. (1) Subsection 4(2) of the Canada Small Business Financing Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (a) and by replacing paragraph (b) with the following:
(b) in the case of a loan made before April 1, 2009, the outstanding loan amount in relation to the borrower does not exceed $250,000 or any prescribed lesser amount; and
(c) in the case of a loan made after March 31, 2009, the outstanding loan amount in relation to the borrower does not exceed $500,000 or any prescribed lesser amount, of which a maximum of $350,000 or any prescribed lesser amount is for a purpose other than the purchase or improvement of real property or immovables of which the borrower is or will become the owner.
(2) Subsection 4(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Meaning of outstanding loan amount
(3) The outstanding loan amount referred to in paragraph (2)(b) or (c) is the aggregate of the amount of the proposed loan and the principal amount outstanding, in respect of the borrower and all borrowers that are related to that borrower within the meaning of the regulations, of all loans made under this Act and guaranteed business improvement loans made under the Small Business Loans Act.
266. Subsection 6(2) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by replacing paragraph (c) with the following:
(c) 10%, or any prescribed lesser percentage, of that part of the aggregate principal amount of the loans made by it before April 1, 2009 that exceeds $500,000, and
(d) 12%, or any prescribed lesser percentage, of that part of the aggregate principal amount of the loans made by it after March 31, 2009 that exceeds $500,000.
267. Subsection 7(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Maximum loan size
7. (1) The Minister is not liable to make any payment to a lender, in respect of any loss sustained by it as a result of a loan made to a borrower, if the borrower has disclosed to the lender the outstanding amount of the loan or the lender has actual knowledge of that amount and if the outstanding loan amount in relation to the borrower is more than
(a) in the case of a loan made before April 1, 2009, $250,000 or any prescribed lesser amount; and
(b) in the case of a loan made after March 31, 2009, $500,000 or any prescribed lesser amount, of which a maximum of $350,000 or any prescribed lesser amount is for a purpose other than the purchase or improvement of real property or immovables of which the borrower is or will become the owner.
Coming into Force
Coming into force
268. This Division comes into force on April 1, 2009 or, if it is later, on the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
Division 6
Legislation Governing Financial Institutions
1991, c. 46
Bank Act
269. Paragraph 409(2)(d) of the French version of the Bank Act is replaced by the following:
d) l’émission de cartes de paiement, de crédit ou de débit et, conjointement avec d’autres établissements, y compris les institutions financières, l’exploitation d’un système de telles cartes.
270. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 418:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
418.1 (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), a bank that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the bank of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to a bank for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which a bank is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by a bank in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the bank and any affiliates that it controls, and the representatives and the employees of each, may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the bank and any affiliates that it controls, and the representatives and the employees of each, may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by a bank of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the bank in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between
(A) the bank or any affiliates that it controls, or the representatives or the employees of each, and
(B) the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the bank and any affiliates that it controls, and the representatives and the employees of each, accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which a bank is not required to disclose information.
271. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 458.2:
Regulations — activities
458.3 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving a bank’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what a bank may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under section 409 and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
1999, c. 28, s. 35(1)
272. Paragraph 538(2)(d) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
d) l’émission de cartes de paiement, de crédit ou de débit et, conjointement avec d’autres établissements, y compris les institutions financières, l’exploitation d’un système de telles cartes.
273. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 551:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
552. (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), an authorized foreign bank that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the authorized foreign bank of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to an authorized foreign bank for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which an authorized foreign bank is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by an authorized foreign bank in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the authorized foreign bank, its representatives and its employees may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the authorized foreign bank, its representatives and its employees may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by an authorized foreign bank of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the authorized foreign bank in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between the authorized foreign bank, its representatives or its employees and the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the authorized foreign bank, its representatives and its employees accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which an authorized foreign bank is not required to disclose information.
274. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 575:
Regulations — activities
575.1 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving an authorized foreign bank’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what an authorized foreign bank may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under section 538 and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
275. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 973.1:
Orders to Exempt or Adapt
Order
973.2 (1) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations shall not apply to a bank, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty or to any other person otherwise subject to the provision; and
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations applies to a bank, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency or to any other person subject to the provision only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the order, and adapt the provision for the purposes of that application.
Minister’s recommendation
(2) The Minister may make a recommendation under subsection (1) only if the Minister
(a) is of the opinion that the order would relate to
(i) the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, shares of a bank by, or the transfer or issue of shares of a bank to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency, or
(ii) the management of the business and affairs or the regulation and supervision of a bank during the time that Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency is acquiring, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of, or otherwise dealing with, shares of the bank, or during the time that shares of the bank are transferred or issued to Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency; and
(b) is of the opinion — after considering measures other than an order under that subsection and after consulting with the Superintendent, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation — that the order will promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Terms and conditions
(3) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order, impose any terms and conditions relating to the acquisition of shares of a bank by, or transfer or issue of shares of a bank to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency.
Repeal of order under subsection (1)
(4) The Minister may recommend the repeal of an order made under subsection (1) without regard to subsection (2).
Terms, conditions and undertakings
(5) From the time that Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty acquires shares of a bank to the time that the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of, the Minister may, by order, impose any terms and conditions on — or require any undertaking from — the bank that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms and conditions or undertakings relating to
(a) the remuneration of the bank’s senior officers, as defined in section 646.1, and directors;
(b) the appointment or removal of the bank’s senior officers, as defined in section 646.1, and directors;
(c) the payment of dividends by the bank; and
(d) the bank’s lending policies and practices.
Acquisition
(6) Despite Part X of the Financial Administration Act, the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada may, on any terms and conditions imposed under subsection (3), acquire and hold shares of a bank on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty if, as a result of an order under subsection (1), the bank may record in its securities register the transfer or issue of shares to Her Majesty or an agent or agency of Her Majesty.
Payment out of C.R.F.
(7) On the requisition of the Minister, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund the amount that the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is required to pay for the acquisition of shares under subsection (6) and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, the shares.
Registration of shares
(8) Shares acquired under subsection (6) by the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada shall be registered in the name of the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, in the bank’s securities register if they are capable of being registered in it, and the shares shall be held by the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty.
Disposition by Minister
(9) The Minister may, at any time, sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Disposition by agent or agency
(10) An agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — at the request of the Minister, which may be made at any time — shall sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Consideration by Minister
(11) If the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is holding shares of a bank on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty on the day that is two years after the day on which the shares were acquired, the Minister shall consider whether holding the shares continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Mandatory disposition
(12) If the Minister, under subsection (11), considers that holding shares acquired under subsection (6) no longer continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada, the Minister — or, at the request of the Minister, the agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — shall take the measures that the Minister considers practicable in the circumstances to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares. The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Not a Crown corporation
(13) Even if the acquisition of a bank’s shares under subsection (6) would otherwise cause the bank to be a Crown corporation, as defined in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act, the bank is not a Crown corporation for the purposes of that Act.
Statutory Instruments Act
(14) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under this section.
Definition of “shares”
(15) For the purposes of this section, “shares” includes any conversion or exchange privilege, option or right to acquire shares.
Bank holding company
(16) For the purposes of this section, a reference to a “bank” includes a reference to a “bank holding company”, and the references to “section 646.1” in paragraphs (5)(a) and (b) are to be read, in relation to a bank holding company, as references to “section 962”.
1991, c. 48
Cooperative Credit Associations Act
276. Subparagraph 376(1)(i)(iii) of the French version of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act is replaced by the following:
(iii) émettre des cartes de paiement, de crédit ou de débit et, conjointement avec d’autres établissements, y compris les institutions financières, exploiter un système de telles cartes,
277. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 382.1:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
382.2 (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), a retail association that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the retail association of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to a retail association for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which a retail association is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by a retail association in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the retail association, its representatives and its employees may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the retail association, its representatives and its employees may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by a retail association of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the retail association in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between the retail association, its representatives or its employees and the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the retail association, its representatives and its employees accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which a retail association is not required to disclose information.
278. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 385.251:
Regulations — activities
385.252 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving a retail association’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what a retail association may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under paragraph 375.1(1)(a) and subparagraphs 376(1)(i)(i) to (iii) and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
279. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 459.8:
Orders to Exempt or Adapt
Order
459.9 (1) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations shall not apply to an association, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty or to any other person otherwise subject to the provision; and
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations applies to an association, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency or to any other person subject to the provision only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the order, and adapt the provision for the purposes of that application.
Minister’s recommendation
(2) The Minister may make a recommendation under subsection (1) only if the Minister
(a) is of the opinion that the order would relate to
(i) the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, shares of an association by, or the transfer or issue of shares of an association to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency, or
(ii) the management of the business and affairs or the regulation and supervision of an association during the time that Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency is acquiring, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of, or otherwise dealing with, shares of the association, or during the time that shares of the association are transferred or issued to Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency; and
(b) is of the opinion — after considering measures other than an order under that subsection and after consulting with the Superintendent, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation — that the order will promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Terms and conditions
(3) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order, impose any terms and conditions relating to the acquisition of shares of an association by, or transfer or issue of shares of an association to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency.
Repeal of order under subsection (1)
(4) The Minister may recommend the repeal of an order made under subsection (1) without regard to subsection (2).
Terms, conditions and undertakings
(5) From the time that Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty acquires shares of an association to the time that the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of, the Minister may, by order, impose any terms and conditions on — or require any undertaking from — the association that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms and conditions or undertakings relating to
(a) the remuneration of the association’s senior officers, as defined in section 441.01, and directors;
(b) the appointment or removal of the association’s senior officers, as defined in section 441.01, and directors;
(c) the payment of dividends by the association; and
(d) the association’s lending policies and practices.
Acquisition
(6) Despite Part X of the Financial Administration Act, the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada may, on any terms and conditions imposed under subsection (3), acquire and hold shares of an association on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty if an order is made under subsection (1).
Payment out of C.R.F.
(7) On the requisition of the Minister, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund the amount that the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is required to pay for the acquisition of shares under subsection (6) and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, the shares.
Registration of shares
(8) Shares acquired under subsection (6) by the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada shall be registered in the name of the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, in the association’s securities register if they are capable of being registered in it, and the shares shall be held by the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty.
Disposition by Minister
(9) The Minister may, at any time, sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Disposition by agent or agency
(10) An agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — at the request of the Minister, which may be made at any time — shall sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Consideration by Minister
(11) If the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is holding shares of an association on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty on the day that is two years after the day on which the shares were acquired, the Minister shall consider whether holding the shares continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Mandatory disposition
(12) If the Minister, under subsection (11), considers that holding shares acquired under subsection (6) no longer continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada, the Minister — or, at the request of the Minister, the agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — shall take the measures that the Minister considers practicable in the circumstances to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares. The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Statutory Instruments Act
(13) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under this section.
Definition of “shares”
(14) For the purposes of this section, “shares” includes membership shares and any conversion or exchange privilege, option or right to acquire shares or membership shares.
2001, c. 9
Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act
280. The definition “consumer provision” in section 2 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act is replaced by the following:
“consumer provision”« disposition visant les consomma­teurs »
“consumer provision” means
(a) paragraphs 157(2)(e) and (f), section 413.1, subsection 418.1(3), sections 439.1 to 459.5, subsections 540(2) and (3) and 545(4) and (5), paragraphs 545(6)(b) and (c), subsection 552(3) and sections 559 to 576.2 of the Bank Act together with any regulations made under or for the purposes of those provisions;
(b) paragraphs 167(2)(f) and (g), subsection 382.2(3) and sections 385.05 to 385.28 of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act together with any regulations made under or for the purposes of those provisions;
(c) paragraphs 165(2)(f) and (g), subsection 469.1(3), sections 479 to 489.3, subsection 542.061(3) and sections 598 to 607.2 of the Insurance Companies Act together with any regulations made under or for the purposes of those provisions;
(d) paragraphs 161(2)(e) and (f), subsection 418.1(3) and sections 425.1 to 444.3 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act together with any regulations made under or for the purposes of those provisions; and
(e) subsection 469.1(3) as set out in paragraph 17(1)(f) of the Green Shield Canada Act and the provisions referred to in paragraph 17(1)(f.1) of that Act as they apply to Green Shield Canada in accordance with section 17 of that Act together with any regulations made under or for the purposes of those provisions.
1992, c. 56
Green Shield Canada Act
2001, c. 9, s. 343(1)
281. Paragraph 17(1)(i) of the Green Shield Canada Act is replaced by the following:
(i) Part XI, except sections 528.1 to 528.3, Parts XV and XVI, Part XVIII, except section 1016.7, and Part XIX.
1991, c. 47
Insurance Companies Act
282. Paragraph 440(2)(c) of the French version of the Insurance Companies Act is replaced by the following:
c) émettre des cartes de paiement, de crédit ou de débit et, conjointement avec d’autres établissements, y compris les institutions financières, exploiter un système de telles cartes.
283. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 469:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
469.1 (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), a company that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the company of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to a company for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which a company is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by a company in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the company, its representatives and its employees may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the company, its representatives and its employees may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by a company of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the company in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between the company, its representatives or its employees and the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the company, its representatives and its employees accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which a company is not required to disclose information.
284. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 488:
Regulations — activities
488.1 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving a company’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what a company may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under section 440 and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
285. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 542.06:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
542.061 (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), a society that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the society of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to a society for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which a society is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by a society in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the society, its representatives and its employees may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the society, its representatives and its employees may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by a society of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the society in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between the society, its representatives or its employees and the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the society, its representatives and its employees accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which a society is not required to disclose information.
286. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 606:
Regulations — activities
606.1 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving a foreign company’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what a foreign company may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under this Act and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
287. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 1016.6:
Orders to Exempt or Adapt
Order
1016.7 (1) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations shall not apply to a company, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty or to any other person otherwise subject to the provision; and
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations applies to a company, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency or to any other person subject to the provision only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the order, and adapt the provision for the purposes of that application.
Minister’s recommendation
(2) The Minister may make a recommendation under subsection (1) only if the Minister
(a) is of the opinion that the order would relate to
(i) the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, shares of a company by, or the transfer or issue of shares of a company to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency, or
(ii) the management of the business and affairs or the regulation and supervision of a company during the time that Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency is acquiring, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of, or otherwise dealing with, shares of the company, or during the time that shares of the company are transferred or issued to Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency; and
(b) is of the opinion — after considering measures other than an order under that subsection and after consulting with the Superintendent, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation — that the order will promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Terms and conditions
(3) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order, impose any terms and conditions relating to the acquisition of shares of a company by, or transfer or issue of shares of a company to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency.
Repeal of order under subsection (1)
(4) The Minister may recommend the repeal of an order made under subsection (1) without regard to subsection (2).
Terms, conditions and undertakings
(5) From the time that Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty acquires shares of a company to the time that the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of, the Minister may, by order, impose any terms and conditions on — or require any undertaking from — the company that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms and conditions or undertakings relating to
(a) the remuneration of the company’s senior officers, as defined in section 678.01, and directors;
(b) the appointment or removal of the company’s senior officers, as defined in section 678.01, and directors;
(c) the payment of dividends by the company; and
(d) the company’s lending policies and practices.
Acquisition
(6) Despite Part X of the Financial Administration Act, the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada may, on any terms and conditions imposed under subsection (3), acquire and hold shares of a company on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty if, as a result of an order under subsection (1), the company may record in its securities register the transfer or issue of shares to Her Majesty or an agent or agency of Her Majesty.
Payment out of C.R.F.
(7) On the requisition of the Minister, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund the amount that the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is required to pay for the acquisition of shares under subsection (6) and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, the shares.
Registration of shares
(8) Shares acquired under subsection (6) by the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada shall be registered in the name of the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, in the company’s securities register if they are capable of being registered in it, and the shares shall be held by the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty.
Disposition by Minister
(9) The Minister may, at any time, sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Disposition by agent or agency
(10) An agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — at the request of the Minister, which may be made at any time — shall sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Consideration by Minister
(11) If the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is holding shares of a company on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty on the day that is two years after the day on which the shares were acquired, the Minister shall consider whether holding the shares continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Mandatory disposition
(12) If the Minister, under subsection (11), considers that holding shares acquired under subsection (6) no longer continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada, the Minister — or, at the request of the Minister, the agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — shall take the measures that the Minister considers practicable in the circumstances to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares. The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Not a Crown corporation
(13) Even if the acquisition of a company’s shares under subsection (6) would otherwise cause the company to be a Crown corporation, as defined in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act, the company is not a Crown corporation for the purposes of that Act.
Statutory Instruments Act
(14) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under this section.
Definition of “shares”
(15) For the purposes of this section, “shares” includes
(a) any conversion or exchange privilege, option or right to acquire shares; and
(b) in reference to a company, participating shares, as defined in section 83.01.
Insurance holding company
(16) For the purposes of this section other than paragraph (15)(b), a reference to a “company” includes a reference to an “insurance holding company”, and the references to “section 678.01” in paragraphs (5)(a) and (b) are to be read, in relation to an insurance holding company, as references to “section 1005”.
1991, c. 45
Trust and Loan Companies Act
288. Section 37 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Non-application
(2.1) Paragraph (2)(a) does not apply to a company if the body corporate continued as the company was, at any time before the coming into force of this subsection, engaged in any personal property leasing activity in which a financial leasing entity, as defined in subsection 449(1), is not permitted to engage.
289. Paragraph 409(2)(d) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
d) émettre des cartes de paiement, de crédit ou de débit et, conjointement avec d’autres établissements, y compris les institutions financières, exploiter un système de telles cartes.
290. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 418:
Restriction on charges to borrowers
418.1 (1) Subject to any regulations made under subsection (2), a company that has obtained insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made in Canada on the security of residential property shall not charge a borrower an amount for the insurance or guarantee that exceeds the actual cost to the company of the insurance or guarantee.
Regulations
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the actual cost to a company for the purposes of subsection (1);
(b) respecting the circumstances in which a company is exempt from the application of subsection (1);
(c) respecting, in relation to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by a company in Canada on the security of residential property,
(i) the arrangements into which the company, its representatives and its employees may or may not enter, and
(ii) the payments or benefits that the company, its representatives and its employees may or may not accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates; and
(d) respecting any other matters necessary to carry out the purposes of subsection (1).
Regulations — disclosure
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure by a company of information relating to insurance or a guarantee against default on a loan made by the company in Canada on the security of residential property, including regulations respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) the person who benefits from the insurance or guarantee,
(ii) the arrangements between the company, its representatives or its employees and the insurer or the insurer’s affiliates, and
(iii) the payments and benefits that the company, its representatives and its employees accept from an insurer or the insurer’s affiliates;
(b) the time, place and manner in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the circumstances under which a company is not required to disclose information.
291. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 443.1:
Regulations — activities
443.2 The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting any matters involving a company’s dealings, or its employees’ or representatives’ dealings, with customers or the public, including
(a) what a company may or may not do in carrying out any of the activities in which it is permitted to engage, or in providing any of the services that it may provide, under section 409 and any ancillary, related or incidental activities or services; and
(b) the time, place and manner in which any of those activities are to be carried out or any of those services are to be provided.
292. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 527.8:
Orders to Exempt or Adapt
Order
527.9 (1) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order,
(a) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations shall not apply to a company, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty or to any other person otherwise subject to the provision; and
(b) provide that any provision of this Act or the regulations applies to a company, to Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency or to any other person subject to the provision only in the manner and to the extent provided for in the order, and adapt the provision for the purposes of that application.
Minister’s recommendation
(2) The Minister may make a recommendation under subsection (1) only if the Minister
(a) is of the opinion that the order would relate to
(i) the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, shares of a company by, or the transfer or issue of shares of a company to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency, or
(ii) the management of the business and affairs or the regulation and supervision of a company during the time that Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency is acquiring, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of, or otherwise dealing with, shares of the company, or during the time that shares of the company are transferred or issued to Her Majesty or Her Majesty’s agent or agency; and
(b) is of the opinion — after considering measures other than an order under that subsection and after consulting with the Superintendent, the Governor of the Bank of Canada and the Chairperson of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation — that the order will promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Terms and conditions
(3) On the recommendation of the Minister, the Governor in Council may, by order, impose any terms and conditions relating to the acquisition of shares of a company by, or transfer or issue of shares of a company to, Her Majesty in right of Canada or Her Majesty’s agent or agency.
Repeal of order under subsection (1)
(4) The Minister may recommend the repeal of an order made under subsection (1) without regard to subsection (2).
Terms, conditions and undertakings
(5) From the time that Her Majesty in right of Canada or an agent or agency of Her Majesty acquires shares of a company to the time that the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of, the Minister may, by order, impose any terms and conditions on — or require any undertaking from — the company that the Minister considers appropriate, including any terms and conditions or undertakings relating to
(a) the remuneration of the company’s senior officers, as defined in section 509.01, and directors;
(b) the appointment or removal of the company’s senior officers, as defined in section 509.01, and directors;
(c) the payment of dividends by the company; and
(d) the company’s lending policies and practices.
Acquisition
(6) Despite Part X of the Financial Administration Act, the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada may, on any terms and conditions imposed under subsection (3), acquire and hold shares of a company on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty if, as a result of an order under subsection (1), the company may record in its securities register the transfer or issue of shares to Her Majesty or an agent or agency of Her Majesty.
Payment out of C.R.F.
(7) On the requisition of the Minister, there may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund the amount that the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is required to pay for the acquisition of shares under subsection (6) and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, holding, sale or other disposition of, or other dealing with, the shares.
Registration of shares
(8) Shares acquired under subsection (6) by the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada shall be registered in the name of the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, in the company’s securities register if they are capable of being registered in it, and the shares shall be held by the Minister, agent or agency, as the case may be, on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty.
Disposition by Minister
(9) The Minister may, at any time, sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Disposition by agent or agency
(10) An agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — at the request of the Minister, which may be made at any time — shall sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired under subsection (6). The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Consideration by Minister
(11) If the Minister or an agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada is holding shares of a company on behalf of or in trust for Her Majesty on the day that is two years after the day on which the shares were acquired, the Minister shall consider whether holding the shares continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada.
Mandatory disposition
(12) If the Minister, under subsection (11), considers that holding shares acquired under subsection (6) no longer continues to promote the stability of the financial system in Canada, the Minister — or, at the request of the Minister, the agent or agency of Her Majesty in right of Canada — shall take the measures that the Minister considers practicable in the circumstances to sell or otherwise dispose of the shares. The Surplus Crown Assets Act and section 61 of the Financial Administration Act do not apply to the sale or disposition.
Not a Crown corporation
(13) Even if the acquisition of a company’s shares under subsection (6) would otherwise cause the company to be a Crown corporation, as defined in subsection 83(1) of the Financial Administration Act, the company is not a Crown corporation for the purposes of that Act.
Statutory Instruments Act
(14) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under this section.
Definition of “shares”
(15) For the purposes of this section, “shares” includes any conversion or exchange privilege, option or right to acquire shares.
Coordinating Amendment
2005, c. 54
293. On the first day on which both subsection 213(3) of An Act to amend certain Acts in relation to financial institutions, chapter 54 of the Statutes of Canada, 2005, and section 281 of this Act are in force, paragraph 17(1)(i) of the Green Shield Canada Act is replaced by the following:
(i) Part XI, except sections 528.1 to 528.3, Parts XV and XVI, Part XVIII, except section 1016.7, and Parts XIX and XX.
Coming into Force
Order in council
294. Sections 270, 273, 277, 280, 283, 285, and 290 come into force on a day or days to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
Division 7
Securities
Securities Regulation
Maximum payment of $150,000,000
295. (1) The Minister of Finance may make direct payments, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $150,000,000, to provinces and territories for matters relating to the establishment of a Canadian securities regulation regime and a Canadian regulatory authority.
Payments out of C.R.F.
(2) Any amount payable under this section may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Finance, at the times and in the manner, and on any terms and conditions, that the Minister of Finance considers appropriate.
Agreements
296. The Minister of Finance may enter into any agreement respecting securities regulation with any province or territory.
Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act
Enactment of Act
297. The Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act is enacted as follows:
An Act to establish the Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. The following definitions apply in this Act.
“Advisory Committee”« comité consultatif »
“Advisory Committee” means the advisory committee of participating provinces and territories established under section 5.
“Minister”« ministre »
“Minister” means the Minister of Finance.
“participating province or territory”« province ou territoire participant »
“participating province or territory” means any province or territory that informs the Minister of its willingness to participate in the establishment of a Canadian securities regulation regime and a Canadian regulatory authority.
“Transition Office”« Bureau de transition »
“Transition Office” means the Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office established under section 3.
ESTABLISHMENT
Transition Office
3. (1) The Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office is established.
Status
(2) The Transition Office is not an agent of Her Majesty nor is it an entity governed by the Financial Administration Act, and its president, officers, employees, agents and mandataries, advisers and experts and the members of the Advisory Committee are not part of the federal public administration.
President
4. (1) The Governor in Council shall, on the recommendation of the Minister, appoint a president, or two co-presidents acting jointly, of the Transition Office, to hold office during pleasure.
Powers, duties and functions
(2) The president is the chief executive officer of the Transition Office and has control and supervision over the work, officers and employees of that office.
Acting president
(3) In the event of the absence or incapacity of the president or a vacancy in that office, the Minister may designate a person to act as president, which person may not act for a period exceeding 90 days without the Governor in Council’s approval.
Acting co-president
(4) In the event of the absence or incapacity of a co-president or a vacancy in that office, the Minister may designate a person to act as co-president, which person may not act for a period exceeding 90 days without the Governor in Council’s approval. The other co-president may act alone until another co-president is designated or appointed.
Interpretation
(5) In this Act, other than in subsections (1) and (3), “president” includes two co-presidents who hold office, or a co-president who acts alone under subsection (4), as the case may be.
Advisory Committee
5. (1) An advisory committee of participating provinces and territories is established within the Transition Office and consists of not more than 13 members.
Members
(2) The Governor in Council shall appoint, on the recommendation of the Minister, a member for each participating province and territory, from persons nominated by that province or territory, to hold office during pleasure.
Role
(3) The Advisory Committee’s role is to provide the president with advice on matters related to the Transition Office’s purpose.
Staff
6. The Transition Office may employ any officers and employees and engage the services of any agents and mandataries, advisers and experts that it considers necessary to carry out its purpose.
Conditions of employment — president and members
7. (1) The Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister, shall determine the remuneration and allowances to be paid to the president and members of the Advisory Committee and any other conditions of their employment.
Conditions of employment — staff
(2) The Transition Office shall determine the remuneration and allowances to be paid to its officers, employees, agents and mandataries, advisers and experts and any other conditions of their employment or engagement, as the case may be.
Remuneration
(3) The Transition Office shall pay the remuneration and allowances determined under subsections (1) and (2).
Conflict of interest — president and members
8. (1) The president and the members of the Advisory Committee shall not accept or hold any office or employment, or carry on any activity, that, in the Minister’s opinion, is inconsistent with the performance of their duties.
Conflict of interest — officers and employees
(2) The officers and employees of the Transition Office shall not accept or hold any office or employment, or carry on any activity, that, in the president’s opinion, is inconsistent with the performance of their duties.
Immunity
9. No criminal or civil proceedings lie against the president, a member of the Advisory Committee or an officer or employee of the Transition Office for anything done or omitted to be done by that person in good faith under this Act.
PURPOSE AND POWERS
Purpose
10. The purpose of the Transition Office is to assist in the establishment of a Canadian securities regulation regime and a Canadian regulatory authority.
Duties
11. (1) In carrying out its purpose, the Transition Office shall
(a) develop a transition plan with respect to administrative and organizational matters, including those relating to human, financial, material and informational resources;
(b) consult with stakeholders, including Canadian capital market participants; and
(c) undertake any other activity that the Minister may direct.
Copy
(2) The Transition Office shall provide the Minister and each participating province and territory with a copy of the transition plan no later than one year after the day on which section 3 comes into force.
Capacity and powers
12. In order to carry out its purpose, the Transition Office has the capacity and the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person and, in particular, it may
(a) initiate, finance and administer programs and activities;
(b) expend any money it receives for its activities, subject to any terms and conditions on which it is provided;
(c) enter into contracts; and
(d) with the Minister’s approval, enter into any agreement with the government of a province or territory that the president considers necessary or advisable.
Information
13. The Transition Office shall inform the Minister regularly of its activities and its progress in carrying out its purpose.
FINANCIAL PROVISIONS
Maximum payment of $33,000,000
14. (1) The Minister may make direct payments, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $33,000,000, to the Transition Office for its use.
Payments out of C.R.F.
(2) Any amount payable under this section may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister, at the times and in the manner, and on any terms and conditions, that the Minister considers appropriate.
Audit
15. The accounts and financial transactions of the Transition Office shall be audited annually by the Auditor General of Canada, and a report of the audit shall be made to the Transition Office and the Minister.
ANNUAL REPORT
Submission to Minister
16. (1) The president shall, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, submit a report of all of the Transition Office’s activities for that fiscal year, including its financial statements and the report referred to in section 15, to the Minister.
Tabling report
(2) The Minister shall cause a copy of the report to be tabled in each House of Parliament on any of the first 15 days on which that House is sitting after the Minister receives the report.
Report available to public
(3) After the report is tabled in Parliament, the Transition Office shall make it available to the public.
DISSOLUTION
Date of dissolution
17. (1) The Transition Office is dissolved three years after the day on which section 3 comes into force.
Change in date of dissolution
(2) Despite subsection (1), the Governor in Council may, by order and on the recommendation of the Minister, set a different date of dissolution, and that date is to be no later than four years after the day on which section 3 comes into force. The order shall be published in the Canada Gazette at least three months before the date of dissolution referred to in the order or if it is earlier, the date determined under subsection (1).
Statutory Instruments Act
(3) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply to an order made under subsection (2).
Assets transferred
(4) On the Transition Office’s dissolution, any of its property that remains after the payment of its debts and liabilities, or after the making of adequate provision for the payment of its debts and liabilities, shall be transferred to Her Majesty in right of Canada or to any body that the Governor in Council may specify.
Transitional Provision
Initial annual report
298. If section 297 comes into force less than three months before the end of a fiscal year, the president shall submit the first report required under section 16 of the Canadian Securities Regulation Regime Transition Office Act no later than four months after the end of the following fiscal year, and that report shall cover the period starting on the day on which section 297 comes into force and ending on the last day of that following fiscal year.
Coming into Force
Order in council
299. Section 297 comes into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
PART 6
PAYMENTS
Infrastructure Stimulus Fund
Maximum payment of $2,000,000,000
300. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Transport, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding two billion dollars to provide funding for infrastructure projects primarily related to infrastructure rehabilitation.
Provincial-Territorial Infrastructure Base Funding Program
Maximum payment of $495,000,000
301. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Transport, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding four hundred and ninety-five million dollars to provide payments to provinces and territories under the Provincial-Territorial Infrastructure Base Funding Program for infrastructure projects.
Communities Component of the Building Canada Fund
Maximum payment of $250,000,000
302. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Transport, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding two hundred and fifty million dollars to provide funding for infrastructure projects in communities that have a population of less than 100,000.
Green Infrastructure Fund
Maximum payment of $200,000,000
303. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Transport, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding two hundred million dollars to support infrastructure projects that promote a clean environment.
Community Adjustment Fund
Maximum payment of $51,000,000
304. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of State (Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency), in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding fifty-one million dollars to foster economic development, science and technology initiatives and other measures to promote economic diversification in communities in Atlantic Canada.
Maximum payment of $106,000,000
305. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of State (Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec), in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one hundred and six million dollars to foster economic development, science and technology initiatives and other measures to promote economic diversification in communities in the regions of Quebec.
Maximum payment of $175,000,000
306. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Industry, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one hundred and seventy-five million dollars to foster economic development, science and technology initiatives and other measures to promote economic diversification in communities in Ontario.
Maximum payment of $17,000,000
307. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding seventeen million dollars to foster economic development, science and technology initiatives and other measures to promote economic diversification in communities in the territories.
Maximum payment of $154,000,000
308. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of State (Western Economic Diversification), in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one hundred and fifty-four million dollars to foster economic development, science and technology initiatives and other measures to promote economic diversification in communities in Western Canada.
Improving Infrastructure at Universities and Colleges
Maximum payment of $1,000,000,000
309. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Industry, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one billion dollars to accelerate repairs and maintenance at post-secondary institutions.
First Nations Housing
Maximum payment of $75,000,000
310. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding seventy-five million dollars to support on-reserve housing.
Maximum payment of $125,000,000
311. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one hundred and twenty-five million dollars to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to support on-reserve housing.
Renovation and Retrofit of Social Housing
Maximum payment of $500,000,000
312. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding five hundred million dollars to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to provide funding to the provinces and territories to address the backlog in demand for renovation and energy retrofits of social housing.
Housing for Low-income Seniors
Maximum payment of $200,000,000
313. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding two hundred million dollars to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to provide funding to the provinces and territories through the Affordable Housing Initiative for the construction of housing units for low-income seniors.
Housing for Persons with Disabilities
Maximum payment of $25,000,000
314. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding twenty-five million dollars to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to provide funding to the provinces and territories through the Affordable Housing Initiative for the construction of housing units for persons with disabilities.
Northern Housing
Maximum payment of $100,000,000
315. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development, in accordance with terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board, a sum not exceeding one hundred million dollars to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation to provide funding to the territories for the renovation and construction of social housing units.
Canada Health Infoway Inc.
Maximum payment of $500,000,000
316. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Health, a sum not exceeding five hundred million dollars to Canada Health Infoway Inc. for the development of electronic health records and related systems.
PART 7
R.S., c. N-22
NAVIGABLE WATERS PROTECTION ACT
Amendments to the Act
317. Section 2 of the Navigable Waters Protection Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“ferry cable”« câble de traille »
“ferry cable” includes any ferry cable, rod, chain or other device put across, over, in or under any navigable water for working a ferry;
“vessel”« bateau »
“vessel” includes every description of ship, boat or craft of any kind, without regard to method or lack of propulsion and to whether it is used as a sea-going vessel or on inland waters only, including everything forming part of its machinery, tackle, equipment, cargo, stores or ballast;
“work”« ouvrage »
“work” includes 
(a) any man-made structure, device or thing, whether temporary or permanent, that may interfere with navigation; and
(b) any dumping of fill in any navigable water, or any excavation of materials from the bed of any navigable water, that may interfere with navigation.
318. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 2:
HER MAJESTY
Binding on Her Majesty
2.1 This Act is binding on Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province.
319. The heading of Part I of the Act is replaced by the following:
APPROVAL OF WORKS
320. (1) The definition “work” in section 3 of the Act is repealed.
(2) Section 3 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 3(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Related works
(2) If the Minister considers that two or more works are related, the Minister may, for the purposes of this Part, deem them to be a single work.
321. Sections 4 and 5 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Application — works under Acts or orders
4. (1) Except for this section and the provisions of this Part that relate to rebuilding, repairing or altering any lawful work, nothing in this Part applies to any work constructed under the authority of
(a) an Act of Parliament or an order of the Governor in Council, if the work was constructed before the coming into force of this subsection;
(b) an Act of the legislature of a province or an order of the lieutenant governor in council of a province, if the work was constructed before the coming into force of this subsection;
(c) an Act of the legislature of a colony of Great Britain of which at least some portion now forms part of Canada; or
(d) Her Majesty in respect of such a colony.
Application — works owned or transferred
(2) Except for this section and the provisions of this Part that relate to rebuilding, repairing or altering any lawful work, nothing in this Part applies to
(a) works that are owned by Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province on the day on which this subsection comes into force; or
(b) works whose ownership was transferred before the day on which this subsection comes into force to another person by Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province or in respect of a colony of Great Britain of which at least some portion now forms part of Canada.
Ministerial order
(3) The Minister may order an owner of a work referred to in subsection (1) or (2) to alter or remove the work or to comply with any terms and conditions that the Minister, as he or she considers appropriate, may impose if the Minister is satisfied that
(a) the work has become a danger to or an interference with navigation by reason of the passage of time and changing conditions in navigation of the navigable waters concerned; or
(b) the alteration or removal or the terms and conditions are in the public interest.
Minister’s powers
(4) If the owner of the work fails to comply with an order given under subsection (3), the Minister may remove and destroy the work and sell, give away or otherwise dispose of the materials contained in the work.
Costs of removal, destruction or disposal
(5) If the Minister removes, destroys or disposes of a work under subsection (4), the costs of and incidental to the removal, destruction or disposal, after deducting any sum that may be realized by sale or otherwise, are recoverable with costs in the name of Her Majesty in right of Canada from the owner.
General
Approval of works
5. (1) No work shall be built or placed in, on, over, under, through or across any navigable water without the Minister’s prior approval of the work, its site and the plans for it.
Terms and conditions — substantial interference
(2) If the Minister considers that the work would substantially interfere with navigation, the Minister may impose any terms and conditions on the approval that the Minister considers appropriate, including requiring that construction of the work be started within six months and finished within three years of the day on which approval is granted or within any other period that the Minister may fix.
Terms and conditions — other interference
(3) If the Minister considers that the work would interfere, other than substantially, with navigation, the Minister may impose any terms and conditions on the approval that the Minister considers appropriate, including requiring that construction of the work be started and finished within the period fixed by the Minister.
Extension of period
(4) The Minister may, at any time, extend the period by changing the day on which construction of the work shall be started or finished.
Compliance with plans, regulations and terms and conditions
(5) The work shall be built, placed, maintained, operated, used and removed in accordance with the plans and the regulations and with the terms and conditions in the approval.
Classes of works and navigable waters
5.1 (1) Despite section 5, a work may be built or placed in, on, over, under, through or across any navigable water without meeting the requirements of that section if the work falls within a class of works, or the navigable water falls within a class of navigable waters, established by regulation or under section 13.
Compliance
(2) The work shall be built, placed, maintained, operated, used and removed in accordance with the regulations or with the terms and conditions imposed under section 13.
Non-application
(3) Sections 6 to 11.1 do not apply to works referred to in subsection (1) unless there is a contravention of subsection (2).
322. (1) The portion of subsection 6(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Ministerial orders respecting unauthorized works
6. (1) If any work to which this Part applies is built or placed without having been approved under this Act, is built or placed on a site not approved under this Act, is not built or placed in accordance with the approved plans and terms and conditions and with the regulations or, having been built or placed as approved, is not maintained, operated, used or removed in accordance with those plans, those terms and conditions and the regulations, the Minister may
(2) Subsection 6(2) of the Act is repealed.
(3) Subsection 6(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Approval after construction started
(4) The Minister may, subject to deposit and notice as in the case of a proposed work, approve a work, its site and the plans for it and impose any terms and conditions on the approval that the Minister considers appropriate after the start of its construction. The approval has the same effect as if it was given before the start of construction.
323. Section 7 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Fee payable by person applying for approval
7. (1) A person who applies for approval of a work referred to in subsection 5(2) or 6(4) shall pay the fee prescribed by the regulations.
Approval valid for period prescribed by regulations
(2) The approval of a work under section 5 is valid for the period prescribed by the regulations.
1993, c. 41, s. 8
324. Section 9 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Notice and deposit of plans
9. (1) A local authority, company or individual proposing to construct any work in navigable waters may apply to the Minister for approval by depositing the plans for its design and construction and a description of the proposed site with the Minister.
Plans for management and operation
(2) If the Minister considers that the work would substantially interfere with navigation, the Minister may also require that the local authority, company or individual deposit the plans for the management and operation related to the work.
Deposit and notice — substantial interference
(3) If the Minister considers that the work would substantially interfere with navigation, the Minister shall direct the local authority, company or individual to
(a) deposit all plans in the local land registry or land titles office or any other place specified by the Minister; and
(b) provide notice of the proposed construction and the deposit of the plans by advertising in the Canada Gazette and in one or more newspapers that are published in or near the place where the work is to be constructed.
The plans shall be deposited and notice shall be provided in the form and manner specified by the Minister.
Deposit and notice — other interference
(4) If the Minister considers that the work would interfere, other than substantially, with navigation, the Minister may direct the local authority, company or individual to deposit the plans in the local land registry or land titles office or any other place specified by the Minister, and to provide notice of the proposed construction and the deposit of the plans as the Minister considers appropriate.
Comments
(5) Interested persons may provide written comments to the Minister within 30 days after the publication of the last notice referred to in subsection (3) or (4).
325. Subsection 11(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Approval lapses
11. (1) When an approval of a work lapses, the Minister may grant a new approval of that work for any period that the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to changing conditions in navigation and the condition of the work.
326. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 11:
Amendment of approval
11.1 (1) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister may amend an approval of a work if he or she is satisfied that
(a) the work has become a danger to or an interference with navigation by reason of the passage of time and changing conditions in navigation of the navigable waters concerned; or
(b) the amendment is in the public interest.
Suspension or cancellation
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister may suspend or cancel an approval if he or she is satisfied that
(a) the work is not being or has not been built, placed, maintained, operated, used or removed in accordance with the plans, the regulations or with any terms and conditions in the approval;
(b) the approval was obtained by a fraudulent or improper means or a misrepresentation of a material fact;
(c) the owner of the work has not paid a fine imposed under this Act;
(d) the owner of the work has contravened a provision of this Act or the regulations; or
(e) the suspension or cancellation is in the public interest, including that it is warranted by the record of compliance of the owner or of a principal of the owner under this Act.
Notice
(3) Before amending, suspending or cancelling an approval of a work, the Minister shall give the owner 30 days’ notice setting out the grounds on which the Minister relies for the amendment, suspension or cancellation.
Not a statutory instrument
11.2 For greater certainty, an order given under subsection 4(3) or paragraph 6(1)(a) or (c) is not a statutory instrument within the meaning of the Statutory Instruments Act.
327. Subsections 12(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Orders and regulations by Governor in Council
12. (1) The Governor in Council may make any orders or regulations that the Governor in Council deems expedient for navigation purposes respecting any work to which this Part applies or that is approved or the plans and site of which are approved under any Act of Parliament or order of the Governor in Council, and may make regulations
(a) prescribing the fees payable to the Minister on an application for an approval under this Part;
(b) respecting the grant, amendment, renewal, suspension and cancellation of approvals under this Part;
(c) prescribing the period for which an approval under this Part is valid;
(d) respecting notification requirements for a change in ownership in a work;
(e) establishing classes of works or navigable waters for the purposes of subsection 5.1(1);
(f) respecting the placement, construction, maintenance, operation, safety, use and removal of works; and
(g) for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Part.
Related works
(2) If the Governor in Council considers that two or more works are related, the Governor in Council may, for the purposes of subsection (1), deem them to be a single work.
Incorporation by reference
(2.1) The regulations may incorporate any material by reference, regardless of its source, either as it exists on a particular date or as amended from time to time.
Incorporated material not a regulation
(2.2) Material does not become a regulation for the purposes of the Statutory Instruments Act because it is incorporated by reference.
328. Section 13 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Ministerial Orders
Orders
13. (1) For the purposes of section 5.1, the Minister may, by order,
(a) establish classes of works or navigable waters; and
(b) impose any terms and conditions with respect to the placement, construction, maintenance, operation, safety, use and removal of those classes of works or works that are built or placed in, on, over, under, through or across those classes of navigable waters.
Exemption from Statutory Instruments Act
(2) An order under subsection (1)
(a) is not a statutory instrument within the meaning of the Statutory Instruments Act; and
(b) shall be published in the Canada Gazette within 23 days after the day on which it is made.
Incorporation by reference
(3) An order may incorporate any material by reference, regardless of its source, either as it exists on a particular date or as amended from time to time.
329. The heading “Définitions” before section 14 of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
Définition et interprétation
330. Section 14 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Definition of “owner”
14. (1) In this Part, “owner” means the registered or other owner at the time any wreck, obstruction or obstacle referred to in this Part was occasioned, and includes a subsequent purchaser.
Interpretation
(2) A reference to a “thing” in sections 15 to 18 and 20, with respect to a thing that is or is likely to become an obstruction or obstacle to navigation, does not include a reference to a thing of natural origin unless the obstruction or obstacle, or likely obstruction or obstacle, is caused by a person.
Application
Non-application
14.1 This Part, other than sections 21 to 25, does not apply to navigable waters falling within a class of navigable waters established by regulation or under section 13.
331. The portion of subsection 15(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Notice and indication of obstruction or obstacle
15. (1) If the navigation of any navigable water over which Parliament has jurisdiction is obstructed, impeded or rendered more difficult or dangerous by the wrecking, sinking, partial sinking, lying ashore or grounding of any vessel or part of one or by any other thing, the owner, master or person in charge of the vessel or thing by which any obstruction or obstacle is caused shall
332. Section 16 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister’s powers
16. The Minister may cause any wreck, vessel or part of a vessel resulting from the wrecking, sinking, partial sinking, lying ashore or grounding of a vessel, or may cause any other thing, to be secured, removed or destroyed in the manner that the Minister considers appropriate if, in the Minister’s opinion,
(a) the navigation of any navigable water over which Parliament has jurisdiction is obstructed, impeded or rendered more difficult or dangerous for more than 24 hours by the wreck, vessel, part of a vessel or thing;
(b) the wreck, vessel, part of a vessel or thing has been in a position for more than 24 hours that is likely to obstruct, impede or render more difficult or dangerous the navigation of any such navigable water; or
(c) the wreck, vessel, part of a vessel or thing is cast ashore, stranded or left on any property belonging to Her Majesty in right of Canada and has been an obstruction or obstacle, for more than 24 hours, to the use of that property as may be required for the public purposes of Canada.
333. Subsection 17(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Conveyance from site and sale
17. (1) The Minister may cause the vessel referred to in section 16 or its cargo, or any other thing causing or forming part of the obstruction or obstacle to be conveyed to the place that the Minister considers appropriate and to be sold by auction or otherwise as the Minister considers appropriate. The Minister may apply the proceeds of the sale to make good the expenses incurred by the Minister in placing and maintaining any signal or light to indicate the position of the obstruction or obstacle, or in securing, removing, destroying or selling the vessel, cargo or thing.
334. Subsection 18(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Costs constituting debt
18. (1) The amount of the costs incurred by the Minister while acting under subsection 15(2) or section 16 — whether or not a sale has been held under section 17 — constitutes a debt to which subsection (2) applies if the costs have been defrayed out of the public moneys of Canada.
335. Sections 19 and 20 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Order to remove vessel left anchored
19. (1) If a vessel has been left anchored, moored or adrift in any navigable water so that, in the Minister’s opinion, it obstructs or is likely to obstruct navigation, the Minister may order the owner, managing owner, master or person in charge of the vessel to secure it or remove it to a place that the Minister considers appropriate.
Failure to comply with order
(2) If a person to whom an order is given under subsection (1) fails to comply without delay with the order, the Minister may order the vessel to be secured or removed to the place that the Minister considers appropriate, and the costs of securing or removing the vessel are recoverable against the person as a debt due to Her Majesty.
Not a statutory instrument
(3) For greater certainty, an order given under this section is not a statutory instrument within the meaning of the Statutory Instruments Act.
Abandoned vessel
20. If any vessel or other thing is wrecked, sunk, partially sunk, lying ashore or grounded in any navigable water in Canada, the vessel, part of the vessel, its cargo or thing is deemed to be abandoned on the day that is two years from the day of the casualty. On or after that later day the Minister may, under the restrictions that the Minister considers appropriate, authorize any person to take possession of and remove the vessel, part of the vessel or thing for that person’s own benefit, on giving to the owner, if known, one month’s notice, or if the owner is unknown, public notice for the same period in a local newspaper published in or near to the location of the vessel or thing.
R.S., c. 1 (2nd Supp.), s. 213(1) (Sch. I, subitems 9(2) and (3))
336. Sections 26 to 28 of the Act are repealed.
337. Section 29 of the Act and the heading “Interpretation” before it are repealed.
338. Section 30 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 30(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Incorporation by reference
(2) The regulations may incorporate any material by reference, regardless of its source, either as it exists on a particular date or as amended from time to time.
Incorporated material not a regulation
(3) Material does not become a regulation for the purposes of the Statutory Instruments Act because it is incorporated by reference.
339. Section 31 of the Act is repealed.
340. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 32:
PART IV
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
Designation
Designation
33. For the purposes of the administration and enforcement of this Act and any regulation or order, the Minister may designate persons or classes of persons to exercise powers in relation to any matter referred to in the designation.
Powers
Authority to enter
34. (1) A person who is designated to verify compliance or prevent non-compliance with this Act and any regulation or order may, for that purpose, at any reasonable time, enter a work, vessel or swing or draw bridge, or enter any other place in which they have reasonable grounds to believe the following items are located:
(a) a work or anything related to a work;
(b) a wreck, vessel, part of a vessel or other thing that obstructs or impedes navigation or renders it more difficult or dangerous, or that is likely to do so;
(c) a ferry cable or swing or draw bridge, or anything related to one.
Certification
(2) On entering a place, the designated person shall, on request, produce to the person in charge of the place a certification in the form established by the Minister attesting to the designation.
Powers
(3) The designated person may, for the purposes referred to in subsection (1),
(a) examine anything that is found in the place;
(b) remove any document or other thing from the place for examination or, in the case of a document, copying;
(c) direct any person to put into operation or cease operating any work, vessel or other conveyance, machinery or equipment in the place;
(d) prohibit or limit access to the place for as long as specified;
(e) take photographs and make video recordings and sketches;
(f) use or cause to be used any computer system or data processing system at the place to examine any data contained in, or available to, the system;
(g) reproduce any record, or cause it to be reproduced from the data, in the form of a printout or other intelligible output and remove the printout or other output for examination or copying; and
(h) use or cause to be used any copying equipment at the place to make copies of any books, records, electronic data or other documents.
Entry — private property
(4) The designated person, in carrying out their functions under this section, and a person accompanying them may enter on and pass through or over private property without being liable for doing so.
Duty to assist
35. The owner or person who is in charge of a place that is entered under subsection 34(1) and every person who is in the place shall
(a) give a designated person who is carrying out their functions under section 34 all reasonable assistance; and
(b) provide them with any information that they may reasonably require.
Warrant for dwelling-house
36. (1) If any place referred to in subsection 34(1) is a dwelling-house, the designated person may not enter it without the consent of the occupant except under the authority of a warrant issued under subsection (2).
Authority to issue warrant
(2) On ex parte application, a justice of the peace may issue a warrant authorizing the person who is named in it to enter a dwelling-house, subject to any conditions that may be specified in the warrant, if the justice is satisfied by information on oath that
(a) the dwelling-house is a place referred to in subsection 34(1);
(b) entry to the dwelling-house is necessary for the purpose of verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with the Act and any regulation or order; and
(c) entry to the dwelling-house was refused by the occupant or there are reasonable grounds to believe that entry will be refused or consent to entry cannot be obtained from the occupant.
Prohibitions
False statements or information
37. (1) No person shall knowingly, orally or in writing, make a false or misleading statement or provide false or misleading information, in connection with any matter under this Act, to a designated person who is carrying out their functions under section 34.
Obstruction
(2) No person shall knowingly obstruct or hinder a designated person who is carrying out their functions under section 34.
Injunction
Injunction
38. (1) If, on the application of the Minister, it appears to a court of competent jurisdiction that a person has done, is about to do or is likely to do any act constituting or directed toward the commission of an offence under this Act, the court may issue an injunction ordering a person named in the application
(a) to refrain from doing an act that, in the opinion of the court, may constitute or be directed toward the commission of the offence; or
(b) to do an act that, in the opinion of the court, may prevent the commission of the offence.
Notice
(2) No injunction may be issued under subsection (1) unless 48 hours’ notice is served on the party or parties named in the application or the urgency of the situation is such that service would not be in the public interest.
Immunity
Not personally liable
39. (1) Servants of the Crown, as those terms are defined in section 2 of the Crown Liability and Proceedings Act, are not personally liable for anything they do or omit to do in good faith under this Act.
Crown not relieved
(2) Subsection (1) does not, by reason of section 10 of the Crown Liability and Proceedings Act, relieve the Crown of liability for a tort or extracontractual civil liability to which the Crown would otherwise be subject.
Offences and Punishment
Offence
40. (1) Every person is guilty of an offence and is liable on summary conviction to imprisonment for a term of not more than six months or to a fine of not more than $50,000, or to both, if the person contravenes
(a) an order given under subsection 4(3), paragraph 6(1)(a) or (c) or subsection 19(1);
(b) an interim order made under section 13.1 or 32;
(c) an order or regulation made under section 12 or 30; or
(d) subsection 15(1) or section 21, 22, 35 or subsection 37(1) or (2).
Vessel liable for fine
(2) If any materials referred to in section 22 are thrown from or deposited by a vessel and a conviction is obtained for that activity, the vessel is liable for any fine that is imposed and may be detained by any port warden or the chief officer of customs at any port until the fine is paid.
Continuing offence
(3) If the offence under subsection (1) is committed or continued on more than one day, the person who commits it is liable to be convicted for a separate offence for each day on which it is committed or continued.
PART V
REVIEW
Review of Act
41. (1) A review of the provisions and the operation of this Act must be completed by the Minister before the end of the fifth year after the day on which this section comes into force.
Tabling of report
(2) The Minister shall cause a report of the review to be laid before each House of Parliament on any of the first 15 days on which that House is sitting after the report has been completed.
2007, c. 1
Consequential Amendment to the International Bridges and Tunnels Act
341. Subsections 4(3) and (4) of the International Bridges and Tunnels Act are replaced by the following:
Application of other Acts
(3) Nothing in this Act or any regulations made under it affects the application of any other Act of Parliament, including any requirement for a person to obtain a licence, permit or other authorization in respect of an international bridge or tunnel.
PART 8
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Division 1
Wage Earner Protection Program
2005, c. 47, s. 1
Wage Earner Protection Program Act
2007, c. 36, s. 83
342. Subsection 2(1) of the Wage Earner Protection Program Act is replaced by the following:
Definitions
2. (1) The following definitions apply in this Act.
“eligible wages”« salaire admissible »
“eligible wages” means
(a) wages other than severance pay and termination pay that were earned during the six-month period ending on the date of the bankruptcy or the first day on which there was a receiver in relation to the former employer; and
(b) severance pay and termination pay that relate to employment that ended during the period referred to in paragraph (a).
“wages”« salaire »
“wages” includes salaries, commissions, compensation for services rendered, vacation pay, severance pay, termination pay and any other amounts prescribed by regulation.
2007, c. 36, s. 84
343. (1) Paragraph 5(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) the individual’s employment ended for a reason prescribed by regulation;
(2) Section 5 is amended by adding “and” after paragraph (b) and by replacing paragraphs (c) and (d) with the following:
(c) the individual is owed eligible wages by the former employer.
2007, c. 36, s. 85
344. The portion of section 6 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exceptions
6. An individual is not eligible to receive a payment in respect of any wages earned during, or that otherwise relate to, a period in which the individual
2007, c. 36, s. 86
345. Section 7 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Amount of payment
7. (1) The amount that may be paid under this Act to an individual is the amount of eligible wages owing to the individual up to a maximum of the greater of the following amounts, less any amount prescribed by regulation:
(a) $3,000; and
(b) an amount equal to four times the maximum weekly insurable earnings under the Employment Insurance Act.
Bankruptcy and receivership
(2) If the former employer is both bankrupt and subject to a receivership, the amount that may be paid is the greater of the amount determined in respect of the bankruptcy and the amount determined in respect of the receivership.
2007, c. 36, s. 89
346. (1) Paragraphs 21(1)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) identify each individual who is owed eligible wages;
(b) determine the amount of eligible wages owing to each individual;
2007, c. 36, s. 89
(2) Paragraph 21(1)(d) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) provide the Minister and each individual other than one who is in a class prescribed by regulation with the information prescribed by regulation in relation to the individual and with the amount of eligible wages owing to the individual; and
2007, c. 36, s. 94
347. (1) Paragraph 41(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) prescribing reasons for the purposes of paragraph 5(a);
2007, c. 36, s. 94
(2) Paragraphs 41(d) and (e) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(d) prescribing an amount for the purposes of subsection 7(1); 
(e) respecting the allocation of payments to the different components of wages;
2007, c. 36, s. 94
(3) Paragraph 41(i) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(i) respecting the information that is to be provided by trustees and receivers to the Minister and to individuals for the purposes of paragraph 21(1)(d) and respecting the period during which and the manner in which that information is to be provided;
SOR/2008-222
Wage Earner Protection Program Regulations
348. Section 3 of the Wage Earner Protection Program Regulations is replaced by the following:
3. An individual’s employment has ended for the purposes of paragraph 5(a) of the Act if it has ended for any of the following reasons:
(a) the individual resigned or retired;
(b) the individual’s employment has terminated; or
(c) the term of the individual’s employment has expired.
349. (1) The portion of section 6 of the French version of the Regulations before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
6. Pour l’application du paragraphe 7(1) de la Loi, les sommes ci-après sont à défalquer :
(2) Paragraphs 6(a) and (b) of the Regulations are replaced by the following:
(a) any amount that the individual has received after the date of the bankruptcy or the first day on which there was a receiver in relation to the former employer by virtue of his or her rights in respect of the eligible wages; and
(b) an amount equal to 6.82% of the amount determined under that subsection.
350. Section 7 of the Regulations is repealed.
351. (1) Paragraph 8(a) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(a) firstly, to wages other than those referred to in paragraphs (b) to (e);
(2) Paragraph 8(c) of the French version of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
c) l’indemnité de vacances;
(3) Section 8 of the Regulations is amended by striking out “and” after paragraph (b) and by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(d) fourthly, to termination pay; and
(e) lastly, to severance pay.
352. Paragraph 9(b) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(b) on which the applicant’s employment ends for any of the reasons referred to in section 3; and
353. (1) Paragraph 15(1)(c) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(c) the dates on which wages, other than severance pay or termination pay, were earned and the basis upon which they were calculated;
(c.1) the date on which any employment in respect of which severance pay or termination pay is owing ended;
(2) Paragraph 15(2)(a) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(a) 45 days from the date of bankruptcy or from the first day on which there was a receiver in relation to the former employer, as the case may be, unless circumstances beyond the control of the trustee or receiver necessitate a longer period; or
354. Subsection 16(2) of the Regulations is replaced by the following:
(2) The trustee or receiver shall provide the information within 45 days from the date of bankruptcy or from the first day on which there was a receiver in relation to the former employer, as the case may be, unless circumstances beyond the control of the trustee or receiver necessitate a longer period.
R.S., c. B-3
Consequential Amendments to the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
2005, c. 47, s. 67; 2007, c. 36, s. 38
355. The definition “rémunération” in subsection 81.3(9) of the French version of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act is replaced by the following:
« rémunération »“compensation”
« rémunération » S’entend notamment de l’indemnité de vacances, mais non de l’indemnité de départ ou de préavis.
2005, c. 47, s. 67; 2007, c. 36, s. 38
356. The definition “rémunération” in subsection 81.4(9) of the French version of the Act is replaced by the following:
« rémunération »“compensation”
« rémunération » S’entend notamment de l’indemnité de vacances, mais non de l’indemnité de départ ou de préavis.
Transitional Provision
Application
357. The provisions of the Wage Earner Protection Program Act and the Wage Earner Protection Program Regulations as amended by sections 342 to 354 apply
(a) in respect of wages owing to an individual by an employer who becomes bankrupt after January 26, 2009; and
(b) in respect of wages owing to an individual by an employer any of whose property comes under the possession or control of a receiver within the meaning of subsection 243(2) of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act after January 26, 2009.
Division 2
Federal Financial Assistance for Students
1994, c. 28
Canada Student Financial Assistance Act
358. Subparagraph 5(a)(iii) of the English version of the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act is replaced by the following:
(iii) principal and interest on a student loan made by the lender to a borrower whose obligations in respect of the loan are terminated in the circumstances set out in section 10 or 11,
2000, c. 14, s. 17
359. Subsection 6.1(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Financial terms and conditions
(2) Any terms and conditions in the agreement that could have a financial impact on Her Majesty in right of Canada are subject to approval by the Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister with the concurrence of the Minister of Finance.
360. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 6.3:
Suspension or denial of financial assistance
6.4 The Minister may suspend or deny the provision of financial assistance to all those who are qualifying students in relation to a designated educational institution if the Minister is satisfied that there are compelling reasons to believe that the provision of the financial assistance would
(a) facilitate the commission by the designated educational institution of an offence under this Act or any other Act of Parliament; or
(b) expose the qualifying students or Her Majesty in right of Canada to significant financial risk.
361. Section 10 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Death of borrower
10. (1) All obligations of a borrower in respect of a student loan prescribed by regulations made under paragraph 15(1)(j) terminate if the borrower dies, and in that event the Minister shall pay to the lender the amounts referred to in subparagraph 5(a)(iii).
Death of borrower before this subsection in force
(2) If a borrower dies before this subsection comes into force, then all obligations of that borrower in respect of such a student loan terminate on the day on which this subsection comes into force.
362. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 16.2:
Requirement to provide information or documents
16.3 (1) For the purpose of verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with this Act, the Minister may, by notice served personally or by confirmed delivery service, require any person who has received financial assistance to provide to the Minister, within the time and in the manner that are stipulated in the notice, any information or document that is in their possession or to which they could reasonably be expected to have access.
Copies as evidence
(2) When a document is provided in accordance with subsection (1), the Minister may make, or cause to be made, one or more certified copies of it and any such copy is evidence of the nature and content of the original document and has the same probative force as the original document would have if it were proven in the ordinary way.
363. Section 17 of the Act is replaced by adding the following:
False statement or information
17. (1) Every person who, in respect of a student loan or other financial assistance to a student, knowingly makes any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provides any false or misleading information, including by omission, is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $1,000.
Limitation period
(2) A prosecution for an offence under this Act may not be instituted later than six years after the time when the subject matter of the complaint arose.
Administrative measures
17.1 (1) If a person, in respect of a student loan or other financial assistance to a student, knowingly makes any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provides any false or misleading information, including by omission, the Minister may
(a) deny the person financial assistance or a certificate of eligibility for a prescribed period;
(b) deny the person an interest-free period referred to in subsection 7(1) for a prescribed period, or terminate the interest-free period;
(c) deny the person the deferral of payments of principal or interest under section 8 for a prescribed period, or terminate the deferral;
(d) deny the person payments of interest under subsection 9(2) for a prescribed period, or terminate the payments;
(e) deny the person a gratuitous payment referred to in paragraph 15(1)(l);
(f) deny the person special interest-free or interest-reduced periods referred to in paragraph 15(1)(n) for a prescribed period, or terminate the interest-free period or the interest-reduced period;
(g) deny the person repayment of a student loan on an income-contingent basis referred to in paragraph 15(1)(o) for a prescribed period, or terminate repayment on an income-contingent basis;
(h) require the person to immediately repay any outstanding amount of a student loan that they obtained by reason of the false statement or misrepresentation or the false or misleading information; or
(i) require the person to immediately repay any grant that they obtained by reason of the false statement or misrepresentation or the false or misleading information.
Outstanding student loans
(2) If, before the day on which this section comes into force, a person knowingly made any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provided any false or misleading information, including by omission, in respect of a student loan that is outstanding on that day, the Minister may take any measure set out in paragraphs (1)(a) to (h).
Notice
(3) The Minister may not take any measure under subsection (1) or (2) without having given the person 60 days’ notice of the Minister’s intention to take the measure.
Submissions
(4) The person may make submissions to the Minister in respect of the measure at any time.
Rescission or modification of measure
(5) The Minister may rescind or modify a measure taken under subsection (1) or (2) if new facts are presented or the Minister considers that the measure was taken without knowledge of some material fact or on the basis of a mistake concerning one.
Limitation
(6) The Minister may not take any measure under subsection (1) or (2) later than five years after the day on which the Minister becomes aware of the false statement or misrepresentation or the false or misleading information.
364. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 19:
Chief Actuary to report
19.1 (1) The Chief Actuary of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions shall, no later than July 31, 2009, prepare and submit to the Minister a report on financial assistance provided under this Act in the loan year that ended on July 31, 2008.
Subsequent reports
(2) The Chief Actuary shall, no later than three years after the end of the loan year during which he or she previously submitted a report to the Minister under subsection (1) or under this subsection, prepare and submit to the Minister a subsequent report on financial assistance provided under this Act in the loan year or years since the last loan year covered by the previous report. The report shall cover a period that ends on the end of the loan year that precedes the submission of the report.
Contents of report
(3) The Chief Actuary shall include the following in a report made under this section:
(a) an actuarial estimate of the current costs of financial assistance provided under this Act, and of revenues from that assistance;
(b) an actuarial forecast of the costs of financial assistance that is to be provided under this Act for the 25 years that follow the last loan year that is covered by the report, and of revenues from that assistance; and
(c) an explanation of all of the actuarial and economic assumptions and the actuarial methodology used in the preparation of the report.
Report to be laid before Parliament
(4) The Minister shall cause the report to be laid before the Senate and the House of Commons on the day after the day on which the report is submitted or, if that House is not then sitting, on any of the first 15 days afterwards that it is sitting.
R.S., c. S-23
Canada Student Loans Act
365. Section 12 of the Canada Student Loans Act is replaced by the following:
Death of borrower
12. (1) All obligations of a borrower in respect of a guaranteed student loan terminate if the borrower dies, and the Minister shall pay to any lender whose rights against the borrower are terminated under this section the amount of principal and interest determined in the prescribed manner to have been payable by the borrower on the day of the borrower’s death.
Undisclosed death of borrower
(2) If the borrower dies and notice of the borrower’s death is not received by the lender within 30 days after the day of death, then, despite subsection (1), the day on which the amount is determined in the prescribed manner to have been payable is a day that is fixed by the Minister in accordance with the regulations.
Disappearance of borrower
(3) If a borrower disappears under circumstances that, in the opinion of the Minister, raise a presumption that the borrower is dead, then all the borrower’s obligations in respect of a guaranteed student loan terminate on the day on which the Minister forms that opinion, and the Minister shall pay to any lender whose rights against the borrower are terminated under this subsection the amount of principal and interest determined in the prescribed manner to have been payable by the borrower on a day that is fixed by the Minister in accordance with the regulations.
Death of borrower before this subsection comes into force
(4) If, before the day on which this subsection comes into force, a borrower dies or the Minister forms an opinion under paragraph (2)(b) as it read immediately before that day, then all the borrower’s obligations in respect of a guaranteed student loan terminate on that day.
Date fixed is after this subsection comes into force
(5) However, if the Minister fixes a day under subsection (2) — as it read immediately before this subsection comes into force — that is later than the day on which this subsection comes into force, then the day that is fixed is the day on which the amount of principal and interest is determined in the prescribed manner to be payable under subsection (2) or (3).
366. Section 18 of the Act is replaced by the following:
False statement or information
18. (1) Every person who, in respect of a guaranteed student loan, knowingly makes any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provides any false or misleading information, including by omission, is guilty of an offence under this Act and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $1,000.
Limitation period
(2) A prosecution for an offence under this Act may not be instituted later than six years after the time when the subject matter of the complaint arose.
ADMINISTRATIVE MEASURES
Administrative measures
18.1 (1) If a person, in respect of a guaranteed student loan, knowingly makes any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provides any false or misleading information, including by omission, the Minister may
(a) deny the person an interest-free period under section 4 or a special interest-free period under section 10 for a prescribed period, or terminate the interest-free period or the special interest-free period;
(b) deny the person the deferral of payments of principal or interest under section 5 for a prescribed period, or terminate the deferral;
(c) deny the person payments of interest under subsection 5.1(2) for a prescribed period, or terminate the payments;
(d) deny the person repayment of a guaranteed student loan on an income-contingent basis referred to in paragraph 17(q) for a prescribed period, or terminate repayment on an income-contingent basis;
(e) deny the person a gratuitous payment referred to in paragraph 17(q.1); or
(f) require the person to immediately repay any outstanding amount of a guaranteed student loan that they obtained by reason of the false statement or misrepresentation or the false or misleading information.
Outstanding student loans
(2) If, before the day on which this section comes into force, a person knowingly made any false statement or misrepresentation, including by omission, in an application or other document or knowingly provided any false or misleading information, including by omission, in respect of a guaranteed student loan that is outstanding on that day, the Minister may take any measure set out in paragraphs (1)(a) to (f).
Notice
(3) The Minister may not take any measure under subsection (1) or (2) without having given the person 60 days’ notice of the Minister’s intention to take the measure.
Submissions
(4) The person may make submissions to the Minister in respect of the measure at any time.
Rescission or modification of measure
(5) The Minister may rescind or modify a measure taken under subsection (1) or (2) if new facts are presented or the Minister considers that the measure was taken without knowledge of some material fact or on the basis of a mistake concerning one.
Limitation
(6) The Minister may not take any measure under subsection (1) or (2) later than five years after the day on which the Minister becomes aware of the false statement or misrepresentation or the false or misleading information.
367. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 19.2:
Requirement to provide information or documents
19.3 (1) For the purpose of verifying compliance or preventing non-compliance with this Act, the Minister may, by notice served personally or by confirmed delivery service, require any person who has received a guaranteed student loan to provide to the Minister, within the time and in the manner that are stipulated in the notice, any information or document that is in their possession or to which they could reasonably be expected to have access.
Copies as evidence
(2) When a document is provided in accordance with subsection (1), the Minister may make, or cause to be made, one or more certified copies of it and any such copy is evidence of the nature and content of the original document and has the same probative force as the original document would have if it were proven in the ordinary way.
2008, c. 28
Consequential Amendment to the Budget Implementation Act, 2008
368. Section 105 of the Budget Implementation Act, 2008 is repealed.
Division 3
Crown Corporations
R.S., c. F-11
Financial Administration Act
2006, c. 9, s. 262(3)
369. Subsections 85(1.1) and (1.2) of the Financial Administration Act are replaced by the following:
Exempted Crown corporations
(1.1) Divisions I to IV, except for subsection 105(2) and sections 113.1, 119, 131 to 148 and 154.01, do not apply to the Canada Council for the Arts, the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, the International Development Research Centre or the National Arts Centre Corporation.
Exemption for Telefilm Canada
(1.2) Divisions I to IV, except for subsection 105(2) and sections 113.1, 119, 131 to 148 and 154.01 and subject to subsection 21(2) of the Telefilm Canada Act, do not apply to Telefilm Canada.
370. (1) The portion of subsection 99(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Disposal of property
(2) Subject to this section and sections 90, 91 and 130, an agent corporation may sell or otherwise dispose of or lease any property held by the corporation and may retain and use the proceeds of the disposal or lease, but only
(2) The portion of subsection 99(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exception
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of any sale or other disposal or lease of property by an agent corporation established by an Act of Parliament, if the corporation is specifically empowered by that Act or any other Act of Parliament
(3) Paragraphs 99(3)(a) and (b) of the English version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) to sell or otherwise dispose of or lease property; or
(b) to sell or otherwise dispose of or lease property for consideration not exceeding a specified amount and the sale or other disposal or lease of the property is for consideration equal to or less than the specified amount.
(4) Paragraphs 99(4)(a) and (b) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(a) prescribing the terms and conditions on which an agent corporation may sell or otherwise dispose of or lease property;
(b) prescribing the circumstances in which an agent corporation may retain and use all or any part of the proceeds of any disposal or lease of property; and
(5) Subsection 99(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Terms and conditions
(5) The Governor in Council may, in any authorizing order under subsection (2), specify any terms and conditions that the Governor in Council considers appropriate, including terms and conditions respecting the retention and use of all or any part of the proceeds of the disposal or lease by the agent corporation.
371. Subsection 105(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Officer or employee not to be director
(2) No officer or employee of a Crown corporation or any of its affiliates, other than the chief executive officer of a parent Crown corporation, shall be a director of the parent Crown corporation.
Transitional provision
(2.1) Any officer or employee of a Crown corporation or any of its affiliates, other than the chief executive officer of a parent Crown corporation, who was a director of the parent Crown corporation immediately before the day on which this subsection comes into force may continue as a director of that corporation for six months after that day or, if it is shorter, the remainder of his or her term.
372. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 113:
Public meeting
113.1 (1) The board of directors of a parent Crown corporation shall hold a public meeting within 18 months after the day on which the board holds its first meeting or, if it is later, the day on which this section comes into force and, subsequently, within 15 months after the day on which the last preceding public meeting was held.
By-laws
(2) The meeting shall be held in Canada in the manner provided for in the by-laws or, if no manner is provided for, in the manner determined by the board of directors.
Notice of meeting
(3) The corporation shall publish a notice of the meeting at least 30 days before the day on which the meeting is to be held. The notice shall indicate the location, if any, and the date and time of the meeting, the means of participating in the meeting and how copies of the corporation’s most recent annual report may be obtained.
Director and chief executive officer to attend
(4) One or more directors of the corporation and its chief executive officer, whether or not he or she is a director of the corporation, shall participate in the meeting to answer questions from the public.
1991, c. 24, s. 34
373. (1) The portion of subsection 119(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Obligation to indemnify
119. (1) The Treasury Board shall, in accordance with the regulations, if any, indemnify a present or former director or officer of a Crown corporation or a person who acts or acted at the request of a Minister or a Crown corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, and his or her heirs and legal representatives, against the costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, that are reasonably incurred by him or her in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action or proceeding to which he or she is a party by reason of being or having been such a director or officer, if he or she
(2) Section 119 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Advance of costs
(1.1) The Treasury Board shall, in accordance with the regulations, if any, advance moneys to any individual referred to in subsection (1) for the costs, charges and expenses of an action or proceeding referred to in that subsection unless there are reasonable grounds to believe that the individual does not fulfil the conditions set out in paragraph (1)(a) or (b). The individual shall repay the moneys if he or she does not fulfil those conditions.
1991, c. 24, s. 34
(3) The portion of subsection 119(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Entitlement to indemnification
(2) Despite anything in this section, a director or officer referred to in subsection (1) is, and his or her heirs and legal representatives are, entitled to indemnity, in accordance with the regulations, if any, from the Treasury Board in respect of the costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defence of any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action or proceeding to which he or she was made a party by reason of being or having been such a director or officer, if he or she
1991, c. 24, s. 34
(4) Subsection 119(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Regulations
(3) The Treasury Board may make regulations
(a) respecting indemnification and advances under this section, including terms and conditions governing them;
(b) defining, for the purposes of this section, the meaning of any word or expression used in it that is not defined in this Act;
(c) prescribing circumstances in which a director or officer is presumed not to have fulfilled the condition set out in paragraph (1)(a); and
(d) respecting the determination of the amounts to be paid as indemnification or advances under this section.
374. Subsection 138(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time for examination
(2) A special examination shall be carried out at least once every 10 years and at any additional times that the Governor in Council, the appropriate Minister, the board of directors of the corporation to be examined or the Auditor General of Canada may require.
375. Section 139 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Report to Minister and President of the Treasury Board
(3) The board of directors shall, within 30 days after the day on which it receives the report, submit the report to the appropriate Minister and the President of the Treasury Board.
Report available to public
(4) The board of directors shall, within 60 days after the day on which it receives the report, make the report available to the public.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. C-2; 2001, c. 34, s. 14(E)
Canada Council for the Arts Act
376. Section 5 of the Canada Council for the Arts Act is renumbered as subsection 5(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Chief executive officer
(2) The Director is the chief executive officer of the Council.
2008, c. 28, s. 121
Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act
377. Subsection 9(6) of the Canada Employment Insurance Financing Board Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (e):
(e.1) a person who is an employee of the Board;
R.S., c. C-10
Canada Post Corporation Act
378. Section 8 of the Canada Post Corporation Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Chief executive officer
(1.1) The President is the chief executive officer of the Corporation.
R.S., c. C-15
Canadian Dairy Commission Act
379. Subsection 3(3) of the Canadian Dairy Commission Act is repealed.
1991, c. 8
Canadian Race Relations Foundation Act
2006, c. 9, s. 244
380. Subsection 17(3) of the Canadian Race Relations Foundation Act is replaced by the following:
Financial Administration Act
(3) Part X of the Financial Administration Act, except for subsection 105(2) and sections 113.1, 131 to 148 and 154.01, does not apply to the Foundation.
1999, c. 34
Public Sector Pension Investment Board Act
2006, c. 9, s. 295
381. Subsection 3(6) of the Public Sector Pension Investment Board Act is replaced by the following:
Financial Administration Act
(6) Part X of the Financial Administration Act, except for sections 113.1, 132 to 147 and 154.01, does not apply to the Board. For the purposes of those sections, any reference to section 131 of that Act shall be read as a reference to section 35 of this Act.
382. Subsection 6(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(d.1) a person who is an employee of the Board;
PART 9
PAYMENTS TO PROVINCES
R.S., c. F-8; 1995, c. 17, s. 45(1)
Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act
383. The Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements Act is amended by adding the following after section 3.1:
Fiscal year 2009–2010
3.11 Subject to subsection 3.7(3), the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to a province for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009 is equal to,
(a) for Ontario, $347,029,000;
(b) for Quebec, $8,354,501,000;
(c) for Nova Scotia, $1,390,747,000;
(d) for New Brunswick, $1,689,410,000;
(e) for Manitoba, $2,063,394,000;
(f) for British Columbia, $0;
(g) for Prince Edward Island, $339,919,000;
(h) for Saskatchewan, $0;
(i) for Alberta, $0; and
(j) for Newfoundland and Labrador, $0.
384. Section 3.2 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Fiscal year 2009–2010
(4) Despite subsections (1) and (2), for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009, the fiscal equalization payment that would be received by Nova Scotia or Newfoundland and Labrador, as the case may be, if the amount of that payment were determined in accordance with this section is $1,645,198,000 for Nova Scotia and $856,986,000 for Newfoundland and Labrador.
2007, c. 29, s. 62
385. Section 3.4 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Less than 50% of population
3.4 (1) If the aggregate of the average annual population of all provinces for a fiscal year to which a fiscal equalization payment would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a), is less than 50% of the aggregate of the average annual population of all provinces for that fiscal year and if the amount that may be paid to a province for that fiscal year under section 3.2 would, if paid, result in that province having, in that fiscal year, a total per capita fiscal capacity that is greater than the per capita equalized fiscal capacity of any province that would not receive a fiscal equalization payment for that fiscal year if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a), the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to that province for that fiscal year determined under section 3.2 shall be reduced by the amount determined by the formula
(A – B) × C
where
A      is the total per capita fiscal capacity of that province for that fiscal year;
B      is the per capita equalized fiscal capacity for that fiscal year of the province that has the lowest per capita equalized fiscal capacity for that fiscal year and that would not receive a fiscal equalization payment for that fiscal year if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a); and
C      is the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year.
50% or more of population
(2) If the aggregate of the average annual population of all provinces for a fiscal year to which a fiscal equalization payment would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a), is 50% or more of the aggregate of the average annual population of all provinces for that fiscal year, the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to a province for that fiscal year determined under section 3.2 shall be reduced by the greater of the following amounts:
(a) zero, and
(b) the amount determined by the formula
(A – B) × C
where
A      is the total per capita fiscal capacity of that province for that fiscal year,
B      is the quotient obtained by dividing the aggregate of the equalized fiscal capacity of all provinces to which a fiscal equalization payment would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a), by the aggregate of the average annual population of all of those provinces for that fiscal year, and
C      is the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year.
Re-calculation
(3) If, as a result of the application of subsection (2), the amount of the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to any province for a fiscal year is reduced to zero, that subsection applies again, but the description of B in that subsection does not include, for that fiscal year, the equalized fiscal capacity and the average annual population of any province to which the amount of the fiscal equalization payment is reduced to zero.
Multiple applications
(4) For greater certainty, subsection (3) applies after each application of subsection (2).
Aggregate payment
(5) The aggregate of the fiscal equalization payments that would be paid for a fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2010, if the amounts of those payments were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 as if no province had made an election under subsection 3.2(2), shall be equal to the amount determined by the formula
A × (1 + B)
where
A      is, for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2010, $14,185,000,000 and, for a fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2011, the amount determined under this subsection for the previous fiscal year; and
B      is the average of the annual rates of growth of the nominal gross domestic product of Canada, as determined by the Minister, for the calendar year that ends during the fiscal year in question and for the two previous calendar years.
Calculation
(6) If the aggregate of the fiscal equalization payments that would be paid for a fiscal year, if the amounts of those payments were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 as if no province had made an election under subsection 3.2(2), exceeds the amount determined under subsection (5), the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to a province for that fiscal year determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 shall be reduced by the amount determined by the formula
A × B
where
A      is the lesser of the per capita equalization payment for that province for that fiscal year and the per capita reduction; and
B      is the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year.
Per capita calculation
(7) For the purposes of subsection (6), the Minister shall determine the per capita reduction for a fiscal year and shall, in making that determination, ensure that the aggregate of the reductions referred to in that subsection is equal to the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the aggregate of the fiscal equalization payments that would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amounts of those payments were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 as if no province had made an election under subsection 3.2(2); and
B      is the amount determined under subsection (5).
Adjustment payment
(8) If the aggregate of the fiscal equalization payments that would be paid for a fiscal year, if the amounts of those payments were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 as if no province had made an election under subsection 3.2(2), is less than the amount determined under subsection (5), there may be paid to a province for that fiscal year an adjustment payment that is,
(a) in the case of a province to which a fiscal equalization payment would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amount of that payment were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2, the amount determined by the formula
A × B
where
A      is the per capita adjustment for that fiscal year, and
B      is the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year; and
(b) in any other case, the greater of zero and the amount determined by the formula
(C + D – E) × F
where
C      is the per capita pre-adjustment equalized fiscal capacity for that fiscal year of the province that has the greatest per capita pre-adjustment equalized fiscal capacity for that fiscal year of the provinces referred to in paragraph (a),
D      is the per capita adjustment for that fiscal year,
E      is the per capita pre-adjustment equalized fiscal capacity of the province in question for that fiscal year, and
F      is the average annual population of the province in question for that fiscal year.
Per capita adjustment
(9) For the purposes of subsection (8), the Minister shall determine the per capita adjustment for a fiscal year and shall, in making that determination, ensure that the aggregate of the adjustment payments referred to in that subsection is equal to the amount determined by the formula
A – B
where
A      is the amount determined under subsection (5); and
B      is the aggregate of the fiscal equalization payments that would be paid for that fiscal year, if the amounts of those payments were determined under subsections (1) to (4) and section 3.2 as if no province had made an election under subsection 3.2(2).
Section 3.6
(10) No adjustment payment shall be paid for a fiscal year to a province to which section 3.6 applies for that fiscal year.
386. Subsection 3.5(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following in alphabetical order:
“equalized fiscal capacity”« capacité fiscale après péréquation »
“equalized fiscal capacity” means, in respect of a province for a fiscal year, the product obtained by multiplying the per capita equalized fiscal capacity of that province for that fiscal year by the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year.
“per capita equalization payment”« paiement de péréquation par habitant »
“per capita equalization payment” means, in respect of a province for a fiscal year, the quotient obtained by dividing the fiscal equalization payment that would be paid to that province for that fiscal year, if the amount of that payment were determined under section 3.2 and subsections 3.4(1) to (4) as if that province had not made an election under subsection 3.2(2), by the average annual population of that province for that fiscal year.
“per capita equalized fiscal capacity”« capacité fiscale par habitant après péréquation »
“per capita equalized fiscal capacity” means, in respect of a province for a fiscal year, the amount determined by the formula
A + B + (C / F)
where
A,      B and F have the same meaning as the descriptions of A, B and F, respectively, in the definition “total per capita fiscal capacity”; and
C      is any fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to that province for that fiscal year if the amount of that payment were determined under paragraph 3.2(1)(a).
“per capita pre-adjustment equalized fiscal capacity”« capacité fiscale par habitant après péréquation et avant rajustement »
“per capita pre-adjustment equalized fiscal capacity” means, in respect of a province for a fiscal year, the amount determined by the formula
A + B + C + [(D + E) / F]
where
A,      B, D, E and F have the same meaning as the descriptions of A, B, D, E and F, respectively, in the definition “total per capita fiscal capacity”; and
C      is the per capita equalization payment for that province for that fiscal year.
2007, c. 29, s. 62
387. Subsection 3.7(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Election for subsequent fiscal years
(3) Nova Scotia or Newfoundland and Labrador, as the case may be, may elect, at the prescribed time and in the prescribed manner, that the amount of the fiscal equalization payment that may be paid to that province
(a) for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2008, be determined under sections 3.2 and 3.4 as they read immediately before the day on which this subsection comes into force, rather than under subsection 3.6(1);
(b) for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009, be the amount set out in section 3.11, rather than the amount determined under subsection 3.6(1); or
(c) for any fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2010, be determined under sections 3.2 and 3.4, rather than under subsection 3.6(1).
388. Section 24.2 of the Act is renumbered as subsection 24.2(1) and is amended by adding the following:
Fiscal year 2009–2010
(2) Despite subsection (1), the cash contribution established under paragraph 24.1(1)(a) that may be provided to a province for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009 is
(a) for Ontario, $9,233,217,000;
(b) for Quebec, $5,798,516,000;
(c) for Nova Scotia, $700,137,000;
(d) for New Brunswick, $557,488,000;
(e) for Manitoba, $903,325,000;
(f) for British Columbia, $3,353,843,000;
(g) for Prince Edward Island, $104,364,000;
(h) for Saskatchewan, $843,451,000;
(i) for Alberta, $1,961,782,000;
(j) for Newfoundland and Labrador, $450,450,000;
(k) for Yukon, $26,457,000;
(l) for the Northwest Territories, $26,824,000; and
(m) for Nunavut, $27,208,000.
2007, c. 29, s. 71
389. (1) Subsections 24.7(1.2) and (1.3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Total equalized tax transfer — fiscal years 2007–2008 to 2010–2011
(1.2) The total equalized tax transfer appli- cable to a province for each fiscal year in the period beginning on April 1, 2007 and ending on March 31, 2011 is the aggregate of
(a) the total amount, as determined by the Minister, for that fiscal year represented by the federal income tax reduction in that province in respect of the Canada Health Transfer and the Canada Social Transfer for that fiscal year, and
(b) in the case of a territory, zero, and in the case of a province, the amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the equalization payment payable to that province for that fiscal year under Part I, and
(ii) an amount equal to the greater of
(A) the product obtained by multiplying
(I) the aggregate of the amounts obtained by subtracting, for each revenue source referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition “revenue source” in subsection 3.9(1), the per capita yield of the federal income tax reduction for that province for that fiscal year from the per capita national yield of the federal income tax reduction for that fiscal year
by
(II) the population of that province for that fiscal year, and
(B) zero.
Total equalized tax transfer — fiscal year 2009–2010
(1.21) Despite subsection (1.2), the total equalized tax transfer applicable to a province for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009 is
(a) for Ontario, $5,531,594,000;
(b) for Quebec, $3,007,447,000;
(c) for Nova Scotia, $363,132,000;
(d) for New Brunswick, $289,145,000;
(e) for Manitoba, $468,518,000;
(f) for British Columbia, $1,649,531,000;
(g) for Prince Edward Island, $54,129,000;
(h) for Saskatchewan, $302,432,000;
(i) for Alberta, $2,129,928,000;
(j) for Newfoundland and Labrador, $123,276,000;
(k) for Yukon, $11,131,000;
(l) for the Northwest Territories, $22,794,000; and
(m) for Nunavut, $8,510,000.
Total equalized tax transfer — fiscal year 2011-2012 and later
(1.22) The total equalized tax transfer applicable to a province for each fiscal year beginning after March 31, 2011 is the aggregate of the total amount, as determined by the Minister, for that fiscal year represented by the federal income tax reduction in that province in respect of the Canada Health Transfer and the Canada Social Transfer for that fiscal year and
(a) in the case of a province that receives an equalization payment for that fiscal year under Part I and in the case of Ontario, an amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the equalization payment payable to that province for that fiscal year under Part I, and
(ii) the amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying
(A) the aggregate of the amounts obtained by subtracting, for each revenue source referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition “revenue source” in subsection 3.9(1), the per capita yield of the federal income tax reduction for that province for that fiscal year from the per capita national yield of the federal income tax reduction for that fiscal year
by
(B) the population of that province for that fiscal year; or
(b) in any other case, zero.
Revenue sources
(1.3) For the purposes of the calculation under subparagraph (1.2)(b)(ii) and paragraph (1.22)(a), the relevant revenue bases, per capita yield of the federal income tax reduction and per capita national yield of the federal income tax reduction are to be determined in the prescribed manner.
2007, c. 29, s. 71(7)
(2) The portion of subsection 24.7(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Federal income tax reduction
(2) For the purposes of subsections (1), (1.2) and (1.22), the amount represented by the federal income tax reduction in a province in respect of the Canada Health Transfer and the Canada Social Transfer for a fiscal year is an amount equal to the aggregate of
390. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 24.701:
Payments to Ontario
24.702 The Minister may pay to Ontario an additional cash payment equal to
(a) for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2009, the amount of $489,058,000; and
(b) for the fiscal year beginning on April 1, 2010, the amount determined by the formula
-1 × A × B
where
A      is the amount determined for Ontario under subparagraph 24.7(1.2)(b)(i) for that fiscal year, and
B      is the population of Ontario for that fiscal year.
2007, c. 29, s. 73
391. Paragraph 40(a.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a.1) respecting the information that must be prepared and submitted by the Chief Statistician of Canada for the purposes of Parts I, I.1, V and V.1;
Payment to Nova Scotia
Payment of $74,188,000
392. There may be paid out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, on the requisition of the Minister of Finance, the sum of seventy-four million and one hundred and eighty-eight thousand dollars to Nova Scotia.
PART 10
EXPENDITURE RESTRAINT ACT
Enactment of Act
393. The Expenditure Restraint Act, whose text is as follows and whose Schedules 1 and 2 are set out in Schedule 11 to this Act, is hereby enacted:
An Act to restrain the Government of Canada’s expenditures in relation to employment
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Expenditure Restraint Act.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. The following definitions apply in this Act.
“additional remuneration”« rémunération additionnelle »
“additional remuneration” means any allowance, bonus, differential or premium or any payment to employees that is similar to any of those payments.
“arbitral award”« décision arbitrale »
“arbitral award” means an arbitral award governing employees to whom this Act applies.
“bargaining agent”« agent négociateur »
“bargaining agent” has the same meaning
(a) as in subsection 3(1) of the Canada Labour Code, in relation to employees to whom Part I of that Act applies;
(b) as in section 3 of the Parliamentary Employment and Staff Relations Act, in relation to employees to whom that Act applies; and
(c) as in subsection 2(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, in relation to employees to whom that Act applies.
“collective agreement”« convention collective »
“collective agreement” means a collective agreement governing employees to whom this Act applies.
“Her Majesty”« Sa Majesté »
“Her Majesty” means Her Majesty in right of Canada.
“National Joint Council”« Conseil national mixte »
“National Joint Council” has the same meaning as in subsection 4(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act.
“rate of pay”« taux de salaire »
“rate of pay” means a base rate of pay, whether expressed as a single rate of pay or a range of rates of pay — or, if no such rate or range exists, any fixed or ascertainable amount of base pay — but does not include any additional remuneration.
“restraint period”« période de contrôle »
“restraint period” means the period that begins on April 1, 2006 and ends on March 31, 2011.
Deemed bonus
3. For the purpose of this Act, any lump sum that an employer is required by an arbitral award to pay to employees is deemed to be a bonus.
National Joint Council recommendations
4. Any reference in this Act to additional remuneration does not include any additional remuneration that is provided for by a directive, policy, regulation, agreement or other instrument issued or made
(a) on the recommendation of the National Joint Council and with the employer’s approval; or
(b) unilaterally by an employer in respect of a subject matter that, in the opinion of the Treasury Board, is the same as or is related to the subject matter of any instrument made in accordance with paragraph (a).
When certain collective agreements are deemed to have been entered into
5. (1) For the purpose of this Act, a collective agreement is deemed to have been entered into before December 8, 2008 if it was actually entered into on or after that date but its parties had, before that date, agreed in writing to enter into it with effect on the expiry of a previous collective agreement and they entered into it without alteration.
When provisions of certain terms and conditions of employment are deemed to have been established
(2) If subsection (1) applies in respect of a collective agreement and terms and conditions of employment were established on or after December 8, 2008, the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment that are identical in all material respects to those of the collective agreement and that are applicable to non-represented and excluded employees that normally have terms and conditions of employment that are similar to those of the employees governed by the collective agreement are, for the purposes of this Act, deemed to have been made before December 8, 2008.
EFFECTS OF ACT
Right to bargain collectively
6. Subject to the other provisions of this Act, the right to bargain collectively under the Canada Labour Code, the Parliamentary Employment and Staff Relations Act and the Public Service Labour Relations Act is continued.
Right to strike
7. Nothing in this Act affects the right to strike under the Canada Labour Code or the Public Service Labour Relations Act.
Amendments permitted
8. Nothing in this Act precludes the bargaining agent for employees governed by a collective agreement or arbitral award and the employer of those employees from amending, by agreement in writing, any provision of the collective agreement or arbitral award, other than a provision relating to its term, so long as the amendment is not contrary to any provision of this Act.
Workplace improvements
9. Nothing in this Act precludes the co-development of workplace improvements by bargaining agents and employers under the auspices of the National Joint Council or any other body that they may agree on.
Incremental and merit increases
10. Nothing in this Act is to be construed as precluding the entitlement of any employee to incremental increases — including any based on the attainment of further qualifications or the acquisition of further skills — or to merit or performance increases, in-range increases, performance bonuses or similar forms of compensation.
Conflicts with other Acts
11. In the event of a conflict between a provision of this Act and a provision of any other Act of Parliament, including a provision in Part X of the Financial Administration Act, the provision of this Act prevails to the extent of the conflict, unless the other Act expressly declares that it or any of its provisions apply despite this Act.
APPLICATION
Members of Parliament
12. This Act applies to members of the Senate and the House of Commons.
Employees
13. (1) This Act applies to employees who are employed in or by
(a) the departments and other portions of the federal public administration named in Schedules I and IV, respectively, to the Financial Administration Act and the separate agencies named in Schedule V to that Act, other than the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada and the Staff of the Non-Public Funds, Canadian Forces;
(b) the Crown corporations and public bodies named in Schedule 1; and
(c) the Senate, the House of Commons, the Library of Parliament, the office of the Senate Ethics Officer and the office of the Conflict of Interest and Ethics Commissioner.
Members of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police
(2) For greater certainty, members of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police are employees.
Deemed employees
(3) This Act applies to the following persons, who are deemed to be employees for the purposes of this Act:
(a) the staff of members of the Senate and the House of Commons;
(b) directors of the Crown corporations and public bodies named in Schedule 1;
(c) officers and non-commissioned members of the Canadian Forces; and
(d) the Chief Electoral Officer.
Persons appointed by Governor in Council
(4) This Act applies to persons who are appointed by the Governor in Council, and those persons are deemed to be employees for the purposes of this Act. Despite this subsection, this Act does not apply to lieutenant governors, judges who are paid a salary under the Judges Act, military judges appointed under section 165.21 of the National Defence Act and prothonotaries appointed under section 12 of the Federal Courts Act.
Persons designated by Governor in Council
14. The Governor in Council may, by order, designate any person or class of persons as persons to whom this Act applies, and those persons are deemed to be employees for the purposes of this Act.
Locally engaged persons and independent contractors
15. This Act does not apply to a person who is locally engaged outside Canada or, for greater certainty, to a person who is engaged as an independent contractor.
RESTRAINT MEASURES
Increases to Rates of Pay
Increases to rates of pay
16. Despite any collective agreement, arbitral award or terms and conditions of employment to the contrary, but subject to the other provisions of this Act, the rates of pay for employees are to be increased, or are deemed to have been increased, as the case may be, by the following percentages for any 12-month period that begins during any of the following fiscal years:
(a) the 2006–2007 fiscal year, 2.5%;
(b) the 2007–2008 fiscal year, 2.3%;
(c) the 2008–2009 fiscal year, 1.5%;
(d) the 2009–2010 fiscal year, 1.5%; and
(e) the 2010–2011 fiscal year, 1.5%.
Employees Represented by a Bargaining Agent
Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements or arbitral awards after coming into force
17. (1) The provisions of any collective agreement that is entered into, or arbitral award that is made, after the day on which this Act comes into force may not provide for increases to rates of pay that are greater than those set out in section 16, but they may provide for increases that are lower.
12-month periods
(2) For greater certainty, any collective agreement that is entered into, or any arbitral award that is made, after the day on which this Act comes into force and that provides for increases to rates of pay for any period that begins during the restraint period must do so on the basis of a 12-month period.
Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements and arbitral awards — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
18. The provisions of any collective agreement that is entered into, or any arbitral award that is made, during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force that provide, for any particular period, for increases to rates of pay that are greater than those referred to in section 16 for that particular period are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide for the increases referred to in section 16.
Increases to rates of pay — collective agreements and arbitral awards — before December 8, 2008
19. With respect to a collective agreement that is entered into, or an arbitral award that is made, before December 8, 2008,
(a) section 16 does not apply in respect of any period that began during the 2006–2007 or 2007–2008 fiscal year; and
(b) for any 12-month period that begins during any of the 2008–2009, 2009–2010 and 2010–2011 fiscal years, section 16 applies only in respect of periods that begin on or after December 8, 2008 and any provisions of those agreements or awards that provide, for any particular period, for increases to rates of pay that are greater than those referred to in section 16 for that particular period are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide for the increases referred to in section 16.
Other than 12-month periods — section 18
20. If a collective agreement or arbitral award to which section 18 applies provides for an increase to rates of pay for a period of other than 12 months that begins during any particular fiscal year in the restraint period, that increase is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and is deemed to be an increase for that period of other than 12 months, determined on an annualized basis to the nearest 1/100%, that provides for the increase referred to in section 16 for a period that begins during that particular fiscal year.
Other than 12-month periods — section 19
21. If a collective agreement or arbitral award to which section 19 applies provides for an increase to rates of pay for a period of other than 12 months that begins during any particular fiscal year that begins during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, that increase is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and is deemed to be an increase for that period of other than 12 months, determined on an annualized basis to the nearest 1/100%, that provides for the increase referred to in section 16 for a period that begins during that particular fiscal year.
Lower percentages not affected
22. If a collective agreement or arbitral award to which section 18 or 19 applies provides for an increase to the rates of pay for any particular period that is lower than the increase referred to in section 16 for that period, section 16 does not apply in respect of that increase.
Restructuring prohibited
23. Subject to sections 31 to 34,
(a) no provision of a collective agreement that is entered into, or of an arbitral award that is made, after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the restraint period;
(b) any provision of a collective agreement that is entered into, or of an arbitral award that is made, during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force that provides for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the restraint period is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be; and
(c) any provision of a collective agreement that is entered into, or of an arbitral award that is made, before December 8, 2008 that provides for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011 is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No increases to additional remuneration — after coming into force
24. No collective agreement that is entered into, or arbitral award that is made, after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award immediately before the collective agreement, or the arbitral award, as the case may be, becomes effective.
No increases to additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
25. If a collective agreement that is entered into, or arbitral award that is made, at any time during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force contains provisions that provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for an increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award immediately before the collective agreement, or the arbitral award, as the case may be, became effective, those provisions are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No increases to additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
26. If a collective agreement that is entered into, or an arbitral award that is made, before December 8, 2008 contains provisions that, for any period that begins in the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, provide for an increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award immediately before the first period that began on or after December 8, 2008, those provisions are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No new additional remuneration — after coming into force
27. No collective agreement that is entered into, or arbitral award that is made, after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any additional remuneration that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award immediately before the collective agreement or the arbitral award, as the case may be, becomes effective.
No new additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 to coming into force
28. If a collective agreement that is entered into, or an arbitral award that is made, at any time during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force contains a provision that provides, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any additional remuneration to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award, as the case may be, immediately before it became effective, that provision is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No new additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
29. If a collective agreement that is entered into, or an arbitral award that is made, before December 8, 2008 contains a provision that provides, for any period that begins in the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, for any additional remuneration to the employees governed by the collective agreement or the arbitral award that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by the collective agreement or arbitral award, as the case may be, immediately before the first period that began on or after December 8, 2008, that provision is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
Canada Border Services Agency
30. Sections 24 to 26 do not apply in respect of pay notes applicable only to employees in the Canada Border Services Agency who were transferred to the Agency on its creation, but the rates of those pay notes may not be increased during any period that begins in any of the fiscal years referred to in section 16 by a percentage that is higher than the percentage set out in that section for that fiscal year.
Border Services Group
31. The following rules apply in respect of collective agreements that govern employees in the Border Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board:
(a) paragraph 23(a) does not prevent any collective agreement that is entered into after the day on which this Act comes into force from restructuring, as a result of a classification conversion, the rates of pay during the 2007–2008 or 2009–2010 fiscal year, and the increases set out in section 16 apply in respect of the restructured rates of pay;
(b) if a collective agreement is entered into during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force and, as a result of a classification conversion, it contains provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2007–2008 or 2009–2010 fiscal year, paragraph 23(b) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increases set out in section 16 apply in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(c) if a collective agreement is entered into before December 8, 2008 and, as a result of a classification conversion, it contains provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year, paragraph 23(c) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay.
Groups subject to national rates of pay
32. The following rules apply in respect of collective agreements that govern employees in the Operational Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board and employees in the General Labour and Trades Group and the General Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Parks Canada Agency or Her Majesty as represented by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency:
(a) paragraph 23(a) does not prevent any collective agreement that is entered into after the day on which this Act comes into force from restructuring the rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year in order to create national rates of pay, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay;
(b) if a collective agreement is entered into during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force and, in order to create national rates of pay, it contains provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year, paragraph 23(b) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(c) if a collective agreement is entered into before December 8, 2008 and, in order to create national rates of pay, it contains provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year, paragraph 23(c) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay.
Ships’ Officers Group
33. The following rules apply in respect of any arbitral award that is made before December 8, 2008 and that governs employees in the Ships’ Officers Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board:
(a) paragraph 23(c) does not apply in respect of the provisions of any arbitral award that provide for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2010–2011 fiscal year, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(b) section 29 does not apply in respect of the provisions of any arbitral award that provide for the payment, during the 2010–2011 fiscal year, of a sum in lieu of vacation leave factors.
Law Group
34. (1) The following rules apply in respect of any collective agreement or arbitral award that governs employees in the Law Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board, and in respect of any period that begins during the restraint period:
(a) in the case of a collective agreement entered into — or an arbitral award made — after the day on which this Act comes into force,
(i) it may not have retroactive effect in respect of a day that is earlier than May 10, 2006,
(ii) any increase to rates of pay that it provides for in respect of any period that begins during the 2006–2007 fiscal year must be based on the rates of pay set out in Schedule 2,
(iii) it must provide, for all employees in the Law Group, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group and, in relation to any particular position level, those plans must be at the same amounts or rates that were in effect for that position level on that date, but those plans may not have retroactive effect,
(iv) it may provide for any additional remuneration — other than a performance bonus — that applied to any position level in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, but the amount or rate of that additional remuneration for a particular position level may not be greater than the highest amount or rate that applied to employees of that position level on that date, and
(v) it may not provide for additional remuneration if that additional remuneration applied to no employee in the Law Group on May 9, 2006; and
(b) in the case of a collective agreement entered into — or an arbitral award made — on or before the day on which this Act comes into force,
(i) if any of its provisions has retroactive effect in respect of a day that is earlier than May 10, 2006, that retroactive effect is deemed never to have had effect, the provision is deemed to have had retroactive effect as of May 10, 2006 and the first day of every other period that is related to that provision is deemed to be moved forward by the number of days that is equal to the number of days between the first day the provision was expressed to have retroactive effect and May 10, 2006,
(ii) if the increase provided to rates of pay for any period that begins during the 2006–2007 fiscal year is based on rates of pay that are greater than those set out in Schedule 2, those greater rates of pay are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and the increase is deemed to be based on the rates of pay set out in Schedule 2,
(iii) if subparagraph (ii) applies, its provision that provides for the rates of pay for any other period that begins on or before March 31, 2011 is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and the rates of pay in that provision are deemed to be the rates of pay that applied immediately before the beginning of that period as a result of this Act,
(iv) if it provides for performance pay plans and those plans are not the same as those that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group or the amounts or rates provided for in those plans in relation to any particular position level are not the same as those of the performance pay plans that were in effect on that date — or the plans were expressed to be retroactive — the provisions that provide for those plans are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide, for all employees in the Law Group, as of the day that the agreement was entered into or the award was made, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group at the same amounts or rates, in relation to any particular position level, that were in effect on that date,
(v) if it does not provide for performance pay plans, it is deemed to provide, for all employees in the Law Group, as of the day that the agreement was entered into or the award was made, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group at the same amounts or rates, in relation to any particular position level, that were in effect on that date,
(vi) if it provides for any additional remuneration — other than a performance bonus — that applied to any position level in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, and the amount or rate of that additional remuneration for a particular position level is greater than the highest amount or rate that applied to any employees of that position level on that date, the provision that provides for that payment is deemed to be of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and is deemed to provide for the highest amount or rate, as the case may be, that applied in respect of any of those employees on that date, and
(vii) if it provides for any additional remuneration, and that additional remuneration applied to no employee in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, the provision that provides for that payment is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
Other provisions apply
(2) For greater certainty, the provisions of this Act that are not inconsistent with subsection (1) apply to collective agreements and arbitral awards that govern employees in the Law Group.
Non-represented and Excluded Employees
Definitions
35. (1) The following definitions apply in sections 36 to 54.
“employee”« employé »
“employee” means an employee who is not represented by a bargaining agent or who is excluded from a bargaining unit.
“terms and conditions of employment”« condition d’emploi »
“terms and conditions of employment” means terms and conditions of employment that apply to employees.
When terms and conditions of employment are considered to be established
(2) For the purposes of sections 36 to 54, terms and conditions of employment are considered to be established if they are established by an employer acting alone or agreed to by an employer and employees.
Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions established after coming into force
36. (1) Terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force may not provide for increases to rates of pay that are greater than those set out in section 16, but they may provide for increases that are lower.
12-month periods
(2) For greater certainty, terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force that provide for increases to rates of pay for any period that begins during the restraint period must do so on the basis of a 12-month period.
Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions of employment — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
37. The provisions of any terms and conditions of employment established during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force that provide, for any particular period, for an increase to rates of pay that are greater than those referred to in section 16 for that particular period are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide for the increases referred to in section 16.
Increases to rates of pay — terms and conditions of employment — before December 8, 2008
38. With respect to any terms and conditions of employment established before December 8, 2008 that provide for increases to rates of pay
(a) section 16 does not apply in respect of any period that began during the 2006–2007 or 2007–2008 fiscal year; and
(b) for any 12-month period that begins during any of the 2008–2009, 2009–2010 and 2010–2011 fiscal years, section 16 applies only in respect of periods that begin on or after December 8, 2008 and any provisions of those terms and conditions of employment that provide, for any particular period, for increases to rates of pay that are greater than those referred to in section 16 for that particular period are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide for the increases referred to in section 16.
Other than 12-month periods — section 37
39. If any terms and conditions of employment to which section 37 applies provide for an increase to rates of pay for a period of other than 12 months that begins during any particular fiscal year in the restraint period, that increase is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and the increase is deemed to be an increase for that period of other than 12 months, determined on an annualized basis to the nearest 1/100%, that provides for the increase referred to in section 16 for a period that begins during that particular fiscal year.
Other than 12-month periods — section 38
40. If any terms and conditions of employment to which section 38 applies provide for an increase to rates of pay for a period of other than 12 months that begins during any particular fiscal year that begins during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, that increase is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and is deemed to be an increase for that period of other than 12 months, determined on an annualized basis to the nearest 1/100%, that provides for the increases referred to in section 16 in respect of a period that begins during that particular fiscal year.
Lower percentages not affected
41. If any terms and conditions of employment to which section 37 or 38 apply provide for an increase to the rates of pay for any particular period that is lower than the increase referred to in section 16 for that period, section 16 does not apply in respect of that increase.
Section 16 does not create authority to increase
42. If any terms and conditions of employment established before, on or after the day on which this Act comes into force do not provide for an increase to the rates of pay for any particular period that begins during the restraint period, section 16 is not to be construed as authorizing any increase to those rates of pay.
Restructuring prohibited
43. Subject to sections 51 to 54,
(a) no provision of terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the restraint period;
(b) any provision of terms and conditions of employment established during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force that provides for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the restraint period is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be; and
(c) any provision of terms and conditions of employment established before December 8, 2008 that provides for the restructuring of rates of pay during any period that begins during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011 is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No increases to additional remuneration — after coming into force
44. No terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before those terms and conditions of employment become effective.
No increases to additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
45. If any terms and conditions of employment established at any time during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force contain provisions that provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for an increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before those provisions became effective, those provisions are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No increases to additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
46. If any terms and conditions of employment established before December 8, 2008 contain provisions that, for any period that begins in the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, provide for an increase to the amount or rate of any additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before the first period that began on or after December, 8, 2008, those provisions are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No new additional remuneration — after coming into force
47. No terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any additional remuneration that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before the terms and conditions of employment become effective.
No new additional remuneration — December 8, 2008 until coming into force
48. If any terms and conditions of employment established at any time during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force contain, in relation to any employees, a provision that provides, for any period that begins during the restraint period, for any additional remuneration that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before the effective date of the provisions, that provision is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No new additional remuneration — before December 8, 2008
49. If any terms and conditions of employment established before December 8, 2008 contain, in relation to any employees, a provision that provides, for any period that begins in the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, for any additional remuneration that is new in relation to the additional remuneration that applied to the employees governed by those terms and conditions of employment immediately before the first period that began on or after December 8, 2008, that provision is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
Canada Border Services Agency
50. Sections 44 to 46 do not apply in respect of pay notes applicable only to employees in the Canada Border Services Agency who were transferred to the Agency on its creation, but the rates of those pay notes may not be increased during any period that begins in any of the fiscal years referred to in section 16 by a percentage that is higher than the percentage set out in that section for that fiscal year.
Border Services Group
51. The following rules apply in respect of terms and conditions of employment governing employees in the Border Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board:
(a) if the restructuring permitted by paragraph 31(a) occurs, paragraph 43(a) does not prevent terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force from restructuring, as a result of a classification conversion, the rates of pay during the 2007–2008 or 2009–2010 fiscal year, and the increases set out in section 16 apply in respect of the restructured rates of pay;
(b) if any terms and conditions of employment were established during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force and, as a result of a classification conversion, they contain provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2007–2008 or 2009–2010 fiscal year and the restructuring permitted by paragraph 31(b) occurs, paragraph 43(b) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increases set out in section 16 apply in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(c) if any terms and conditions of employment were established before December 8, 2008 and, as a result of a classification conversion, they contain provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year and the restructuring permitted by paragraph 31(c) occurs, paragraph 43(c) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay.
Groups subject to national rates of pay
52. The following rules apply in respect of terms and conditions of employment governing employees in the Operational Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board and employees in the General Labour and Trades Group and the General Services Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Parks Canada Agency or Her Majesty as represented by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency:
(a) if the restructuring permitted by paragraph 32(a) occurs, paragraph 43(a) does not prevent terms and conditions of employment established after the day on which this Act comes into force from restructuring rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year in order to create national rates of pay, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay;
(b) if any terms and conditions of employment were established during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force and, in order to create national rates of pay, they contain provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year and the restructuring permitted by paragraph 32(b) occurs, paragraph 43(b) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(c) if any terms and conditions of employment were established before December 8, 2008 and, in order to create national rates of pay, they contains provisions for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2009–2010 fiscal year and the restructuring permitted by paragraph 32(c) occurs, paragraph 43(c) does not apply in respect of those provisions, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay.
Ships’ Officers Group
53. The following rules apply in respect of terms and conditions of employment established before December 8, 2008 that govern employees in the Ships’ Officers Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board:
(a) paragraph 43(c) does not apply in respect of the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment that provide for the restructuring of rates of pay during the 2010–2011 fiscal year, and the increase set out in section 16 applies in respect of the restructured rates of pay; and
(b) section 49 does not apply in respect of the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment that provide for the payment, during the 2010–2011 fiscal year, of a sum in lieu of vacation leave factors.
Law Group
54. (1) The following rules apply in respect of terms and conditions of employment governing employees in the Law Group whose employer is Her Majesty as represented by the Treasury Board, and in respect of any period that begins during the restraint period:
(a) in the case where the terms and conditions of employment are established after the day on which this Act comes into force,
(i) the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment that provide for increases to rates of pay may not have retroactive effect in respect of a day that is earlier than May 10, 2006,
(ii) any increase to rates of pay that the terms and conditions of employment provide for in respect of any period that begins during the 2006–2007 fiscal year must be based on the rates of pay set out in Schedule 2,
(iii) the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment must provide, for all employees of the Law Group, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group and, in relation to any particular position level, those plans must be at the same amounts or rates that were in effect for that position level on that date but those plans may not have retroactive effect, and
(iv) the provisions of those terms and conditions of employment may provide for any additional remuneration — other than a performance bonus — that applied to any position level in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, but the amount or rate of that additional remuneration for a particular position level may not be greater than the highest amount or rate that applied to employees of that position level on that date, and
(v) those terms and conditions of employment may not provide for additional remuneration if that additional remuneration applied to no employee in the Law Group on May 9, 2006; and
(b) in the case where the terms and conditions of employment were established on or before the day on which this Act comes into force,
(i) if any of their provisions have retroactive effect in respect of a day that is earlier than May 10, 2006, that retroactive effect is deemed never to have had effect, the provision is deemed to have had retroactive effect as of May 10, 2006 and the first day of every other period referred to in that provision is deemed to be moved forward by the number of days that is equal to the number of days between the first day the provision was expressed to have retroactive effect and May 10, 2006,
(ii) if the increase provided to rates of pay for any period that begins during the 2006–2007 fiscal year is based on rates of pay that are greater than those set out in Schedule 2, those greater rates of pay are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and the increase is deemed to be based on the rates of pay set out in Schedule 2,
(iii) if subparagraph (ii) applies, the provisions of the terms and conditions of employment that provide for rates of pay for every other period that begins on or before March 31, 2011 are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and the rates of pay in those provisions are deemed to be the rates of pay that applied immediately before the beginning of that period as a result of this Act,
(iv) if those terms and conditions of employment provide for performance pay plans and those plans are not the same as those that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group or the amounts or rates provided for in those plans in relation to any particular position level are not the same as those of the performance pay plans that were in effect on that date — or the plans were expressed to be retroactive — the provisions that provide for those plans are of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to be provisions that provide, for all employees in the Law Group, as of the day that the terms and conditions of employment were established, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group at the same amounts or rates, in relation to any particular position level, that were in effect on that date,
(v) if those terms and conditions of employment do not provide for performance pay plans, they are deemed to provide, for all employees in the Law Group, as of the day that they were established, for the same performance pay plans that were in effect on May 9, 2006 for any employees in the Law Group at the same amounts or rates, in relation to any particular position level, that were in effect on that date,
(vi) if those terms and conditions of employment provide for any additional remuneration — other than a performance bonus — that applied to any position level in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, and the amount or rate of that additional remuneration for a particular position level is greater than the highest amount or rate that applied to any employees of that position level on that date, the provisions that provide for that payment are deemed to be of no effect or are deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be, and are deemed to provide for the highest amount or rate, as the case may be, that applied in respect of any of those employees on that date, and
(vii) if those terms and conditions of employment provide for any additional remuneration, and that additional remuneration applied to no employee in the Law Group on May 9, 2006, the provision that provides for that payment is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
Other provisions apply
(2) For greater certainty, the provisions of this Act that are not inconsistent with subsection (1) apply to terms and conditions of employment governing employees in the Law Group.
Members of Parliament
Members of Parliament
55. (1) Despite subsections 55.1(2), 62.1(2), 62.2(2) and 62.3(2) of the Parliament of Canada Act and subsections 4.1(2), (4) and (6) of the Salaries Act, the increases in respect of allowances and salaries to be paid to members of the Senate and the House of Commons for the 2009–2010 and 2010–2011 fiscal years are to be 1.5% for each of those fiscal years.
2011–2012 fiscal year
(2) The indexing referred to in the provisions referred to in subsection (1) with respect to the 2011–2012 fiscal year is to be applied to the allowances and salaries determined under subsection (1) in respect of the 2010–2011 fiscal year.
General
Inconsistent provisions
56. Any provision of any collective agreement that is entered into — or of any arbitral award that is made, or of any terms and conditions of employment that are established — after the day on which this Act comes into force that is inconsistent with this Act is of no effect.
Compensating for restraint measures prohibited
57. No provision of any collective agreement that is entered into — or of any arbitral award that is made, or of any terms and conditions of employment that are established — after the day on which this Act comes into force may provide for compensation for amounts that employees did not receive as a result of the restraint measures in this Act.
Provisions compensating for restraint measures of no effect
58. If a provision of a collective agreement that is entered into — or of an arbitral award that is made, or of terms and conditions of employment that are established — on or before the day on which this Act comes into force provides for compensation for amounts that employees did not receive as a result of the restraint measures in this Act, that provision is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No changes to performance pay plans — new collective agreements, etc.
59. No provision of any collective agreement that is entered into — or of any arbitral award that is made, or of any terms and conditions of employment that are established — after the day on which this Act comes into force may, for any period that begins during the restraint period, change the performance pay plans, including the amounts or rates, that apply to any employees governed by the agreement, award or terms and conditions of employment.
No changes to performance pay plans — existing collective agreements, etc.
60. If a provision of a collective agreement that is entered into — or of an arbitral award that is made, or of terms and conditions of employment that are established — during the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on the day on which this Act comes into force changes, for any period that begins during the restraint period, the performance pay plans, including the amounts or rates, that apply to any employees governed by the agreement, award or terms and conditions of employment, the change is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
No changes to performance pay plans — existing collective agreements, etc.
61. If a provision of a collective agreement that is entered into — or of an arbitral award that is made, or of terms and conditions of employment that are established — before December 8, 2008 changes, for any period that begins in the period that begins on December 8, 2008 and ends on March 31, 2011, the performance pay plans, including the amounts or rates, that apply to any employees governed by the agreement, award or terms and conditions of employment, the change is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect, as the case may be.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
62. Despite sections 44 to 49, the Treasury Board may change the amount or rate of any allowance, or make any new allowance, applicable to members of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police if the Treasury Board is of the opinion that the change or the new allowance, as the case may be, is critical to support transformation initiatives relating to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police.
ADMINISTRATION
Powers and duties of Treasury Board
63. (1) The Treasury Board may exercise the powers and shall perform the duties in relation to this Act that are necessary to enable it to determine whether an employer of employees, other than employees referred to in paragraph 13(1)(c) or (3)(a), is complying with this Act.
Information and documentation
(2) The Treasury Board may require from the employer any information and documentation that it considers necessary to enable it to determine whether the employer is complying with this Act.
Treasury Board directive
(3) If the Treasury Board determines under this section that the employer is not complying with this Act, it may issue any directives that it considers appropriate to ensure the compliance.
Debt due to Her Majesty
64. (1) Every amount paid — including amounts paid before the day on which this Act comes into force — to any person in excess of the amount that should have been paid as a result of this Act is a debt due to Her Majesty and may be recovered as such.
Overpayment
(2) Any amount that is a debt due to Her Majesty as a result of subsection (1) is deemed to be an overpayment to which subsection 155(3) of the Financial Administration Act applies.
Application
(3) For greater certainty, subsection (1) applies to, but is not limited to, the following amounts:
(a) amounts paid under a provision that by the operation of this Act is of no effect or is deemed never to have had effect; and
(b) amounts paid as a result of the payment of any amount referred to in paragraph (a).
Orders
65. The Governor in Council may, on the recommendation of the Treasury Board, by order, amend Schedule 1 by adding to or deleting from it the name of any Crown corporation or public body.
PART 11
EQUITABLE COMPENSATION
Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act
Enactment of Act
394. The Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act is enacted as follows:
An Act respecting the provision of equitable compensation in the public sector of Canada
Preamble
Whereas Parliament affirms that women in the public sector of Canada should receive equal pay for work of equal value;
Whereas Parliament affirms that it is desirable to accomplish that goal through proactive means;
And whereas employers in the public sector of Canada operate in a market-driven economy;
Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:
SHORT TITLE
Short title
1. This Act may be cited as the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
2. (1) The following definitions apply in this Act.
“bargaining agent”« agent négociateur »
“bargaining agent” means an employee organization that is certified by the Board as the bargaining agent for the employees in a bargaining unit.
“bargaining unit”« unité de négociation »
“bargaining unit” means a group of two or more employees that is determined by the Board to constitute a unit of employees appropriate for collective bargaining.
“Board”« Commission »
“Board” means the Public Service Labour Relations Board.
“collective agreement”« convention collective »
“collective agreement” means an agreement in writing, entered into under Part 1 of the Public Service Labour Relations Act between the employer and a bargaining agent, containing provisions respecting terms and conditions of employment and related matters.
“compensation”« rémunération »
“compensation” means any form of remuneration payable for work performed by an employee and includes
(a) salaries, commissions, vacation pay, sev- erance pay and bonuses;
(b) payments in kind;
(c) employer contributions to pension funds or plans, long-term disability plans and all forms of health insurance plans; and
(d) any other advantage received directly or indirectly from the employer.
“employee”« employé »
“employee” means a person who is employed by an employer, other than a person who is
(a) appointed by the Governor in Council under an Act of Parliament to a statutory position described in that Act; or
(b) locally engaged outside Canada.
“employer”« employeur »
“employer” means Her Majesty in right of Canada as represented by
(a) the Treasury Board, in the case of a department named in Schedule I to the Financial Administration Act or another portion of the federal public administration named in Schedule IV to that Act; and
(b) the separate agency, in the case of a portion of the federal public administration named in Schedule V to the Financial Administration Act.
“female predominant”« à prédominance féminine »
“female predominant”, in relation to a job group or a job class, means a job group or job class, as the case may be, composed of at least 70% female employees.
“job class”« catégorie d’emplois »
“job class” means two or more positions in the same job group that have similar duties and responsibilities, require similar qualifications, are part of the same compensation plan and are within the same range of salary rates.
“job group”« groupe d’emplois »
“job group” has the meaning assigned by the regulations.
“non-unionized employee”« employé non syndiqué »
“non-unionized employee” means an employee who is not a member of a bargaining unit that is represented by a bargaining agent.
“prescribed”« Version anglaise seulement »
“prescribed” means prescribed by regulation.
“unionized employee”« employé syndiqué »
“unionized employee” means an employee who is a member of a bargaining unit that is represented by a bargaining agent.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
(2) For greater certainty, members of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police are employees for the purposes of this Act.
Canadian Forces
(3) For the purposes of this Act,
(a) officers and non-commissioned members of the Canadian Forces are deemed to be employees; and
(b) Her Majesty in right of Canada, as represented by the Treasury Board, is deemed to be the employer of those officers and members.
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE EQUITABLE COMPENSATION
Obligations of employers and bargaining agents
3. (1) An employer shall, in respect of its non-unionized employees, take measures to provide them with equitable compensation in accordance with this Act. In the case of unionized employees, the employer and the bargaining agent shall take measures to provide those employees with equitable compensation in accordance with this Act.
Notice to employees
(2) Every employer shall post, in the prescribed manner, a notice setting out the text of subsection (1) and describing the rights employees have under this Act.
EQUITABLE COMPENSATION ASSESSMENT
Equitable compensation assessment
4. (1) An equitable compensation assessment under this Act assesses, without gender bias, the value of work performed by employees in a job group or a job class and identifies, by taking into account the prescribed factors, whether an equitable compensation matter exists.
Determining value
(2) The criteria to be applied in assessing the value of the work performed by employees in a job group or a job class are
(a) the composite of the skill, effort and responsibility required in the performance of the work and the conditions under which the work is performed; and
(b) the employer’s recruitment and retention needs in respect of employees in that job group or job class, taking into account the qualifications required to perform the work and the market forces operating in respect of employees with those qualifications.
Precision
(3) Subject to the regulations, an equitable compensation assessment in respect of a job group or job class is to be conducted having regard to
(a) with the exception of a job group or job class described in paragraph (d), in the case of a job group or job class within a portion of the federal public administration, including a department, described in paragraph (a) of the definition “employer” in subsection 2(1), only job groups or job classes, as the case may be, within any of those portions of the federal public administration, other than job groups or job classes described in paragraph (d);
(b) in the case of a job group or job class within a separate agency named in Schedule V to the Financial Administration Act, only job groups or job classes, as the case may be, within the separate agency;
(c) in the case of a job group or job class within the Canadian Forces, only job groups or job classes, as the case may be, within the Canadian Forces that consist of officers and non-commissioned members of the Canadian Forces; and
(d) in the case of a job group or job class within the Royal Canadian Mounted Police that consists of members of that organization, only job groups or job classes, as the case may be, within that organization that consist of such members. 
Equitable compensation matter
(4) An equitable compensation matter exists in respect of a job group or a job class if an equitable compensation assessment determines, after taking into account the prescribed factors referred to in subsection (1), that equitable compensation is not being provided to employees in that job group or job class.
Regulations
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting, for the purposes of subsection (1), the conducting of an equitable compensation assessment;
(b) respecting, for the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), what constitutes the skill, effort and responsibility required in the performance of work and the conditions under which the work is performed;
(c) respecting, for the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), what constitutes qualifications, and how an employer’s recruitment and retention needs are to be determined; and
(d) restricting, for the purposes of subsection (3), the job groups or job classes to which an equitable compensation assessment is to have regard.
EMPLOYERS WITH NON-UNIONIZED EMPLOYEES
Obligations
Determining whether each job group is female predominant
5. Within each of the periods that is prescribed in respect of a job group, every employer that has non-unionized employees in that job group shall determine whether that job group is female predominant and, depending on the determination, comply with section 6 or 7.
Determination — no female predominant job groups
6. (1) If an employer that has non-unionized employees determines that there are no female predominant job groups that contain at least the prescribed number of employees, the employer shall post, in the prescribed manner, for at least 90 days, a notice to that effect setting out the prescribed information.
Dissatisfaction with employer’s determination
(2) A non-unionized employee who is dissatisfied with his or her employer’s determination in the notice because the employee believes that he or she is part of a job group that contains at least the prescribed number of employees that is female predominant may, in the prescribed manner, so notify the employer within the prescribed period after the day on which the notice referred to in subsection (1) is first posted.
Employer’s response
(3) Within the prescribed period after the day on which the notice under subsection (2) is given, the employer shall consider the issues raised in the notice and provide the employee with a response in writing.
Determination — existence of female predominant job group
7. (1) If an employer that has non-unionized employees determines that a job group that contains at least the prescribed number of employees is female predominant, the employer shall
(a) determine, by conducting an equitable compensation assessment, whether any equitable compensation matters exist involving non-unionized employees in that job group and, if there are, prepare a plan to resolve them within a reasonable time; and
(b) provide non-unionized employees in that job group, in the prescribed manner, with a report that
(i) sets out a summary of the activities conducted by the employer under paragraph (a) and of consultations, if any, carried out under that paragraph,
(ii) describes how the equitable compensation assessment in respect of that job group was conducted,
(iii) states whether or not the employer has determined that an equitable compensation matter exists involving non-unionized employees in that job group and, if there is, describing the matter, and
(iv) sets out the plan prepared under paragraph (a), if one was prepared.
Right of non-unionized employee
(2) A non-unionized employee of that job group may, in the prescribed manner, within the prescribed period after the day on which the employer provides the employee with the report, request that the employer take appropriate steps to provide him or her with equitable compensation within a reasonable time if the employee is of the opinion that he or she will not receive equitable compensation because his or her employer has not prepared a plan under paragraph (1)(a) or, if one was prepared, the plan, in the employee’s opinion, does not provide for equitable compensation within a reasonable time.
Response
(3) Within the prescribed period after the day on which the request is made, the employer shall consider the matters raised in it and respond to the employee in writing. The employer shall indicate in the response whether it intends to take any measure as a result of the request and
(a) if so, the period during which that measure is to be implemented; or
(b) if not, the reasons for not doing so.
Implementation of plan
8. (1) An employer that has non-unionized employees and that provides a report under paragraph 7(1)(b) or as a result of an order made under this Act — or under a response given under subsection 7(3) or 9(3) — that contains a plan shall implement the plan in accordance with its terms.
When obligation ceases
(2) Subsection (1) ceases to apply in respect of a plan if the employer subsequently provides another plan under this Act that deals with the same job group or job class, as the case may be.
Request concerning equitable compensation — job class
9. (1) A non-unionized employee of an employer may, in the prescribed manner, within the prescribed period, request that the employer take appropriate steps to provide him or her with equitable compensation within a reasonable time if the employee has reasonable grounds to believe
(a) that he or she is a member of a female predominant job class; and
(b) that an equitable compensation assessment conducted in respect of that job class would lead to the identification of an equitable compensation matter.
Information that must be provided
(2) The employee who makes the request shall, in the prescribed manner, provide the employer with a statement that
(a) describes the female predominant job class of which the employee alleges he or she is a member; and
(b) sets out the reasonable grounds that the employee has to believe the matters referred to in paragraphs (1)(a) and (b).
Response
(3) Within the prescribed period after the day on which the request is made, the employer shall consider the matters raised in it and respond to the employee in writing. The employer shall indicate in the response whether it intends to take any measure as a result of the request and
(a) if so, the period during which that measure is to be implemented; or
(b) if not, the reasons for not doing so.
Complaints
Failure to comply
10. A non-unionized employee may, in a form acceptable to the Board, file a complaint with the Board if the employee is of the opinion that his or her employer has failed to comply with section 5 or subsection 6(1) or (3), 7(1) or (3), 8(1) or 9(3).
Dissatisfaction with employer’s response
11. (1) A non-unionized employee who is provided with a response under subsection 9(3) may, in a form acceptable to the Board, within the prescribed period after the response is provided, file a complaint with the Board if
(a) the employee is dissatisfied with any matter in the response; and
(b) the employee has reasonable grounds to believe
(i) that he or she is a member of a female predominant job class, and
(ii) that an equitable compensation assessment conducted in respect of that job class would lead to the identification of an equitable compensation matter.
Information that must be provided
(2) The complaint must
(a) describe the female predominant job class of which the employee alleges he or she is a member; and
(b) set out the reasonable grounds that the employee has to believe the matters referred to in subparagraphs (1)(b)(i) and (ii).
Accompanying documents
(3) The complaint must be accompanied by a copy of
(a) the employee’s request made under subsection 9(1); and
(b) the employer’s response given under subsection 9(3).
EMPLOYERS WITH UNIONIZED EMPLOYEES
Obligations
Provision of statement setting out number of employees — collective agreement in force
12. (1) Within the prescribed period before the expiry of the term of a collective agreement between an employer and a bargaining agent and in the prescribed manner, the employer shall provide the bargaining agent with a statement that sets out, in respect of each job group that consists in whole or in part of members of bargaining units that are represented by the bargaining agent, the number of employees that form part of that job group and the number of employees in that job group that are males and the number that are females. If the bargaining agent has not already made the statement available to all those employees, the bargaining agent shall make a copy of it available to any of them who request it.
Provision of statement setting out number of employees — no collective agreement
(2) If there is no collective agreement between an employer and a bargaining agent but that bargaining agent has been certified to represent employees in a bargaining unit that consists in whole or in part of the employer’s employees, the employer shall, at the request of the bargaining agent, provide the bargaining agent with a statement that sets out, in respect of each job group that consists in whole or in part of employees who are members of that bargaining unit, the number of the employees that form part of that job group and the number of employees in that job group that are males and the number that are females. If the bargaining agent has not already made available any statement that it has received to all those employees, the bargaining agent shall make a copy of it available to any of them who request it.
Preparatory work
13. An employer and a bargaining agent shall, before collective bargaining begins, each conduct preparatory work to enable it, during collective bargaining, to raise or to respond to questions concerning the provision of equitable compensation to employees in female predominant job groups.
Notice describing female predominant job group
14. An employer or a bargaining agent that intends to negotiate collectively in respect of the provision of equitable compensation to employees in a female predominant job group shall, without delay, provide the other party with a notice that identifies the female predominant job group concerned.
Report in relation to equitable compensation matters
15. An employer or a bargaining agent that raises any equitable compensation matter in the course of collective bargaining in respect of a female predominant job group shall, without delay, provide the other party with a report that
(a) identifies the female predominant job group to which the matter relates;
(b) describes how the equitable compensation assessment was conducted in respect of that female predominant job group; and
(c) sets out how the equitable compensation matter should be resolved.
Collective agreement
16. The provisions of a collective agreement between an employer and a bargaining agent in relation to equitable compensation may not be inconsistent with section 113 of the Public Service Labour Relations Act.
Arbitration
Request for arbitration
17. If arbitration has been chosen under subsection 103(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act as the process for the resolution of disputes, questions concerning the provision of equitable compensation to employees may be the subject of a request for arbitration under subsection 136(1) of that Act.
Obligations of arbitration body
18. The body seized of a request for arbitration under the Public Service Labour Relations Act that includes questions concerning the provision of equitable compensation to employees shall, in the absence of any agreement by the parties, determine whether any job group is female predominant and, if it determines that it is, determine how the equitable compensation assessment in respect of that job group is to be conducted.
Arbitral award
19. (1) The body seized of a request for arbitration under the Public Service Labour Relations Act that includes equitable compensation matters shall, subject to section 150 of that Act, make an arbitral award that sets out a plan to resolve those matters within a reasonable time.
Report
(2) As soon as feasible after making an arbitral award that sets out a plan referred to in subsection (1), the body making the award shall prepare and make available to the Chairperson of the Board, in the prescribed manner, a report that
(a) sets out how the equitable compensation assessment in respect of every female predominant job group to which the award relates was conducted; and
(b) if the body has decided that an equitable compensation matter exists, specifies whether or not that matter is to be resolved during the term of the arbitral award.
Copy to employer and bargaining agent
(3) On receipt of the report, the Chairperson of the Board shall, without delay, send a copy to the employer and the bargaining agent concerned and may cause the report to be published in any manner that the Chairperson considers appropriate.
Conciliation
Request for conciliation
20. If conciliation has been chosen under subsection 103(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act as the process for the resolution of disputes, questions concerning the provision of equitable compensation to employees may be the subject of a request for conciliation under subsection 161(1) of that Act.
Obligations of public interest commission seized of request for conciliation
21. A public interest commission seized of a request for conciliation under the Public Service Labour Relations Act that includes questions concerning the provision of equitable compensation to employees shall
(a) determine, in the absence of any agreement by the parties, whether any job group is female predominant and, if it determines that it is, recommend how the equitable compensation assessment in respect of that job group should be conducted; and
(b) include in its report, subject to section 177 of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, recommendations that, if accepted by the parties, would result in the provision of equitable compensation to the employees concerned.
Ratification
Obligation to prepare report
22. Before a bargaining agent submits a proposed collective agreement to employees for ratification, the employer and the bargaining agent shall jointly prepare and make available, in the prescribed manner, to the employees to whom the proposed collective agreement relates, a report that
(a) sets out how the equitable compensation assessment in respect of every female predominant job group was conducted; and
(b) if, in the course of the bargaining that led to the proposed collective agreement, the employer and the bargaining agent have determined that an equitable compensation matter exists, describes the matter and specifies whether that matter is to be resolved during the term of the proposed collective agreement and if not, the reasonable time within which it is to be resolved.
Complaints
Failure to comply
23. A unionized employee may, in a form acceptable to the Board, file a complaint with the Board if the employee has reasonable grounds to believe that his or her employer or bargaining agent has failed to comply with section 12.
Lack of equitable compensation
24. (1) An employee who is bound by a collective agreement entered into by an employer and a bargaining agent may, in a form acceptable to the Board, within 60 days after the day on which the collective agreement was entered into, file a complaint with the Board if
(a) the employee has reasonable grounds to believe
(i) that he or she is a member of a female predominant job class, and
(ii) that an equitable compensation assessment conducted in respect of that job class would lead to the identification of an equitable compensation matter; and
(b) the employee is of the opinion that he or she will not receive equitable compensation during the term of that collective agreement or within a reasonable period after the expiry of that term.
Information that must be provided
(2) The complaint must
(a) describe the female predominant job class of which the employee alleges he or she is a member; and
(b) set out the reasonable grounds the employee has to believe the matters referred to in subparagraphs (1)(a)(i) and (ii).
PUBLIC SERVICE LABOUR RELATIONS BOARD
General
Application of Public Service Labour Relations Act
25. (1) The provisions of the Public Service Labour Relations Act apply, with any modifications that the circumstances require, in relation to any complaint or order made under this Act as though the complaint or order were a complaint or order, as the case may be, made under that Act.
Regulations
(2) The Board may make regulations concerning the procedure in respect of the making or hearing of complaints under this Act and any other matter that is incidental or conducive to the exercise of its powers and the performance of its functions under this Act.
Power to extend period
26. The Board may extend the period for filing a complaint under this Act by up to 60 days if it is satisfied that exceptional circumstances justify the extension.
Notice to employer and bargaining agent
27. The Board shall send a copy of every complaint filed with it under this Act, together with all of the information accompanying it, to the employer or bargaining agent, as the case may be — or, in the case of a complaint filed under section 24, to the employer and the bargaining agent — to whom the complaint relates.
Obligation to deal with every complaint
28. (1) The Board shall deal with every complaint filed with it under this Act unless it appears to the Board that the complaint is trivial, frivolous or vexatious or was made in bad faith.
Notice to employee
(2) If the Board decides not to deal with a complaint, it shall send a written notice of its decision and the reasons for it to the employee who filed the complaint and to the employer or bargaining agent, as the case may be — or, in the case of a complaint filed under section 24, to the employer and the bargaining agent — to whom the complaint relates.
Complaints Filed by Non-unionized Employees
Complaints under section 10
29. The Board may, in respect of a complaint filed under section 10, dismiss the complaint or, by order, if the Board determines that the employer has failed to comply with section 5 or subsection 6(1) or (3), 7(1) or (3), 8(1) or 9(3) direct the employer to comply with that provision within the period specified by the Board in the order.
Complaints under section 11
30. (1) The Board may, in respect of a complaint filed under section 11, dismiss the complaint or, by order, require the employer to file with the Board, within the period specified by it in the order, a report that sets out the following, in respect of the female predominant job class of which the complainant is, according to the Board, a member:
(a) how the employer has, since the making of the order, conducted an equitable compensation assessment in respect of the job class; and
(b) if the equitable compensation assessment identified an equitable compensation matter in respect of the job class, the employer’s plan to resolve that matter within a reasonable period.
Power if employer has committed manifestly unreasonable error
(2) If, after receiving a report required by an order made under subsection (1), the Board is of the opinion that the employer has committed an error that is manifestly unreasonable in conducting an equitable compensation assessment or that the employer’s plan fails to make reasonable progress toward resolving an equitable compensation matter, the Board may, by order, require the employer to
(a) take measures to correct the error or to alter the plan in such a way that it makes reasonable progress toward resolving the equitable compensation matter; and
(b) file a report with the Board, within the period specified by it in the order, describing the measures that the employer has taken.
Power to determine equitable compensation matter
(3) If, after receiving a report required by an order made under subsection (2), the Board is of the opinion that the employer has committed an error that is manifestly unreasonable in the fulfilment of its obligations to take the measures referred to in paragraph (2)(a), the Board shall determine, by having regard to the equitable compensation assessment conducted by the employer or by itself conducting an equitable compensation assessment in respect of the female predominant job class of which the complainant is, according to the Board, a member, if any equitable compensation matters exist in respect of the job class and, if it determines that there are, the Board may, by order, require the employer to
(a) pay the complainant a lump sum as compensation with respect to the matter in relation to the period that begins on the day specified by the Board, which day may not be earlier than the day determined under subsection (4), and that ends on the day on which the order is made; and
(b) pay equitable compensation to the employees in the job class in relation to the period that begins on the day on which the order is made and that ends on the day on which the employer next complies with section 6 or 7 in respect of the job group that includes that job class.
Determination of day
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), the day is the day on which the complainant made a request under subsection 9(1).
Failure to file report
(5) If the employer fails to file a report required by an order made under subsection (1) or (2), the Board may, by order, grant another period of time to file the report or, if the Board considers that there are exceptional circumstances to justify doing so, declare that the employer has committed a manifestly unreasonable error described in subsection (3). If the Board makes that declaration, subsection (3) applies.
Report to be made available
(6) The Board shall make every report received as a result of an order made under this section available to the public.
Power to require posting of order
(7) The Board may, in an order made under this section, require the employer to post a copy of it, for at least 90 days, in the prescribed manner.
Complaints Filed by Unionized Employees
Complaints under section 23
31. The Board may, in respect of a complaint filed under section 23, dismiss the complaint or, by order, if the Board determines that the employer or the bargaining agent has failed to comply with section 12, direct the employer or bargaining agent, as the case may be, to comply with section 12 within the period specified by the Board in the order.
Complaints under section 24 — power to require statement
32. The Board may, in respect of a complaint filed under section 24, direct the employer and the bargaining agent to file with it, within the period specified by it, a copy of the report that they made available to employees under section 22 and a written statement that
(a) identifies the job class of which the complainant is, according to the employer and the bargaining agent, a member; and
(b) indicates whether the job class referred to in paragraph (a) is female predominant and, if it is, sets out how an equitable compensation assessment should be conducted in respect of that job class.
Complaints under section 24 — power to dismiss or make orders
33. (1) The Board may, in respect of a complaint filed under section 24, dismiss the complaint or, by order, require the employer and the bargaining agent to file with the Board, within the period specified by it in the order, a report that sets out the following in respect of the female predominant job class of which the complainant is, according to the Board, a member:
(a) how the employer and the bargaining agent have, since the making of the order, conducted an equitable compensation assessment in respect of the job class; and
(b) if the equitable compensation assessment identified an equitable compensation matter in respect of the job class, their plan to resolve that matter in the course of the next collective bargaining that begins after the day on which the order is made or, if they are collectively bargaining on that day, in the course of that collective bargaining.
Power if employer and bargaining agent have committed manifestly unreasonable error
(2) If, after receiving a report required by an order made under subsection (1), the Board is of the opinion that the employer and the bargaining agent have committed an error that is manifestly unreasonable in conducting an equitable compensation assessment or that their plan fails to make reasonable progress toward resolving an equitable compensation matter, the Board may, by order,
(a) require the employer and the bargaining agent to
(i) take measures to correct the error or to alter the plan in such a way that it makes reasonable progress toward resolving the equitable compensation matter, and
(ii) file a report with the Board, within the period specified by it in the order, describing the measures the employer and the bargaining agent have taken; and
(b) if more than two years remain before the termination date of the current collective agreement between the employer and the bargaining agent, alter the collective agreement in such a way that the termination date is any day specified by the Board that is within the period that begins two years after the day on which the order is made and that ends on the day that would otherwise have been the termination date.
Power to determine equitable compensation matter
(3) If, after receiving a report required by an order made under subsection (2), the Board is of the opinion that the employer and the bargaining agent that prepared the report have committed an error that is manifestly unreasonable in the fulfilment of their obligations to take the measures referred to in subparagraph (2)(a)(i), the Board shall determine, by having regard to the equitable compensation assessment conducted by the employer and the bargaining agent or by itself conducting an equitable compensation assessment in respect of the female predominant job class of which the complainant is, according to the Board, a member, if any equitable compensation matters exist in respect of the job class and, if it determines that there are, the Board may, by order,
(a) require the employer or the employer and the bargaining agent to pay the complainant a lump sum as compensation with respect to the matter in relation to the period that begins on the day on which the collective agreement during which the complaint was made became effective and binding and that ends on the day on which the order is made; and
(b) subject to subsection (4), alter any collective agreement that binds the employer and the bargaining agent on the day on which the order is made so that the employees of the job class receive equitable compensation for the remainder of the term of the collective agreement.
When order under paragraph (3)(b) not necessary
(4) The Board may refrain from making an order under paragraph (3)(b) if it is satisfied that the employer, or the employer and the bargaining agent, have taken the measures that are necessary to provide the employees of the job class with equitable compensation.
Failure to file report
(5) If the employer and the bargaining agent fail to file a report required by an order made under subsection (1) or (2), the Board may, by order, grant another period of time to file the report or, if the Board considers that there are exceptional circumstances to justify doing so, declare that the employer and the bargaining agent have committed a manifestly unreasonable error described in subsection (3). If the Board makes that declaration, subsection (3) applies.
Public Service Labour Relations Act applies
(6) The Public Service Labour Relations Act applies in respect of a collective agreement altered under an order made under paragraph (2)(b) or (3)(b) as if it had been entered into under that Act.
Report to be made available
(7) The Board shall make every report received as a result of an order made under this section available to the public.
Power to require posting of order
(8) The Board may, in an order made under this section, require the employer to post a copy of it, for at least 90 days, in the prescribed manner.
Costs
Power to require payment of costs
34. The Board may, in making an order under this Act, require the employer, the bargaining agent or the employer and the bargaining agent, as the case may be, to pay to the complainant all or any part of the costs and expenses incurred by the complainant as a result of making the complaint.
REGULATIONS
Regulations
35. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) defining “job group” for the purposes of this Act;
(b) respecting the content and form of plans prepared under this Act, including as a result of an order made under this Act;
(c) prescribing anything that by this Act may be prescribed; and
(d) generally for carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Act.
PROHIBITIONS
Prohibition against encouraging or assisting
36. Every employer and every bargaining agent shall refrain from engaging in any conduct that may encourage or assist any employee in filing or proceeding with a complaint under this Act.
Other prohibitions — employer
37. No employer and no person acting on an employer’s behalf shall refuse to employ or to continue to employ any person, or suspend or lay off any person or otherwise discriminate against any person with respect to employment, pay or any other term or condition of employment or intimidate, threaten or otherwise discipline any person, because the person
(a) has testified or otherwise participated, or may testify or otherwise participate, in a proceeding under this Act; or
(b) has filed a complaint or exercised any right under this Act.
Other prohibitions — bargaining agent
38. No bargaining agent and no person acting on a bargaining agent’s behalf shall
(a) expel or suspend an employee from membership in the bargaining agent, or take disciplinary action against, or impose any form of penalty on, an employee because the employee exercised any right under this Act or refused to perform an act that is contrary to this Act; or
(b) discriminate against a person with respect to membership in the bargaining agent, or intimidate or coerce a person or impose a financial or other penalty on a person, because that person
(i) has testified or otherwise participated, or may testify or otherwise participate, in a proceeding under this Act, or
(ii) has filed a complaint or exercised any right under this Act.
Complaints against employers
39. (1) The Board shall examine and inquire into any complaint made to it that an employer or a person acting on an employer’s behalf has contravened section 37.
Complaints against employers
(2) A complaint referred to in subsection (1) is to be examined and inquired into by the Board as if it were a complaint in respect of a contravention of paragraph 186(2)(c) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act. For greater certainty, if the complaint is made in writing, the written complaint is itself evidence that the contravention actually occurred and, if any party to the complaint proceedings alleges that the contravention did not occur, the burden of proving that it did not is on that party.
Complaints against bargaining agents
(3) The Board shall examine and inquire into any complaint made to it that a bargaining agent or a person acting on a bargaining agent’s behalf has contravened section 38.
Complaints against bargaining agents
(4) A complaint referred to in subsection (3) is to be examined and inquired into by the Board as if it were a complaint in respect of a contravention of paragraph 188(d) or (e) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act. If the complaint is made in writing, the written complaint is itself evidence that the contravention actually occurred and, if any party to the complaint proceedings alleges that the contravention did not occur, the burden of proving that it did not is on that party.
OFFENCE AND PUNISHMENT
Contravention of section 37 or 38
40. Every employer, bargaining agent or other person who contravenes section 37 or 38 is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000.
Contravention of orders and certain provisions
41. (1) Every employer or bargaining agent who contravenes section 15, 22 or 36 or an order of the Board made under this Act is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $50,000.
Contravention of section 44
(2) Every employer who contravenes section 44 is guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $25,000.
Consent to prosecution
(3) A prosecution for an offence under subsection (1) or (2) may be instituted only with the consent of the Board.
GENERAL
Bargaining agent deemed to be person
42. For the purposes of this Act, a bargaining agent is deemed to be a person.
Obligation to provide Board with reports
43. An employer shall, as soon as feasible after it has prepared a report referred to in section 7 or 22, provide the Board with the report.
Obligation to keep records
44. Every employer shall, in the prescribed manner, establish and maintain, for the prescribed period, prescribed records for the purpose of this Act.
Inconsistency or conflict
45. Nothing in this Act affects the application of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, but in the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Act and that Act, the provisions of this Act prevail to the extent of the inconsistency or conflict.
Application of safety or security provisions
46. (1) Nothing in this Act is to be construed as requiring or permitting an employer, an employee, a bargaining agent or the Board to do or refrain from doing anything that is contrary to any instruction, direction or regulation given or made by or on behalf of the Government of Canada in the interest of the safety or security of Canada or of any state allied or associated with Canada.
Order is conclusive proof
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), an order made by the Governor in Council is conclusive proof of the matters stated in it in relation to the giving or making of any instruction, direction or regulation by or on behalf of the Government of Canada in the interest of the safety or security of Canada or any state allied or associated with Canada.
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Complaints by Non-unionized Employees
Day determined under subsection 30(4)
47. If a complaint is made under section 11 after the first period that the employer was bound to comply with section 6 or 7 in respect of the job group that includes the complainant and before the second period that the employer was bound to comply with either of those sections in respect of that job group, the day that is referred to in subsection 30(4) in respect of that complaint is, despite that subsection, the day on which this Act came into force.
Taking Effect of Provisions in Respect of Unionized Employees
Application of subsection 12(1)
48. Subsection 12(1) applies only in respect of a collective agreement that expires on a day that is more than two years after the day on which this Act comes into force.
Application of subsection 12(2) and sections 13 to 22 and 24
49. Subsection 12(2) and sections 13 to 22 and 24 apply only in respect of a collective agreement that takes effect, or would take effect, on a day that is more than two years after the day on which this Act comes into force.
First Collective Agreement After Taking Effect
Period referred to in paragraph 33(3)(a)
50. (1) If a complaint filed under subsection 24(1) is in respect of the first collective agreement that takes effect on a day that is more than two years after the day on which this Act comes into force, the period referred to in paragraph 33(3)(a) is, despite that paragraph, the period that begins, subject to subsection (2), on one of the following days and that ends on the day on which the order is made:
(a) if the complainant was not a unionized employee on the day on which this Act came into force, the later of the day on which the complainant became a member of a bargaining unit to which the collective agreement applies and the day on which this Act came into force;
(b) if the complainant was, on the day on which this Act came into force, a member of a bargaining unit that was not a bargaining unit to which the collective agreement applies, the day on which the complainant became a member of a bargaining unit to which the collective agreement applies; or
(c) in the case of any other complainant, the day on which this Act came into force.
Exception
(2) The day referred to in each of paragraphs (1)(a) to (c) may not be earlier than the day on which the job class to which the complaint relates came into existence.
Transitional Provisions
Interpretation
395. Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions used in sections 396 and 397 have the same meaning as in the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
Complaints before Canadian Human Rights Commission
396. (1) The following complaints with respect to employees that are before the Canadian Human Rights Commission on the day on which this Act receives royal assent, or that are filed with that Commission during the period beginning on that day and ending on the day on which section 399 comes into force, shall, despite section 44 of the Canadian Human Rights Act, without delay, be referred by the Commission to the Board:
(a) complaints based on section 7 or 10 of the Canadian Human Rights Act, if the complaint is in respect of the employer establishing or maintaining differences in wages between male and female employees; and
(b) complaints based on section 11 of the Canadian Human Rights Act.
Application of this section
(2) The complaints referred to in subsection (1) shall be dealt with by the Board as required by this section.
Powers of Board
(3) The Board has, in relation to a complaint referred to it, in addition to the powers conferred on it under the Public Service Labour Relations Act, the power to interpret and apply sections 7, 10 and 11 of the Canadian Human Rights Act, and the Equal Wages Guidelines, 1986, in respect of employees, even after the coming into force of section 399.
Summary examination
(4) The Board shall review the complaint in a summary way and shall refer it to the employer that is the subject of the complaint, or to the employer that is the subject of the complaint and the bargaining agent of the employees who filed the complaint, as the Board considers appropriate, unless it appears to the Board that the complaint is trivial, frivolous or vexatious or was made in bad faith.
Power to assist
(5) If the Board refers a complaint under subsection (4) to an employer, or to an employer and a bargaining agent, it may assist them in resolving any matters relating to the complaint by any means that it considers appropriate.
Hearing
(6) If the employer, or the employer and the bargaining agent, as the case may be, do not resolve the matters relating to the complaint within 180 days after the complaint is referred to them, or any longer period or periods that may be authorized by the Board, the Board shall schedule a hearing.
Procedure
(7) The Board shall determine its own procedure but shall give full opportunity to the employer, or the employer and the bargaining agent, as the case may be, to present evidence and make submissions to it.
Decision
(8) The Board shall make a decision in writing in respect of the complaint and send a copy of its decision with the reasons for it to the employer, or the employer and the bargaining agent, as the case may be.
Restriction
(9) The Board has, in relation to complaints referred to in this section, the power to make any order that a member or panel may make under section 53 of the Canadian Human Rights Act, except that no monetary remedy may be granted by the Board in respect of the complaint other than a lump sum payment, and the payment may be only in respect of a period that ends on or before the day on which section 394 comes into force.
Complaints before Canadian Human Rights Tribunal
397. (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the Canadian Human Rights Tribunal shall inquire into the following complaints with respect to employees that are before it on the day on which this Act receives royal assent:
(a) complaints based on section 7 or 10 of the Canadian Human Rights Act, if the complaint is in respect of the employer establishing or maintaining differences in wages between male and female employees; and
(b) complaints based on section 11 of the Canadian Human Rights Act.
Powers of Tribunal
(2) If section 399 is in force when the Canadian Human Rights Tribunal inquires into a complaint referred to in subsection (1),
(a) complaints referred to in paragraph (1)(a) shall be dealt with as if sections 7 and 10 of the Canadian Human Rights Act still applied to those employees; and
(b) complaints referred to in paragraph (1)(b) shall be dealt with as if section 11 of the Canadian Human Rights Act and the Equal Wage Guidelines, 1986 still applied to those employees.
Limitation
(3) No monetary remedy may be granted by the Canadian Human Rights Tribunal in respect of a complaint referred to in subsection (1) other than a lump sum payment, and the payment may only be in respect of a period that ends on or before the day on which section 394 comes into force.
Application
398. Sections 30 and 33 of the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act and sections 396 and 397 apply despite any provision of the Expenditure Restraint Act.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. H-6
Canadian Human Rights Act
399. The Canadian Human Rights Act is amended by adding the following after section 40.1:
Non-application of sections 7, 10 and 11
40.2 The Commission does not have jurisdiction to deal with complaints made against an employer within the meaning of the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act alleging that
(a) the employer has engaged in a discriminatory practice referred to in section 7 or 10, if the complaint is in respect of the employer establishing or maintaining differences in wages between male and female employees; or
(b) the employer has engaged in a discriminatory practice referred to in section 11.
2003, c. 22, s. 2
Public Service Labour Relations Act
400. Section 13 of the Public Service Labour Relations Act is replaced by the following:
Mandate
13. The Board’s mandate is to provide adjudication services, mediation services and compensation analysis and research services in accordance with this Act and the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
401. Subsection 208(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation
(3) An employee may not present an individual grievance in respect of any matter related to equal pay for work of equal value or any other matter referred to in the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
402. Subsection 215(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation
(5) A bargaining agent may not present a group grievance in respect of any matter related to equal pay for work of equal value or any other matter referred to in the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
403. Subsection 220(3) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation
(3) Neither the employer nor a bargaining agent may present a policy grievance in respect of any matter related to equal pay for work of equal value or any other matter referred to in the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act.
404. Paragraph 226(1)(g) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(g) interpret and apply the Canadian Human Rights Act and any other Act of Parliament relating to employment matters, other than the provisions of the Canadian Human Rights Act related to the right to equal pay for work of equal value and the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act, whether or not there is a conflict between the Act being interpreted and applied and the collective agreement, if any;
405. Subsection 251(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Obligation to prepare
251. (1) As soon as feasible after the end of each fiscal year, the Board must prepare and submit to the Minister a report on the administration of this Act, and on its activities under the Public Sector Equitable Compensation Act, during the year, including a summary of the reports that it has received under that Act during that year.
Coming into Force
Order in council
406. Sections 394 and 399 to 405 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
PART 12
R.S., c. C-34; R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 19
COMPETITION ACT
Amendments to the Act
2000, c. 15, s. 11
407. Section 4.1 of the Competition Act is repealed.
408. Subsection 5(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Underwriters
5. (1) Section 45 does not apply in respect of an agreement or arrangement between persons who are members of a class of persons who ordinarily engage in the business of dealing in securities or between such persons and the issuer of a specific security, in the case of a primary distribution, or the vendor of a specific security, in the case of a secondary distribution, if the agreement or arrangement has a reasonable relationship to the underwriting of a specific security.
1999, c. 2, s. 11(4)
409. Subsection 34(6) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Punishment for disobedience
(6) A court may punish any person who contravenes an order made under this section by a fine in the discretion of the court or by imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), ss. 30 and 31; 1991, c. 47, s. 714
410. Sections 45 and 45.1 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Conspiracies, agreements or arrangements between competitors
45. (1) Every person commits an offence who, with a competitor of that person with respect to a product, conspires, agrees or arranges
(a) to fix, maintain, increase or control the price for the supply of the product;
(b) to allocate sales, territories, customers or markets for the production or supply of the product; or
(c) to fix, maintain, control, prevent, lessen or eliminate the production or supply of the product.
Penalty
(2) Every person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is guilty of an indictable offence and liable on conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years or to a fine not exceeding $25 million, or to both.
Evidence of conspiracy, agreement or arrangement
(3) In a prosecution under subsection (1), the court may infer the existence of a conspiracy, agreement or arrangement from circumstantial evidence, with or without direct evidence of communication between or among the alleged parties to it, but, for greater certainty, the conspiracy, agreement or arrangement must be proved beyond a reasonable doubt.
Defence
(4) No person shall be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) in respect of a conspiracy, agreement or arrangement that would otherwise contravene that subsection if
(a) that person establishes, on a balance of probabilities, that
(i) it is ancillary to a broader or separate agreement or arrangement that includes the same parties, and
(ii) it is directly related to, and reasonably necessary for giving effect to, the objective of that broader or separate agreement or arrangement; and
(b) the broader or separate agreement or arrangement, considered alone, does not contravene that subsection.
Defence
(5) No person shall be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) in respect of a conspiracy, agreement or arrangement that relates only to the export of products from Canada, unless the conspiracy, agreement or arrangement
(a) has resulted in or is likely to result in a reduction or limitation of the real value of exports of a product;
(b) has restricted or is likely to restrict any person from entering into or expanding the business of exporting products from Canada; or
(c) is in respect only of the supply of services that facilitate the export of products from Canada.
Exception
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply if the conspiracy, agreement or arrangement
(a) is entered into only by companies each of which is, in respect of every one of the others, an affiliate; or
(b) is between federal financial institutions and is described in subsection 49(1).
Common law principles — regulated conduct
(7) The rules and principles of the common law that render a requirement or authorization by or under another Act of Parliament or the legislature of a province a defence to a prosecution under subsection 45(1) of this Act, as it read immediately before the coming into force of this section, continue in force and apply in respect of a prosecution under subsection (1).
Definitions
(8) The following definitions apply in this section.
“competitor”« concurrent »
“competitor” includes a person who it is reasonable to believe would be likely to compete with respect to a product in the absence of a conspiracy, agreement or arrangement to do anything referred to in paragraphs (1)(a) to (c).
“price”« prix »
“price” includes any discount, rebate, allowance, price concession or other advantage in relation to the supply of a product.
Where application made under section 76, 79, 90.1 or 92
45.1 No proceedings may be commenced under subsection 45(1) against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which an order against that person is sought by the Commissioner under section 76, 79, 90.1 or 92.
411. (1) Paragraph 47(1)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) an agreement or arrangement between or among two or more persons whereby one or more of those persons agrees or undertakes not to submit a bid or tender in response to a call or request for bids or tenders, or agrees or undertakes to withdraw a bid or tender submitted in response to such a call or request, or
(2) The portion of subsection 47(1) of the Act after paragraph (b) is replaced by the following:
where the agreement or arrangement is not made known to the person calling for or requesting the bids or tenders at or before the time when any bid or tender is submitted or withdrawn, as the case may be, by any person who is a party to the agreement or arrangement.
(3) Subsection 47(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Bid-rigging
(2) Every person who is a party to bid-rigging is guilty of an indictable offence and liable on conviction to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years, or to both.
412. Section 49 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Where proceedings commenced under section 76, 79, 90.1 or 92
(4) No proceedings may be commenced under this section against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which an order against that person is sought by the Commissioner under section 76, 79, 90.1 or 92.
1999, c. 31, s. 50(F)
413. Sections 50 and 51 of the Act are repealed.
1999, c. 2, s. 12(1)
414. (1) Subsection 52(1.1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Proof of certain matters not required
(1.1) For greater certainty, in establishing that subsection (1) was contravened, it is not necessary to prove that
(a) any person was deceived or misled;
(b) any member of the public to whom the representation was made was within Canada; or
(c) the representation was made in a place to which the public had access.
(2) Paragraph 52(5)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) on conviction on indictment, to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years, or to both; or
1999, c. 2, s. 13
415. Paragraph 52.1(9)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) on conviction on indictment, to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years, or to both; or
2002, c. 16, s. 6
416. Paragraph 53(6)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) on conviction on indictment, to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years, or to both; or
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 36; 1990, c. 37, s. 30; 1999, c. 31, s. 51(F)
417. Section 61 of the Act is repealed.
418. Subsection 64(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Offence and punishment
(2) Every person who contravenes subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and
(a) liable on conviction on indictment to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 10 years, or to both; or
(b) liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $100,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, or to both.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 38; 1999, c. 2, s. 18
419. Subsections 65(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Contravention of Part II provisions
65. (1) Every person who, without good and sufficient cause, the proof of which lies on that person, fails to comply with an order made under section 11 and every person who contravenes subsection 15(5) or 16(2) is guilty of an offence and
(a) liable on conviction on indictment to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, or to both; or
(b) liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $100,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, or to both.
Failure to supply information
(2) Every person who, without good and sufficient cause, the proof of which lies on that person, contravenes subsection 114(1) is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction on indictment or on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $50,000.
Destruction or alteration of records or things
(3) Every person who destroys or alters, or causes to be destroyed or altered, any record or other thing that is required to be produced under section 11 or in respect of which a warrant is issued under section 15 is guilty of an offence and
(a) liable on conviction on indictment to a fine in the discretion of the court or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 10 years, or to both; or
(b) liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $100,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, or to both.
1999, c. 2, s. 19
420. The portion of section 66 of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Contravention of order under Part VII.1 or VIII
66. Every person who contravenes an order made under Part VII.1, except paragraphs 74.1(1)(c) and (d), or under Part VIII, except subsection 79(3.1), is guilty of an offence and liable
2002, c. 8, par. 198(c), c. 16, s. 8
421. Subsection 73(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Jurisdiction of Federal Court
73. (1) Subject to this section, the Attorney General of Canada may institute and conduct any prosecution or other proceedings under section 34, any of sections 45 to 49 or, if the proceedings are on indictment, under section 52, 52.1, 53, 55, 55.1 or 66, in the Federal Court, and for the purposes of the prosecution or other proceedings, the Federal Court has all the powers and jurisdiction of a superior court of criminal jurisdiction under the Criminal Code and under this Act.
1999, c. 2, s. 22
422. Subsection 74.01(6) of the Act is repealed.
423. Section 74.03 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Certain matters need not be established
(4) For greater certainty, in proceedings under sections 74.01 and 74.02, it is not necessary to establish that
(a) any person was deceived or misled;
(b) any member of the public to whom the representation was made was within Canada; or
(c) the representation was made in a place to which the public had access.
General impression to be considered
(5) In proceedings under sections 74.01 and 74.02, the general impression conveyed by a representation as well as its literal meaning shall be taken into account in determining whether or not the person who made the representation engaged in the reviewable conduct.
1999, c. 2, s. 22
424. (1) The portion of subsection 74.1(1) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Décision et ordonnance
74.1 (1) Le tribunal qui conclut, à la suite d’une demande du commissaire, qu’une personne a ou a eu un comportement susceptible d’examen visé à la présente partie peut ordonner à celle-ci :
1999, c. 2, s. 22
(2) Subsection 74.1(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (b) and by replacing paragraph (c) with the following:
(c) to pay an administrative monetary penalty, in any manner that the court specifies, in an amount not exceeding
(i) in the case of an individual, $750,000 and, for each subsequent order, $1,000,000, or
(ii) in the case of a corporation, $10,000,000 and, for each subsequent order, $15,000,000; and
(d) in the case of conduct that is reviewable under paragraph 74.01(1)(a), to pay an amount, not exceeding the total of the amounts paid to the person for the products in respect of which the conduct was engaged in, to be distributed among the persons to whom the products were sold — except wholesalers, retailers or other distributors, to the extent that they have resold or distributed the products — in any manner that the court considers appropriate.
1999, c. 2, s. 22
(3) Subsections 74.1(3) and (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Saving
(3) No order may be made against a person under paragraph (1)(b), (c) or (d) if the person establishes that the person exercised due diligence to prevent the reviewable conduct from occurring.
Purpose of order
(4) The terms of an order made against a person under paragraph (1)(b), (c) or (d) shall be determined with a view to promoting conduct by that person that is in conformity with the purposes of this Part and not with a view to punishment.
1999, c. 2, s. 22
(4) Paragraphs 74.1(5)(f) to (h) of the Act are replaced by the following:
(f) the effect on competition in the relevant market;
(g) the gross revenue from sales affected by the conduct;
(h) the financial position of the person against whom the order is made;
(i) the history of compliance with this Act by the person against whom the order is made;
(j) any decision of the court in relation to an application for an order under paragraph (1)(d);
(k) any other amounts paid or ordered to be paid by the person against whom the order is made as a refund or as restitution or other compensation in respect of the conduct; and
(l) any other relevant factor.
(5) Section 74.1 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (6):
Amounts already paid
(7) In determining an amount to be paid under paragraph (1)(d), the court shall take into account any other amounts paid or ordered to be paid by the person against whom the order is made as a refund or as restitution or other compensation in respect of the products.
Implementation of the order
(8) The court may specify in an order made under paragraph (1)(d) any terms that it considers necessary for the order’s implementation, including terms
(a) specifying how the payment is to be administered;
(b) respecting the appointment of an administrator to administer the payment and specifying the terms of administration;
(c) requiring the person against whom the order is made to pay the administrative costs related to the payment as well as the fees to be paid to an administrator;
(d) requiring that potential claimants be notified in the time and manner specified by the court;
(e) specifying the time and manner for making claims;
(f) specifying the conditions for the eligibility of claimants, including conditions relating to the return of the products to the person against whom the order is made; and
(g) providing for the manner in which, and the terms on which, any amount of the payment that remains unclaimed or undistributed is to be dealt with.
Variation of terms
(9) On application by the Commissioner or the person against whom the order is made, the court may vary any term that is specified under subsection (8).
425. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 74.11:
Interim injunction
74.111 (1) If, on application by the Commissioner, a court finds a strong prima facie case that a person is engaging in or has engaged in conduct that is reviewable under paragraph 74.01(1)(a), and the court is satisfied that the person owns or has possession or control of articles within the jurisdiction of the court and is disposing of or is likely to dispose of them by any means, and that the disposal of the articles will substantially impair the enforceability of an order made under paragraph 74.1(1)(d), the court may issue an interim injunction forbidding the person or any other person from disposing of or otherwise dealing with the articles, other than in the manner and on the terms specified in the injunction.
Statement to be included
(2) Any application for an injunction under subsection (1) shall include a statement that the Commissioner has applied for an order under paragraph 74.1(1)(d), or that the Commissioner intends to apply for an order under that paragraph if the Commissioner applies for an order under paragraph 74.1(1)(a).
Duration
(3) Subject to subsection (6), the injunction has effect, or may be extended on application by the Commissioner, for any period that the court considers sufficient to meet the circumstances of the case.
Notice of application by Commissioner
(4) Subject to subsection (5), at least 48 hours’ notice of an application referred to in subsection (1) or (3) shall be given by or on behalf of the Commissioner to the person in respect of whom the injunction or extension is sought.
Ex parte application
(5) The court may proceed ex parte with an application made under subsection (1) if it is satisfied that subsection (4) cannot reasonably be complied with or where the urgency of the situation is such that service of the notice in accordance with subsection (4) might defeat the purpose of the injunction or would otherwise not be in the public interest.
Duration of ex parte injunction
(6) An injunction issued ex parte has effect for the period that is specified in it, not exceeding seven days unless, on further application made on notice as provided in subsection (4), the court extends the injunction for any additional period that it considers sufficient.
Submissions to set aside
(7) On application of the person against whom an ex parte injunction is made, the court may make an order setting aside the injunction or varying it subject to any conditions that it considers appropriate.
Duty of Commissioner
(8) If an injunction issued under this section is in effect, the Commissioner shall proceed as expeditiously as possible to complete any inquiry under section 10 arising out of the conduct in respect of which the injunction was issued.
Definitions
(9) The following definitions apply in this section.
“dispose”« disposer »
“dispose”, in relation to an article, includes removing it from the jurisdiction of the court, depleting its value, leasing it to another person or creating any security interest in it.
“security interest”« garantie »
“security interest” means any interest or right in property that secures payment or performance of an obligation and includes an interest or right created by or arising out of a debenture, mortgage, hypothec, lien, pledge, charge, security, deemed or actual trust, assignment or encumbrance of any kind whatever, however or whenever arising, created, deemed to arise or otherwise provided for.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45; 1999, c. 2, par. 37(x)
426. Section 76 of the Act and the heading before it are replaced by the following:
Price Maintenance
Price maintenance
76. (1) On application by the Commissioner or a person granted leave under section 103.1, the Tribunal may make an order under subsection (2) if the Tribunal finds that
(a) a person referred to in subsection (3) directly or indirectly
(i) by agreement, threat, promise or any like means, has influenced upward, or has discouraged the reduction of, the price at which the person’s customer or any other person to whom the product comes for resale supplies or offers to supply or advertises a product within Canada, or
(ii) has refused to supply a product to or has otherwise discriminated against any person or class of persons engaged in business in Canada because of the low pricing policy of that other person or class of persons; and
(b) the conduct has had, is having or is likely to have an adverse effect on competition in a market.
Order
(2) The Tribunal may make an order prohib- iting the person referred to in subsection (3) from continuing to engage in the conduct referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or requiring them to accept another person as a customer within a specified time on usual trade terms.
Persons subject to order
(3) An order may be made under subsection (2) against a person who
(a) is engaged in the business of producing or supplying a product;
(b) extends credit by way of credit cards or is otherwise engaged in a business that relates to credit cards; or
(c) has the exclusive rights and privileges conferred by a patent, trade-mark, copyright, registered industrial design or registered integrated circuit topography.
Where no order may be made
(4) No order may be made under subsection (2) if the person referred to in subsection (3) and the customer or other person referred to in subparagraph (1)(a)(i) or (ii) are principal and agent or mandator and mandatary, or are affiliated corporations or directors, agents, mandataries, officers or employees of
(a) the same corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship; or
(b) corporations, partnerships or sole proprietorships that are affiliated.
Suggested retail price
(5) For the purposes of this section, a suggestion by a producer or supplier of a product of a resale price or minimum resale price for the product, however arrived at, is proof that the person to whom the suggestion is made is influenced in accordance with the suggestion, in the absence of proof that the producer or supplier, in so doing, also made it clear to the person that they were under no obligation to accept the suggestion and would in no way suffer in their business relations with the producer or supplier or with any other person if they failed to accept the suggestion.
Advertised price
(6) For the purposes of this section, the publication by a producer or supplier of a product, other than a retailer, of an advertisement that mentions a resale price for the product is proof that the producer or supplier is influencing upward the selling price of any person to whom the product comes for resale, unless the price is expressed in a way that makes it clear to any person whose attention the advertisement comes to that the product may be sold at a lower price.
Exception
(7) Subsections (5) and (6) do not apply to a price that is affixed or applied to a product or its package or container.
Refusal to supply
(8) If, on application by the Commissioner or a person granted leave under section 103.1, the Tribunal finds that any person, by agreement, threat, promise or any like means, has induced a supplier, whether within or outside Canada, as a condition of doing business with the supplier, to refuse to supply a product to a particular person or class of persons because of the low pricing policy of that person or class of persons, and that the conduct of inducement has had, is having or is likely to have an adverse effect on competition in a market, the Tribunal may make an order prohibiting the person from continuing to engage in the conduct or requiring the person to do business with the supplier on usual trade terms.
Where no order may be made
(9) No order may be made under subsection (2) in respect of conduct referred to in subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) if the Tribunal is satisfied that the person or class of persons referred to in that subparagraph, in respect of products supplied by the person referred to in subsection (3),
(a) was making a practice of using the products as loss leaders, that is to say, not for the purpose of making a profit on those products but for purposes of advertising;
(b) was making a practice of using the products not for the purpose of selling them at a profit but for the purpose of attracting customers in the hope of selling them other products;
(c) was making a practice of engaging in misleading advertising; or
(d) made a practice of not providing the level of servicing that purchasers of the products might reasonably expect.
Inferences
(10) In considering an application by a person granted leave under section 103.1, the Tribunal may not draw any inference from the fact that the Commissioner has or has not taken any action in respect of the matter raised by the application.
Where proceedings commenced under section 45, 49, 79 or 90.1
(11) No application may be made under this section against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which
(a) proceedings have been commenced against that person under section 45 or 49; or
(b) an order against that person is sought under section 79 or 90.1.
Definition of “trade terms”
(12) For the purposes of this section, “trade terms” means terms in respect of payment, units of purchase and reasonable technical and servicing requirements.
2000, c. 15, s. 13(2)
427. (1) Subsection 78(1) of the Act is amended by adding the word “and” at the end of paragraph (h) and by repealing paragraphs (j) and (k).
2000, c. 15, s. 13(3)
(2) Subsection 78(2) of the Act is repealed.
2002, c. 16, s. 11.4
428. (1) Subsections 79(3.1) to (3.3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Administrative monetary penalty
(3.1) If the Tribunal makes an order against a person under subsection (1) or (2), it may also order them to pay, in any manner that the Tribunal specifies, an administrative monetary penalty in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000 and, for each subsequent order under either of those subsections, an amount not exceeding $15,000,000.
Aggravating or mitigating factors
(3.2) In determining the amount of an administrative monetary penalty, the Tribunal shall take into account any evidence of the following:
(a) the effect on competition in the relevant market;
(b) the gross revenue from sales affected by the practice;
(c) any actual or anticipated profits affected by the practice;
(d) the financial position of the person against whom the order is made;
(e) the history of compliance with this Act by the person against whom the order is made; and
(f) any other relevant factor.
Purpose of order
(3.3) The purpose of an order made against a person under subsection (3.1) is to promote practices by that person that are in conformity with the purposes of this section and not to punish that person.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45
(2) Subsection 79(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Where proceedings commenced under section 45, 49, 76, 90.1 or 92
(7) No application may be made under this section against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which
(a) proceedings have been commenced against that person under section 45 or 49; or
(b) an order against that person is sought by the Commissioner under section 76, 90.1 or 92.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45
429. Section 90 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Non-application of sections 45, 77 and 90.1
90. Section 45, section 77 as it applies to exclusive dealing, and section 90.1 do not apply in respect of a specialization agreement, or any modification of such an agreement, that is registered.
Agreements or Arrangements that Prevent or Lessen Competition Substantially
Order
90.1 (1) If, on application by the Commissioner, the Tribunal finds that an agreement or arrangement — whether existing or proposed — between persons two or more of whom are competitors prevents or lessens, or is likely to prevent or lessen, competition substantially in a market, the Tribunal may make an order
(a) prohibiting any person — whether or not a party to the agreement or arrangement — from doing anything under the agreement or arrangement; or
(b) requiring any person — whether or not a party to the agreement or arrangement — with the consent of that person and the Commissioner, to take any other action.
Factors to be considered
(2) In deciding whether to make the finding referred to in subsection (1), the Tribunal may have regard to the following factors:
(a) the extent to which foreign products or foreign competitors provide or are likely to provide effective competition to the businesses of the parties to the agreement or arrangement;
(b) the extent to which acceptable substitutes for products supplied by the parties to the agreement or arrangement are or are likely to be available;
(c) any barriers to entry into the market, including
(i) tariff and non-tariff barriers to international trade,
(ii) interprovincial barriers to trade, and
(iii) regulatory control over entry;
(d) any effect of the agreement or arrangement on the barriers referred to in paragraph (c);
(e) the extent to which effective competition remains or would remain in the market;
(f) any removal of a vigorous and effective competitor that resulted from the agreement or arrangement, or any likelihood that the agreement or arrangement will or would result in the removal of such a competitor;
(g) the nature and extent of change and innovation in any relevant market; and
(h) any other factor that is relevant to competition in the market that is or would be affected by the agreement or arrangement.
Evidence
(3) For the purpose of subsections (1) and (2), the Tribunal shall not make the finding solely on the basis of evidence of concentration or market share.
Exception where gains in efficiency
(4) The Tribunal shall not make an order under subsection (1) if it finds that the agreement or arrangement has brought about or is likely to bring about gains in efficiency that will be greater than, and will offset, the effects of any prevention or lessening of competition that will result or is likely to result from the agreement or arrangement, and that the gains in efficiency would not have been attained if the order had been made or would not likely be attained if the order were made.
Restriction
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the Tribunal shall not find that the agreement or arrangement has brought about or is likely to bring about gains in efficiency by reason only of a redistribution of income between two or more persons.
Factors to be considered
(6) In deciding whether the agreement or arrangement is likely to bring about the gains in efficiency described in subsection (4), the Tribunal shall consider whether such gains will result in
(a) a significant increase in the real value of exports; or
(b) a significant substitution of domestic products for imported products.
Exception
(7) Subsection (1) does not apply if the agreement or arrangement is entered into, or would be entered into, only by companies each of which is, in respect of every one of the others, an affiliate.
Exception
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply if the agreement or arrangement relates only to the export of products from Canada, unless the agreement or arrangement
(a) has resulted in or is likely to result in a reduction or limitation of the real value of exports of a product;
(b) has restricted or is likely to restrict any person from entering into or expanding the business of exporting products from Canada; or
(c) has prevented or lessened or is likely to prevent or lessen competition substantially in the supply of services that facilitate the export of products from Canada.
Exception
(9) The Tribunal shall not make an order under subsection (1) in respect of
(a) an agreement or arrangement between federal financial institutions, as defined in subsection 49(3), in respect of which the Minister of Finance has certified to the Commissioner
(i) the names of the parties to the agreement or arrangement, and
(ii) the Minister of Finance’s request for or approval of the agreement or arrangement for the purposes of financial policy;
(b) an agreement or arrangement that constitutes a merger or proposed merger under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act in respect of which the Minister of Finance has certified to the Commissioner
(i) the names of the parties to the agreement or arrangement, and
(ii) the Minister of Finance’s opinion that the merger is in the public interest, or that it would be in the public interest, taking into account any terms and conditions that may be imposed under those Acts; or
(c) an agreement or arrangement that constitutes a merger or proposed merger approved under subsection 53.2(7) of the Canada Transportation Act in respect of which the Minister of Transport has certified to the Commissioner the names of the parties to the agreement or arrangement.
Where proceedings commenced under section 45, 49, 76, 79 or 92
(10) No application may be made under this section against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which
(a) proceedings have been commenced against that person under section 45 or 49; or
(b) an order against that person is sought by the Commissioner under section 76, 79 or 92.
Definition of “competitor”
(11) In subsection (1), “competitor” includes a person who it is reasonable to believe would be likely to compete with respect to a product in the absence of the agreement or arrangement.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45
430. Sections 97 and 98 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Limitation period
97. No application may be made under section 92 in respect of a merger more than one year after the merger has been substantially completed.
Where proceedings commenced under section 45, 49, 79 or 90.1
98. No application may be made under section 92 against a person on the basis of facts that are the same or substantially the same as the facts on the basis of which
(a) proceedings have been commenced against that person under section 45 or 49; or
(b) an order against that person is sought under section 79 or 90.1.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
431. (1) Subsections 103.1(1) and (2) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Leave to make application under section 75, 76 or 77
103.1 (1) Any person may apply to the Tribunal for leave to make an application under section 75, 76 or 77. The application for leave must be accompanied by an affidavit setting out the facts in support of the person’s application under that section.
Notice
(2) The applicant must serve a copy of the application for leave on the Commissioner and any person against whom the order under section 75, 76 or 77, as the case may be, is sought.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
(2) Paragraph 103.1(3)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(b) was the subject of an inquiry that has been discontinued because of a settlement between the Commissioner and the person against whom the order under section 75, 76 or 77, as the case may be, is sought.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
(3) Subsection 103.1(4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application discontinued
(4) The Tribunal shall not consider an application for leave respecting a matter described in paragraph (3)(a) or (b) or a matter that is the subject of an application already submitted to the Tribunal by the Commissioner under section 75, 76 or 77.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
(4) Subsection 103.1(8) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Granting leave to make application under section 76
(7.1) The Tribunal may grant leave to make an application under section 76 if it has reason to believe that the applicant is directly affected by any conduct referred to in that section that could be subject to an order under that section.
Time and conditions for making application
(8) The Tribunal may set the time within which and the conditions subject to which an application under section 75, 76 or 77 must be made. The application must be made no more than one year after the practice or conduct that is the subject of the application has ceased.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
(5) Subsection 103.1(10) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limitation
(10) The Commissioner may not make an application for an order under section 75, 76, 77 or 79 on the basis of the same or substantially the same facts as are alleged in a matter for which the Tribunal has granted leave under subsection (7) or (7.1), if the person granted leave has already applied to the Tribunal under section 75, 76 or 77.
2002, c. 16, s. 12
432. Section 103.2 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Intervention by Commissioner
103.2 If a person granted leave under subsection 103.1(7) or (7.1) makes an application under section 75, 76 or 77, the Commissioner may intervene in the proceedings.
2000, c. 15, s. 15; 2002, c. 16, s. 13.1; 2003, c. 22, par. 224(z.18)(E)
433. Section 104.1 of the Act is repealed.
2002, c. 16, s. 14
434. Subsection 105(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Consent agreement
105. (1) The Commissioner and a person in respect of whom the Commissioner has applied or may apply for an order under this Part, other than an interim order under section 103.3, may sign a consent agreement.
2002, c. 16, s. 14
435. The portion of subsection 106(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Rescission or variation of consent agreement or order
106. (1) The Tribunal may rescind or vary a consent agreement or an order made under this Part other than an order under section 103.3 or a consent agreement under section 106.1, on application by the Commissioner or the person who consented to the agreement, or the person against whom the order was made, if the Tribunal finds that
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45; 1999, c. 2, s. 27
436. Subsections 110(2) to (6) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Acquisition of assets
(2) Subject to sections 111 and 113, this Part applies in respect of a proposed acquisition of any of the assets in Canada of an operating business if the aggregate value of those assets, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, or the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada generated from those assets, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be.
Acquisition of shares
(3) Subject to sections 111 and 113, this Part applies in respect of a proposed acquisition of voting shares of a corporation that carries on an operating business or controls a corporation that carries on an operating business
(a) if
(i) the aggregate value of the assets in Canada, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, that are owned by the corporation or by corporations controlled by that corporation, other than assets that are shares of any of those corporations, would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be, or
(ii) the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, generated from the assets referred to in subparagraph (i) would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be; and
(b) if, as a result of the proposed acquisition of the voting shares, the person or persons acquiring the shares, together with their affiliates, would own voting shares of the corporation that in the aggregate carry more than the following percentages of the votes attached to all the corporation’s outstanding voting shares:
(i) 20%, if any of the corporation’s voting shares are publicly traded,
(ii) 35%, if none of the corporation’s voting shares are publicly traded, or
(iii) 50%, if the person or persons already own more than the percentage set out in subparagraph (i) or (ii), as the case may be, before the proposed acquisition.
Amalgamation
(4) Subject to subsection (4.1) and section 113, this Part applies in respect of a proposed amalgamation of two or more corporations if one or more of those corporations carries on an operating business, or controls a corporation that carries on an operating business, where
(a) the aggregate value of the assets in Canada, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, that would be owned by the continuing corporation that would result from the amalgamation or by corporations controlled by the continuing corporation, other than assets that are shares of any of those corporations, would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be; or
(b) the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, generated from the assets referred to in paragraph (a) would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be.
General limit relating to parties to an amalgamation
(4.1) This Part does not apply in respect of a proposed amalgamation of two or more corporations if one or more of those corporations carries on an operating business or controls a corporation that carries on an operating business, unless each of at least two of the amalgamating corporations, together with its affiliates,
(a) has assets in Canada, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, that exceed in aggregate value the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be; or
(b) has gross revenues from sales in, from or into Canada, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, that exceed in aggregate value the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be.
Combination
(5) Subject to sections 112 and 113, this Part applies in respect of a proposed combination of two or more persons to carry on business otherwise than through a corporation if one or more of those persons proposes to contribute to the combination assets that form all or part of an operating business carried on by those persons, or corporations controlled by those persons, and if
(a) the aggregate value of the assets in Canada, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, that are the subject-matter of the combination would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be; or
(b) the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, generated from the assets referred to in paragraph (a) would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be.
Combination
(6) Subject to sections 111, 112 and 113, this Part applies in respect of a proposed acquisition of an interest in a combination that carries on an operating business otherwise than through a corporation
(a) if
(i) the aggregate value of the assets in Canada, determined as of the time and in the manner that is prescribed, that are the subject-matter of the combination would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be, or
(ii) the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada, determined for the annual period and in the manner that is prescribed, generated from the assets referred to in subparagraph (i) would exceed the amount determined under subsection (7) or (8), as the case may be; and
(b) if, as a result of the proposed acquisition of the interest, the person or persons acquiring the interest, together with their affiliates, would hold an aggregate interest in the combination that entitles the person or persons to receive more than 35% of the profits of the combination, or more than 35% of its assets on dissolution, or, if the person or persons acquiring the interest are already so entitled, to receive more than 50% of such profits or assets.
Amount for notification
(7) In the year in which this subsection comes into force, the amount for the purposes of subsections (2) to (6) is $70,000,000.
Amount for notification — subsequent years
(8) In any year following the year in which subsection (7) comes into force, the amount for the purposes of any of subsections (2) to (6) is
(a) any amount that is prescribed for that subsection; or
(b) if no amount has been prescribed for that subsection,
(i) the amount determined by the Minister in January of that year by rounding off to the nearest million dollars the amount arrived at by using the formula
A × (B / C)
where
A      is the amount for the previous year,
B      is the average of the Nominal Gross Domestic Products at market prices for the most recent four consecutive quarters, and
C      is the average of the Nominal Gross Domestic Products at market prices for the four consecutive quarters for the comparable period in the year preceding the year used in calculating B, or
(ii) until the Minister has published under subsection (9) an amount for that year determined under subparagraph (i), if the Minister does so at all, the amount for that subsection for the previous year.
Publication in Canada Gazette
(9) As soon as possible after determining the amount for any particular year, the Minister shall publish the amount in the Canada Gazette.
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45; 1999, c. 2, s. 31, c. 31, s. 53(F)
437. Subsections 114(1) to (3) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Notice of proposed transaction
114. (1) Subject to this Part, the parties to a proposed transaction shall, before the transaction is completed, notify the Commissioner that the transaction is proposed and supply the Commissioner with the prescribed information in accordance with this Part, if
(a) a person, or two or more persons pursuant to an agreement or arrangement, propose to acquire assets in the circumstances set out in subsection 110(2), to acquire shares in the circumstances set out in subsection 110(3) or to acquire an interest in a combination in the circumstances set out in subsection 110(6);
(b) two or more corporations propose to amalgamate in the circumstances set out in subsection 110(4); or
(c) two or more persons propose to form a combination in the circumstances set out in subsection 110(5).
Additional information
(2) The Commissioner or a person authorized by the Commissioner may, within 30 days after receiving the prescribed information, send a notice to the person who supplied the information requiring them to supply additional information that is relevant to the Commissioner’s assessment of the proposed transaction.
Contents of notice
(2.1) The notice shall specify the particular additional information or classes of additional information that are to be supplied.
Corporation whose shares are acquired
(3) If a proposed transaction is an acquisition of shares and the Commissioner receives information supplied under subsection (1) by a party to the transaction, other than the corporation whose shares are being acquired, before receiving such information from the corporation,
(a) the Commissioner shall immediately notify the corporation that the Commissioner has received from that party the prescribed information; and
(b) the corporation shall supply the Commissioner with the prescribed information within 10 days after being notified under paragraph (a).
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), s. 45; 1999, c. 2, par. 37(z.16)
438. Subsection 116(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Where information cannot be supplied
116. (1) If any of the information required under section 114 is not known or reasonably obtainable, or cannot be supplied because of the privilege that exists in respect of lawyers and notaries and their clients or because of a confidentiality requirement established by law, the person who is supplying the information may, instead of supplying the information, inform the Commissioner under oath or solemn affirmation of the matters in respect of which information has not been supplied and the reason why it has not been supplied.
1999, c. 2, s. 35
439. Section 123 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Time when transaction may not proceed
123. (1) A proposed transaction referred to in section 114 shall not be completed before the end of
(a) 30 days after the day on which information required under subsection 114(1) has been received by the Commissioner, if the Commissioner has not, within that time, required additional information to be supplied under subsection 114(2); or
(b) 30 days after the day on which the information required under subsection 114(2) has been received by the Commissioner, if the Commissioner has within the 30-day period referred to in paragraph (a) required additional information to be supplied under subsection 114(2).
Waiving of waiting period
(2) A proposed transaction referred to in section 114 may be completed before the end of a period referred to in subsection (1) if, before the end of that period, the Commissioner or a person authorized by the Commissioner notifies the persons who are required to give notice and supply information that the Commissioner does not, at that time, intend to make an application under section 92 in respect of the proposed transaction.
Acquisition of voting shares
(3) In the case of an acquisition of voting shares to which subsection 114(3) applies, the periods referred to in subsection (1) shall be determined without reference to the day on which the information required under section 114 is received by the Commissioner from the corporation whose shares are being acquired.
Failure to comply
123.1 (1) If, on application by the Commissioner, the court determines that a person, without good and sufficient cause, the proof of which lies on the person, has completed or is likely to complete a proposed transaction before the end of the applicable period referred to in section 123, the court may
(a) order the person to submit information required under subsection 114(2);
(b) issue an interim order prohibiting any person from doing anything that it appears to the court may constitute or be directed toward the completion or implementation of the proposed transaction;
(c) in the case of a completed transaction, order any party to the transaction or any other person, in any manner that the court directs, to dissolve the merger or to dispose of assets or shares designated by the court;
(d) in the case of a completed transaction, order the person to pay, in any manner that the court specifies, an administrative monetary penalty in an amount not exceeding $10,000 for each day on which they have failed to comply with section 123, determined by the court after taking into account any evidence of the following:
(i) the person’s financial position,
(ii) the person’s history of compliance with this Act,
(iii) the duration of the period of non-compliance, and
(iv) any other relevant factor; or
(e) grant any other relief that the court considers appropriate.
Purpose of order
(2) The terms of an order under paragraph (1)(d) shall be determined with a view to promoting conduct by the person that is in conformity with the purposes of this Part and not with a view to punishment.
Unpaid monetary penalty
(3) The amount of an administrative monetary penalty imposed under paragraph (1)(d) is a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and may be recovered as such from the person in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Definition of “court”
(4) In this section, “court” means the Tribunal, the Federal Court or the superior court of a province.
Transitional Provision
Agreements or arrangements entered into before royal assent
440. Any party to an agreement or arrangement entered into before the day on which this Act receives royal assent may, within one year after that day, apply under section 124.1 of the Competition Act without payment of any fee for an opinion on the applicability to the agreement or arrangement of section 45 or 90.1 of the Competition Act, as enacted by sections 410 and 429, respectively, as if the agreement or arrangement had not yet been entered into and as if that section 45 or 90.1 were in force.
Consequential Amendments
R.S., c. 19 (2nd Supp.), Part I
Competition Tribunal Act
2002, c. 16, s. 19
441. Subsection 11(1) of the Competition Tribunal Act is replaced by the following:
Hearing of applications
11. (1) The Chairman of the Tribunal, sitting alone, or a judicial member designated by the Chairman, sitting alone, may hear and dispose of applications under subsection 100(1), section 103.1 or 103.3 or subsection 104(1) or 123.1(1) of the Competition Act and any related matters.
R.S., c. C-46
Criminal Code
2004, c. 15, s. 108
442. Subparagraph (c)(i) of the definition “offence” in section 183 of the Criminal Code is replaced by the following:
(i) section 45 (conspiracies, agreements or arrangements between competitors),
R.S., c. 17 (3rd Supp.)
Shipping Conferences Exemption Act, 1987
443. Subsection 4(4) of the Shipping Conferences Exemption Act, 1987 is replaced by the following:
Exception re predatory practices 
(4) Subsection (1) does not have the effect of exempting from the application of the Competition Act any member of a conference who engages in, or who conspires, agrees or arranges with another person to engage in, a practice of selling products at prices unreasonably low that has the effect or tendency of substantially lessening competition or eliminating a competitor or is designed to have that effect and that is a practice of anti-competitive acts referred to in paragraph 79(1)(b) of that Act.
Coming into Force
Sections 410, 429 and 442
444. Sections 410, 429 and 442 come into force one year after the day on which this Act receives royal assent.
PART 13
R.S., c. 28 (1st Supp.)
INVESTMENT CANADA ACT
Amendments to the Act
445. Section 2 of the Investment Canada Act is replaced by the following:
Purpose of Act
2. Recognizing that increased capital and technology benefits Canada, and recognizing the importance of protecting national security, the purposes of this Act are to provide for the review of significant investments in Canada by non-Canadians in a manner that encourages investment, economic growth and employment opportunities in Canada and to provide for the review of investments in Canada by non-Canadians that could be injurious to national security.
1993, c. 35, s. 1
446. Paragraph (d) of the definition “Canadian” in section 3 of the Act is replaced by the following:
(d) an entity that is Canadian-controlled, as determined under subsection 26(1) or (2) and in respect of which there has been no determination made under subsection 26(2.1) or (2.11) or declaration made under subsection 26(2.2);
447. (1) The portion of subsection 10(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Exempt transactions
10. (1) This Act, other than Part IV.1, does not apply in respect of
2007, c. 6, s. 439(2)
(2) Subparagraphs 10(1)(j)(ii) and (iii) of the French version of the Act are replaced by the following:
(ii) soit par l’unité qui est une entité étrangère à laquelle le surintendant des institutions financières a délivré un agrément l’autorisant à garantir au Canada des risques aux termes de la partie XIII de la Loi sur les sociétés d’assurances, à condition que le revenu brut d’investissement qu’elle retire de l’entreprise canadienne soit ajouté au calcul de son revenu pour l’application du paragraphe 138(9) de la Loi de l’impôt sur le revenu et que les intérêts avec droit de vote de l’unité qui exploite l’entreprise canadienne ou les actifs utilisés dans son exploitation soient placés en fiducie au titre de cette partie,
(iii) soit par une personne morale constituée au Canada dont toutes les actions avec droit de vote émises, à l’exception de celles qui sont nécessaires pour conférer à une personne la qualité d’administrateur, sont la propriété d’une compagnie d’assurance visée au sous-alinéa (i) ou d’une entité étrangère visée au sous-alinéa (ii), ou d’une personne morale que l’une ou l’autre contrôle directement ou indirectement en ayant la propriété des actions avec droit de vote, à condition, dans le cas d’une entité étrangère visée au sous-alinéa (ii), que les intérêts avec droit de vote de l’unité qui exploite l’entreprise canadienne ou les actifs utilisés dans son exploitation soient placés en fiducie au titre de la partie XIII de la Loi sur les sociétés d’assurances;
(3) Subsection 10(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Exempt transactions — Part IV.1
(2) Part IV.1 does not apply in respect of
(a) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of this Act, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act;
(b) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business by reason of an amalgamation, a merger, a consolidation or a corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of the Canadian business, through the ownership of voting interests, remains unchanged, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act;
(c) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business carried on by an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province or by a Crown corporation within the meaning of the Financial Administration Act;
(d) any transaction to which Part XII.01 of the Bank Act applies; or
(e) the acquisition of control of a Canadian business by any of the following entities, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act:
(i) an insurance company incorporated in Canada that is a company or a provincial company to which the Insurance Companies Act applies, on the condition that the gross investment revenue of the company from the Canadian business is included in computing the income of the company under subsection 138(9) of the Income Tax Act,
(ii) a foreign entity that has been approved by order of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions under Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act to insure in Canada risks, on the condition that the gross investment revenue of the company from the Canadian business is included in computing the income of the company under subsection 138(9) of the Income Tax Act and the voting interests of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, or the assets used in carrying on the Canadian business, are vested in trust under that Part, or
(iii) a corporation incorporated in Canada, all the issued voting shares of which, other than the qualifying voting shares of directors, are owned by an insurance company described in subparagraph (i), by a foreign entity described in subparagraph (ii) or by a corporation controlled directly or indirectly through the ownership of voting shares by such an insurance company or foreign entity, on the condition that, in the case of a foreign entity described in subparagraph (ii), the voting interests of the entity carrying on the Canadian business, or the assets used in carrying on the Canadian business, are vested in trust under Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act.
If condition not complied with
(3) If any condition referred to in paragraph (1)(d) or (j) or (2)(e) is not complied with, the exemption under that paragraph does not apply and the transaction referred to in that paragraph is subject to this Act as if it had never been exempt.
1994, c. 47, s. 133
448. (1) Subsection 14.1(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Limits for WTO investors
14.1 (1) Despite the limits set out in subsection 14(3), an investment described in paragraph 14(1)(a) or (b) by a WTO investor, or — if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor — a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, is reviewable under section 14 only if the enterprise value, calculated in the manner prescribed, of the assets described in paragraph 14(3)(a) or (b), as the case may be, is equal to or greater than,
(a) for an investment made at any time in the year that begins on the day on which this paragraph comes into force, or in the following year, $600,000,000;
(b) for an investment made at any time in the two years that begin immediately after the two years referred to in paragraph (a), $800,000,000;
(c) for an investment made at any time in the year that begins immediately after the years for which the amount set out in paragraph (b) applies, $1,000,000,000;
(d) for an investment made at any time in the period that begins immediately after the year for which the amount set out in paragraph (c) applies and ends on the following December 31, $1,000,000,000; and
(e) for an investment made at any time in the year that begins after the period referred to in paragraph (d), or in any subsequent year, the amount determined under subsection (2).
1994, c. 47, s. 133
(2) The portion of subsection 14.1(2) of the Act before the formula is replaced by the following:
Calculation of amount for subsequent years
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the amount for each year to which that paragraph applies shall be determined by the Minister in January of that year by rounding off to the nearest million dollars the amount arrived at by using the formula
1994, c. 47, s. 133
(3) Subsections 14.1(4) and (5) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Investments not reviewable
(4) Despite paragraphs 14(1)(c) and (d), an investment described in either paragraph that is implemented after this subsection comes into force is not reviewable under section 14 if it is made by
(a) a WTO investor; or
(b) a non-Canadian, other than a WTO investor, if the Canadian business that is the subject of the investment is, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment, controlled by a WTO investor.
Exception
(5) This section does not apply in respect of an investment to acquire control of a Canadian business that is a cultural business.
1994, c. 47, s. 133
(4) The definitions “financial institution” and “financial service” in subsection 14.1(6) of the Act are repealed.
1994, c. 47, s. 133
449. Section 14.2 of the Act is replaced by the following:
Regulations
14.2 The Governor in Council may make any regulations that the Governor in Council considers necessary for carrying out the purposes and provisions of section 14.1.
450. Section 16 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Request for notice
(3) If a non-Canadian makes a written request to the Minister for a notice referred to in paragraph (2)(a), the Minister shall, within 30 days after receiving all the information required for the Minister to decide whether the conditions described in that paragraph exist, advise the non-Canadian whether he or she will issue the notice or not.
451. Section 17 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Additional information
(3) The non-Canadian making the investment shall, within the time specified by the Director, provide any other information that the Director considers necessary.
1995, c. 1,  par. 50(1)(e)
452. Sections 21 to 23 of the Act are replaced by the following:
Net benefit
21. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (8) and sections 22 and 23, the Minister shall, within 45 days after the certified date referred to in subsection 18(1), send a notice to the applicant that the Minister, having taken into account any information, undertakings and representations referred to the Minister by the Director under section 19 and the relevant factors set out in section 20, is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.
Extension
(2) Subject to subsection (3), if, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), a notice is sent under subsection 25.2(1) in respect of the investment, the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the expiry of the prescribed period referred to in subsection 25.3(1).
Extension
(3) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), if, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), a notice is sent under subsection 25.2(1) in respect of the investment and if, in respect of the investment, an order is made under subsection 25.3(1), the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the expiry of the prescribed period referred to in subsection 25.3(6) or the further period if one was agreed to under that subsection.
Extension
(4) If, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), a notice is sent under subsection 25.2(1) in respect of the investment and if, in respect of the investment, an order is made under subsection 25.3(1) and a notice is sent under paragraph 25.3(6)(b), the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the day on which the notice under paragraph 25.3(6)(b) was sent.
Extension
(5) If, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), a notice is sent under subsection 25.2(1) in respect of the investment and if an order is made under subsection 25.3(1) in respect of the investment and the Minister refers the investment to the Governor in Council under paragraph 25.3(6)(a), the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the expiry of the earlier of
(a) the day on which the Governor in Council takes any measure under subsection 25.4(1) in respect of the investment, and
(b) the day on which the prescribed period referred to in subsection 25.4(1) expires.
Extension
(6) Subject to subsections (7) and (8), if, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), an order is made under subsection 25.3(1) in respect of the investment, the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the expiry of the prescribed period referred to in subsection 25.3(6) or the further period if one was agreed to under that subsection.
Extension
(7) If, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), an order is made under subsection 25.3(1) in respect of the investment and if, in respect of the investment, a notice is sent under paragraph 25.3(6)(b), the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the day on which the notice under paragraph 25.3(6)(b) was sent.
Extension
(8) If, before the expiry of the 45-day period referred to in subsection (1), an order is made under subsection 25.3(1) in respect of the investment and if the Minister refers the investment to the Governor in Council under paragraph 25.3(6)(a), the period during which the Minister may send the notice referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to expire five days after the expiry of the earlier of
(a) the day on which the Governor in Council takes any measure under subsection 25.4(1) in respect of the investment, and
(b) the day on which the prescribed period referred to in subsection 25.4(1) expires.
Minister deemed to be satisfied
(9) Subject to sections 22 and 23, if the Minister does not send a notice under subsection (1) within the 45-day period referred to in that subsection or, if any of subsections (2) to (8) apply, within the five-day period referred to in that subsection, the Minister is deemed to be satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada and shall send a notice to that effect to the applicant.
Extension
22. (1) If none of subsections 21(2) to (8) apply and the Minister is unable to complete the consideration of an investment within the 45-day period referred to in subsection 21(1), the Minister shall, within that period, send a notice to that effect to the applicant and the Minister shall, subject to subsection (3) within 30 days from the date of the sending of the notice or within any further period that may be agreed on by the applicant and the Minister, complete the consideration of the investment.
Notice
(2) Subject to subsection (3), if, within the 30-day period referred to in subsection (1) or any further period that is agreed on under that subsection, the Minister is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada, the Minister shall, within that period, send a notice to that effect to the applicant.
Extension
(3) Subsections 21(2) to (8) apply to this section as though the 45-day period referred to in those subsections were the 30-day period referred to in subsection (1) or the further period as is agreed on under that subsection.
Minister deemed to be satisfied
(4) Subject to section 23, if the Minister does not send a notice under subsection (2) within the period referred to in that subsection, or, if subsection (3) applies, within the five-day period referred to in whichever of subsections 21(2) to (8) applies to this section by reason of subsection (3), the Minister is deemed to be satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada and shall send a notice to that effect to the applicant.
Notice of right to make representations and submit undertakings
23. (1) If the Minister is not satisfied, within the period provided for in section 21 or 22 to send the notice referred to in subsection 21(1), that an investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada, the Minister shall send a notice to that effect to the applicant, advising the applicant of their right to make representations and submit undertakings within 30 days from the date of the notice or within any further period that may be agreed on by the applicant and the Minister.
Representations and undertakings
(2) If, after receipt of the notice referred to in subsection (1), the applicant advises the Minister that the applicant wishes to make representations or submit undertakings, the Minister shall afford the applicant a reasonable opportunity, within the 30-day period referred to in subsection (1), or within any agreed to further period, to make representations, in person or by a representative, and to give undertakings to Her Majesty in right of Canada, as the applicant sees fit.
Net benefit
(3) Within a reasonable time after the expiry of the period for making representations and submitting undertakings, the Minister shall, in the light of any such representations and undertakings and having regard to the matters to be taken into account under subsection 21(1), send a notice to the applicant
(a) that the Minister is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada; or
(b) confirming that the Minister is not satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.
Reasons
23.1 The Minister shall provide reasons for any decision made under paragraph 23(3)(b) and the Minister may provide reasons for any decision made under subsection 21(1) or 22(2) or paragraph 23(3)(a).
453. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 25:
PART IV.1
INVESTMENTS INJURIOUS TO NATIONAL SECURITY
Application
25.1 This Part applies in respect of an investment, implemented or proposed, by a non-Canadian
(a) to establish a new Canadian business;
(b) to acquire control of a Canadian business in any manner described in subsection 28(1); or
(c) to acquire, in whole or in part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada if the entity has
(i) a place of operations in Canada,
(ii) an individual or individuals in Canada who are employed or self-employed in connection with the entity’s operations, or
(iii) assets in Canada used in carrying on the entity’s operations.
Notice
25.2 (1) If the Minister has reasonable grounds to believe that an investment by a non-Canadian could be injurious to national security, the Minister may, within the prescribed period, send to the non-Canadian a notice that an order for the review of the investment may be made under subsection 25.3(1).
Condition for investment
(2) If a non-Canadian has not implemented a proposed investment when they receive a notice under subsection (1), they shall not implement the investment unless they receive
(a) a notice under paragraph (4)(a) indicating that no order for the review of the investment will be made under subsection 25.3(1);
(b) a notice under paragraph 25.3(6)(b) indicating that no further action will be taken in respect of the investment; or
(c) a copy of an order made under section 25.4 authorizing the investment to be implemented.
Requirement to provide information
(3) The Minister may require the non-Canadian or any person or entity from which the Canadian business or the entity referred to in paragraph 25.1(c) is being acquired to provide, within the time and in the manner specified by the Minister, any prescribed information or any other information that the Minister considers necessary for the purposes of determining whether there are reasonable grounds to believe that an investment by a non-Canadian could be injurious to national security.
Ministerial action
(4) The Minister shall, within the prescribed period, send to the non-Canadian
(a) a notice indicating that no order for the review of the investment will be made under subsection 25.3(1); or
(b) a notice referred to in subsection 25.3(2) indicating that an order for the review of the investment has been made.
Reviewable investments
25.3 (1) An investment is reviewable under this Part if the Minister, after consultation with the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, considers that the investment could be injurious to national security and the Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister, makes an order within the prescribed period for the review of the investment.
Notice
(2) The Minister shall, without delay after the order has been made, send to the non-Canadian making the investment and to any person or entity from which the Canadian business or the entity referred to in paragraph 25.1(c) is being acquired, a notice indicating that an order for the review of the investment has been made and advising them of their right to make representations to the Minister.
Condition for investment
(3) If a non-Canadian has not implemented a proposed investment when they receive a notice under subsection (2), they shall not implement the investment unless they receive
(a) a notice under paragraph (6)(b) indicating that no further action will be taken in respect of the investment; or
(b) a copy of an order made under section 25.4 authorizing the investment to be implemented.
Representations
(4) If, after receipt of the notice referred to in subsection (2), the non-Canadian or other person or entity advises the Minister that they wish to make representations, the Minister shall afford them a reasonable opportunity to make representations in person or by a representative.
Requirement to provide information
(5) The Minister may require the non-Canadian or other person or entity to provide, within the time and in the manner specified by the Minister, any prescribed information or any other information that the Minister considers necessary for the purposes of the review.
Ministerial action
(6) After consultation with the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, the Minister shall, within the prescribed period, or any further period that is agreed on by the Minister and the non-Canadian,
(a) refer the investment under review to the Governor in Council, together with a report of the Minister’s findings and recommendations on the review, if
(i) the Minister is satisfied that the investment would be injurious to national security, or
(ii) on the basis of the information available, the Minister is not able to determine whether the investment would be injurious to national security; or
(b) send to the non-Canadian a notice indicating that no further action will be taken in respect of the investment if the Minister is satisfied that the investment would not be injurious to national security.
Powers of Governor in Council
25.4 (1) On the referral of an investment under paragraph 25.3(6)(a), the Governor in Council may, by order, within the prescribed period, take any measures in respect of the investment that the Governor in Council considers advisable to protect national security, including
(a) directing the non-Canadian not to implement the investment;
(b) authorizing the investment on condition that the non-Canadian
(i) give any written undertakings to Her Majesty in right of Canada relating to the investment that the Governor in Council considers necessary in the circumstances, or
(ii) implement the investment on the terms and conditions contained in the order; or
(c) requiring the non-Canadian to divest themselves of control of the Canadian business or of their investment in the entity.
Copy of order
(2) The Minister shall send a copy of the order to the non-Canadian or other person or entity to which it is directed without delay after it has been made.
Requirement to comply with order
(3) The non-Canadian or other person or entity to which the order is directed shall comply with the order.
Statutory Instruments Act does not apply
(4) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply in respect of the order.
Information for determination
25.5 Non-Canadians or other persons or entities that are subject to an order made under section 25.4 shall submit any information in their possession relating to the investment that is required from time to time by the Director in order to permit the Director to determine whether they are complying with the order.
Decisions and orders are final
25.6 Decisions and orders of the Governor in Council, and decisions of the Minister, under this Part are final and binding and, except for judicial review under the Federal Courts Act, are not subject to appeal or to review by any court.
1993, c. 35, s. 4(1)
454. (1) The portion of subsection 26(1) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Rules respecting control of entities
26. (1) Subject to subsections (2.1) to (2.2), for the purposes of this Act,
1993, c. 35, s. 4(2)
(2) Subsection 26(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Trusts
(2) Subject to subsections (2.1) to (2.2), if it can be established that a trust is not controlled in fact through the ownership of its voting interests, subsection (1) does not apply, and the trust is a Canadian-controlled entity if two-thirds of its trustees are Canadians.
1993, c. 35, s. 4(2); 1995, c. 1, par. 50(1)(g)
(3) Subsection 26(2.2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister may determine
(2.11) For the purposes of Part IV.1, in the case of an entity that qualifies as a Canadian-controlled entity by virtue of subsection (1) or (2), the Minister may nevertheless determine that the entity is not a Canadian-controlled entity if, after considering any information and evidence submitted by or on behalf of the entity or otherwise made available to the Minister or the Director, the Minister is satisfied that the entity is controlled in fact by one or more non-Canadians.
Minister may declare
(2.2) If an entity referred to in subsection (2.1) or (2.11) has refused or neglected to provide, within a reasonable time, information that the Minister or the Director has requested and that the Minister considers necessary in order to make a decision under that subsection, the Minister may declare that the entity is not a Canadian-controlled entity.
1993, c. 35, s. 4(2)
(4) Subsection 26(2.4) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Entity to be informed
(2.4) The Minister shall inform the entity concerned, in writing, of any determination made under subsection (2.1) or (2.11) or declaration made under subsection (2.2), and of any date specified under subsection (2.3) without delay after such a determination or declaration is made.
(5) Section 26 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Exception
(3.1) Subsection (3) does not apply to a corporation for the purposes of Part IV.1.
1993, c. 35, s. 5(1)
455. (1) The portion of subsection 28(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Rules and presumptions respecting control of entities
(2) Subject to subsections (4) to (5), for the purposes of this Act,
1993, c. 35, s. 5(2)
(2) The portion of subsection 28(3) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Presumptions respecting acquisition of control
(3) Subject to subsections (4) to (5), for the purposes of this Act,
1993, c. 35, s. 5(3); 1995, c. 1, par. 50(1)(h)
(3) Subsection 28(5) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Minister may determine
(4.1) For the purposes of Part IV.1, the Minister may, after considering any information and evidence submitted by or on behalf of an entity or otherwise made available to the Minister or the Director, determine that the entity is or is not controlled by another entity or that there has or has not been an acquisition of control of the entity, if the Minister is satisfied that the entity is or is not controlled in fact by that other entity or that there has or has not in fact been an acquisition of control of that entity, as the case may be.
Minister may declare
(5) If an entity referred to in subsection (4) or (4.1) has refused or neglected to provide, within a reasonable time, information that the Minister or the Director has requested and that the Minister considers necessary in order to make a decision under that subsection, the Minister may declare that the entity is or is not controlled by another entity or that there has or has not been an acquisition of control of the entity, as the case may be.
1993, c. 35, s. 5(3)
(4) Subsection 28(7) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Entity to be informed
(7) The Minister shall inform the entity concerned, in writing, of any determination made under subsection (4) or (4.1) or declaration made under subsection (5), and of any date specified under subsection (6) without delay after such a determination or declaration is made.
456. Section 35 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Prescribing periods
(1.1) Any regulations prescribing a period for the purposes of subsections 25.2(1) and 25.3(1) may provide for a separate period depending on whether it is in respect of an investment referred to in section 11 or 14 or any other investment and, for the purposes of subsection 25.3(1), depending on whether a notice has or has not been issued under subsection 25.2(1).
457. (1) Subsection 36(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Privileged information
36. (1) Subject to subsections (3) to (4), all information obtained with respect to a Canadian, a non-Canadian, a business or an entity referred to in paragraph 25.1(c) by the Minister or an officer or employee of Her Majesty in the course of the administration or enforcement of this Act is privileged and no one shall knowingly communicate or allow to be communicated any such information or allow anyone to inspect or to have access to any such information.
(2) The portion of subsection 36(3) of the French version of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Communication des renseignements
(3) Les renseignements confidentiels visés au paragraphe (1) peuvent, selon les modalités déterminées par le ministre, selon le cas :
(3) Section 36 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (3):
Investigative bodies
(3.1) Information that is privileged under subsection (1) may be communicated or disclosed by the Minister to a prescribed investigative body, or an investigative body of a prescribed class, if the communication or disclosure is for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of Part IV.1 and that body’s lawful investigations. The information may also be communicated or disclosed by that body for the purposes of those investigations.
(4) Subparagraph 36(4)(e)(iii) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(iii) any demand sent by the Minister under section 39, other than a demand sent for the purposes of the administration or enforcement of Part IV.1;
(5) Subsection 36(4) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (e), by adding “or’’ at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(g) information contained in reasons given by the Minister for any decision taken under subsection 21(1), 22(2) or 23(3).
(6) Section 36 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (4):
Information referred to in par. (4)(g)
(4.1) The Minister shall inform the Canadian or non-Canadian before communicating or disclosing any financial, commercial, scientific or technical information under paragraph (4)(g) and the Minister shall not communicate or disclose the information if they satisfy the Minister, without delay, that the communication or disclosure would prejudice them.
Communication or disclosure — application
(4.2) Despite subsection (1), the Minister may communicate or disclose the fact that an application has been filed under this Act, other than Part IV.1, and at what point the investment to which the application relates is in the review process. The Minister shall inform the non-Canadian and, with their consent, the Canadian business before communicating or disclosing such information and the Minister shall not communicate or disclose the information if either of them satisfy the Minister, without delay, that the communication or disclosure would prejudice them.
458. (1) Section 37 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (1):
Time for providing opinion
(1.1) The Minister shall provide his or her opinion no later than 45 days after the Minister concludes that the information and evidence he or she has received is sufficient to enable him or her to reach an opinion on the question.
(2) Section 37 of the Act is amended by adding the following after subsection (2):
Time for providing opinion
(2.1) If the Minister decides to provide an opinion under subsection (2), he or she shall provide it no later than 45 days after the Minister concludes that the information he or she has received is sufficient to enable him or her to reach an opinion on the question.
459. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 38:
Report
Annual report
38.1 The Director shall, for each fiscal year, submit a report on the administration of this Act, other than Part IV.1, to the Minister and the Minister shall make the report available to the public.
460. (1) Paragraph 39(1)(b) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a.1) has failed to provide any prescribed information or any information that has been requested by the Minister or Director,
(b) has implemented an investment the implementation of which is prohibited by section 16, 24, 25.2 or 25.3,
(2) Subsection 39(1) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (d):
(d.1) has failed to comply with an undertaking given to Her Majesty in right of Canada in accordance with an order made under section 25.4,
(d.2) has failed to comply with an order made under section 25.4,
(3) Subsection 39(2) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Ministerial demand
(2) If the Minister believes that a person or an entity has, contrary to this Act, failed to comply with a requirement to provide information under subsection 25.2(3) or 25.3(5) or failed to comply with subsection 25.4(3), the Minister may send a demand to the person or entity requiring that they immediately, or within any period that may be specified in the demand, cease the contravention, remedy the default or show cause why there is no contravention of the Act.
Contents of demand
(3) A demand under subsection (1) or (2) shall indicate the nature of the proceedings that may be taken under this Act against the non-Canadian or other person or entity to which it is sent in the event that the non-Canadian, person or entity fails to comply with the demand.
461. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 39:
New undertaking
39.1 If the Minister believes that a non-Canadian has failed to comply with a written undertaking given to Her Majesty in right of Canada relating to an investment that the Minister is satisfied or is deemed to be satisfied is likely to be of net benefit to Canada, the Minister may, after the investment has been implemented, accept a new undertaking from the non-Canadian.
462. (1) Subsection 40(1) of the Act is replaced by the following:
Application for court order
40. (1) If a non-Canadian or any other person or entity fails to comply with a demand under section 39, an application on behalf of the Minister may be made to a superior court for an order under subsection (2) or (2.1).
(2) The portion of subsection 40(2) of the Act before paragraph (a) is replaced by the following:
Court orders
(2) If, at the conclusion of the hearing on an application referred to in subsection (1), the superior court decides that the Minister was justified in sending a demand to the non-Canadian or other person or entity under section 39 and that the non-Canadian or other person or entity has failed to comply with the demand, the court may make any order or orders as, in its opinion, the circumstances require, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an order
(3) Paragraph 40(2)(a) of the Act is replaced by the following:
(a) directing the non-Canadian to divest themselves of control of the Canadian business, or to divest themselves of their investment in the entity, on any terms and conditions that the court considers just and reasonable;
(4) Subsection 40(2) of the Act is amended by adding the following after paragraph (c):
(c.1) directing the non-Canadian to comply with a written undertaking given to Her Majesty in right of Canada in accordance with an order made under section 25.4;
(5) Subsection 40(2) of the Act is amended by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (e), by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (f) and by adding the following after paragraph (f):
(g) directing the non-Canadian or other person or entity to provide information requested by the Minister or Director.
(6) Subsections 40(3) and (4) of the Act are replaced by the following:
Court orders — person or entity
(2.1) If, at the conclusion of the hearing on an application referred to in subsection (1), the superior court decides that the Minister was justified in sending a demand to a person or an entity under section 39 and that the person or entity has failed to comply with it, the court may make any order or orders that, in its opinion, the circumstances require, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an order against the person or entity imposing a penalty not exceeding $10,000 for each day on which the person or entity is in contravention of this Act or any of its provisions.
Penalties recoverable as debts
(3) A penalty imposed by an order made under paragraph (2)(d) or subsection (2.1) is a debt due to Her Majesty in right of Canada and is recoverable as such in a superior court.
Contempt of court
(4) Everyone who fails or refuses to comply with an order made by a superior court under subsection (2) or (2.1) that is directed to them may be cited and punished by the court that made the order, as for other contempts of that court.
Transitional Provisions
Certain applications deemed never to have been filed
463. Any application made under the Investment Canada Act that was filed before the day on which subsection 14.1(1) of that Act, as enacted by subsection 448(1), comes into force and in respect of which the Minister of Industry has not issued a decision before that day is deemed never to have been filed if the enterprise value of the assets to which the application relates is less than the amount referred to in paragraph 14.1(1)(a) of that Act, as enacted by subsection 448(1).
Transactions implemented during transitional period
464. An investment referred to in section 25.1 of the Investment Canada Act, as enacted by section 453, implemented within the period beginning on February 6, 2009 and ending on the day on which this Act receives royal assent, is subject to review under section 25.3 of that Act, as enacted by section 453, if the Minister of Industry sends a notice to the non-Canadian, within 60 days after the day on which this Act receives royal assent, indicating that the investment shall be subject to a review.
Coming into Force
February 6, 2009
465. (1) Sections 445, 447 and 453 to 456, subsections 457(1) to (4), section 460 and subsections 462(1), (3), (4) and (6) are deemed to have come into force on February 6, 2009.
Subsections 448(1) and (2)
(2) Subsections 448(1) and (2) come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council.
PART 14
1996, c. 10
CANADA TRANSPORTATION ACT
Amendments to the Act
2001, c. 27, s. 222
466. The definition “Canadian” in subsection 55(1) of the Canada Transportation Act is replaced by the following:
“Canadian”« Canadien »
“Canadian” means a Canadian citizen or a permanent resident within the meaning of subsection 2(1) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act, a government in Canada or an agent of such a government or a corporation or other entity that is incorporated or formed under the laws of Canada or a province, that is controlled in fact by Canadians and of which the percentage of voting interests owned and controlled by non-Canadians is not more than
(a) in respect of all non-Canadians, the percentage specified in the regulations, or
(b) in respect of any class of non-Canadians specified in the regulations, the percentage specified in the regulations in respect of that class;
467. The Act is amended by adding the following after section 55:
Regulations
55.1 The Governor in Council may, by regulation,
(a) specify a percentage for the purpose of paragraph (a) of the definition “Canadian” in subsection 55(1), which percentage may not be more than 49%; and
(b) for the purpose of paragraph (b) of that definition, specify classes of non-Canadians and specify a percentage with respect to each such class, which percentage may not be more than 49%.
Coming into Force
Order in council
468. Sections 466 and 467 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister of Transport.
PART 15
R.S., c. 35 (4th Supp.)
AIR CANADA PUBLIC PARTICIPATION ACT
Amendments to the Act
2000, c. 15, s. 17(1)
469. (1) Paragraphs 6(1)(b) and (c) of the Air Canada Public Participation Act are repealed.
1993, c. 34, s. 3; 1994, c. 47, s. 220 (Sch. IV, s. 1); 2000, c. 15, s. 17(2); 2001, c. 35, s. 1(2) to (4)
(2) Subsections 6(2) to (7) of the Act are repealed.
Transitional Provisions
Articles and by-laws
470. (1) Any provisions of the articles of the Corporation, as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Air Canada Public Participation Act, that impose constraints described in paragraphs 6(1)(b) and (c) of that Act, as those paragraphs read immediately before the coming into force of section 469, and any provisions of the Corporation’s by-laws that give effect to those constraints, have, as of the day on which section 469 comes into force, no further force or effect.
Restatement of articles
(2) The articles of the Corporation may be restated under section 180 of the Canada Business Corporations Act as a result of subsection (1).
Shares no longer subject to constraint
(3) Any shares of the Corporation that, immediately before the coming into force of section 469, were subject to constraints referred to in subsection (1) cease to be subject to those constraints on the day on which that section comes into force.
Coming into Force
Order in council
471. Sections 469 and 470 come into force on a day to be fixed by order of the Governor in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister of Finance.
SCHEDULE 1 
(Section 127)
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
Tariff Item
Description of Goods
Initial Rate
Final Rate
Initial Rate
Final Rate
3504.00
Peptones and their derivatives; other protein substances
and their derivatives, not elsewhere specified or
included; hide powder, whether or not chromed.
---Milk protein substances:
3504.00.11
----Within access commitment
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: N/A
MUST: N/A
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A
3504.00.12
----Over access committment
270% but 
270% but 
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
not less than
not less than
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
$3.15/kg
$3.15/kg (A)
MUST: N/A
MUST: N/A
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: N/A
GPT: N/A
LDCT: N/A
LDCT: N/A
CCCT: N/A
CCCT: N/A
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A
3504.00.90
---Other
6.5%
6.5% (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: N/A
MUST: N/A
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: 3%
GPT: 3% (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A
SCHEDULE 2 
(Section 170)
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
Tariff Item
Description of Goods
Initial Rate
Final Rate
Initial Rate
Final Rate
-Other turbines:
8406.81.00
--Of an output exceeding 40 MW
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8406.82.00
--Of an output not exceeding 40 MW
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8413.50.00
-Other reciprocating positive displacement pumps
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8413.60.00
-Other rotary positive displacement pumps
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
---Other:
8413.70.91
----Submersible pumps
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: Free
AUT: Free (A)
NZT: Free
NZT: Free (A)
8413.70.99
----Other
6%
6% (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: Free
AUT: Free (A)
NZT: Free
NZT: Free (A)
8413.81.00
--Pumps
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8414.10.00
-Vacuum pumps
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8416.10.00
-Furnace burners for liquid fuel
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8417.10.00
-Furnaces and ovens for the roasting, melting or other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
heat-treatment of ores, pyrites or of metals
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8417.80.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8417.90.00
-Parts
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8418.69.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Dryers:
8419.31.00
--For agricultural products
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8419.32.00
--For wood, paper pulp, paper or paperboard
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8419.39.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8419.40.00
-Distilling or rectifying plant
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8419.81.00
--For making hot drinks or for cooking or heating food
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8420.10.00
-Calendering or other rolling machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8421.21.00
--For filtering or purifying water
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8421.22.00
--For filtering or purifying beverages other than water
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8421.29.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8422.20.00
-Machinery for cleaning or drying bottles or other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
containers
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8422.30.00
-Machinery for filling, closing, sealing, or labelling
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
bottles, cans, boxes, bags or other containers;
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
machinery for capsuling bottles, jars, tubes and similar
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
containers; machinery for aerating beverages
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8422.40.00
-Other packing or wrapping machinery (including
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
heat-shrink wrapping machinery)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8424.20.00
-Spray guns and similar appliances
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8424.30.00
-Steam or sand blasting machines and similar jet
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
projecting machines
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8424.89.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8424.90.00
-Parts
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8427.10.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8427.20.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8427.90.00
-Other trucks
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8438.10.00
-Bakery machinery and machinery for the manufacture
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
of macaroni, spaghetti or similar products
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8438.50.00
-Machinery for the preparation of meat or poultry
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8438.80.00
-Other machinery
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8438.90.00
-Parts
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8440.10.00
-Machinery
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8441.10.00
-Cutting machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8442.50.00
-Plates, cylinders and other printing components; plates,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
cylinders and lithographic stones, prepared for printing
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
purposes (for example, planed, grained or polished)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.11.00
--Offset printing machinery, reel-fed
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.14.00
--Letterpress printing machinery, reel fed, excluding 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
flexographic printing
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.15.00
--Letterpress printing machinery, other than reel fed,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
excluding flexographic printing
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.16.00
--Flexographic printing machinery
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.19.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.32.00
--Other, capable of connecting to an automatic data
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
processing machine or to a network
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.39.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Parts and accessories:
8443.91.00
--Parts and accessories of printing machinery used for
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
printing by means of plates, cylinders and other
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
printing components of heading 84.42
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8443.99.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8452.21.00
--Automatic units
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8453.10.00
-Machinery for preparing, tanning or working hides,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
skins or leather
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8454.20.00
-Ingot moulds and ladles
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8454.30.00
-Casting machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8456.10.00
-Operated by laser or other light or photon beam 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
processes
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8456.20.00
-Operated by ultrasonic processes
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8456.90.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8462.99.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8464.20.00
-Grinding or polishing machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Other:
8465.91.00
--Sawing machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.92.00
--Planing, milling or moulding (by cutting) machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.93.00
--Grinding, sanding or polishing machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.94.00
--Bending or assembling machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.95.00
--Drilling or morticing machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.96.00
--Splitting, slicing or paring machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8465.99.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8472.90.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.20.00
-Machinery for the extraction or preparation of animal or
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
fixed vegetable fats or oils
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.30.00
-Presses for the manufacture of particle board or fibre
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
building board of wood or other ligneous materials and
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
other machinery for treating wood or cork
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.40.00
-Rope or cable-making machines
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.81.00
--For treating metal, including electric wire coil-winders
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.82.00
--Mixing, kneading, crushing, grinding, screening, 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
sifting, homogenizing, emulsifying or stirring 
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
machines
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8479.89.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8480.41.00
--Injection or compression types
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8482.20.00
-Tapered roller bearings, including cone and tapered 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
roller assemblies
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8482.91.00
--Balls, needles and rollers
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8482.99.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8484.10.00
-Gaskets and similar joints of metal sheeting combined 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
with other material or of two or more layers of metal
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8484.20.00
-Mechanical seals
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8484.90.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8487.90.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
SCHEDULE 3 
(Section 213)
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
Tariff Item
Description of Goods
Initial Rate
Final Rate
Initial Rate
Final Rate
8504.10.00
-Ballasts for discharge lamps or tubes
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Liquid dielectric transformers:
8504.21.00
--Having a power handling capacity not exceeding 
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
650 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.22.00
--Having a power handling capacity exceeding 650 kVA
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
but not exceeding 10,000 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.23.00
--Having a power handling capacity exceeding
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
10,000 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Other transformers:
8504.31.00
--Having a power handling capacity not exceeding
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
1 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.32.00
--Having a power handling capacity exceeding
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
1 kVA but not exceeding 16 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.33.00
--Having a power handling capacity exceeding
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
16 kVA but not exceeding 500 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.34.00
--Having a power handling capacity exceeding
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
500 kVA
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8504.50.00
-Other inductors
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8505.19.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8505.20.00
-Electro-magnetic couplings, clutches and brakes
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8512.20.00
-Other lighting or visual signalling equipment
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8512.90.00
-Parts
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8514.10.00
-Resistance heated furnaces and ovens
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8514.20.00
-Furnaces and ovens functioning by induction or
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
dielectric loss
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8514.30.00
-Other furnaces and ovens
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8514.40.00
-Other equipment for the heat treatment of
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
materials by induction or dielectric loss
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A
8515.19.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Machines and apparatus for resistance welding of metal:
8515.21.00
--Fully or partly automatic
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8515.29.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8535.10.00
-Fuses
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8535.21.00
--For a voltage of less than 72.5 kV
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8535.30.00
-Isolating switches and make-and-break switches
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8536.10.00
-Fuses
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
-Relays:
8536.41.00
--For a voltage not exceeding 60 V
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8536.49.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8536.69.00
--Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8537.10.93
----Panel boards and distribution boards
2.5%
2.5% (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8537.20.00
-For a voltage exceeding 1,000 V
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8538.10.00
-Boards, panels, consoles, desks, cabinets and other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
bases for the goods of heading 85.37, not equipped
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
with their apparatus 
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8538.90.90
---Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8540.81.00
--Receiver or amplifier valves and tubes
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8543.10.00
-Particle accelerators
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8543.30.00
-Machines and apparatus for electroplating,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
electrolysis or electrophoresis
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8543.70.00
-Other machines and apparatus
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8543.90.00
-Parts
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8544.20.00
-Co-axial cable and other co-axial electric conductors
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8544.42.00
--Fitted with connectors
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8547.10.00
-Insulating fittings of ceramics
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
8547.90.00
-Other
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
SCHEDULE 4 
(Section 215)
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
Tariff Item
Description of Goods
Initial Rate
Final Rate
Initial Rate
Final Rate
9801.10
-Conveyances and containers
9801.10.10
---Conveyances,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
(a) on condition that:
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
(i) in the case of vehicles, they are registered and 
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
licensed in a foreign country and operated in Canada 
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
with a vehicle licence issued by the appropriate 
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
provincial licensing authority; 
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
(ii) in the case of aircraft, they comply with the 
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
requirements of the Aeronautics Act and any 
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
regulations made thereunder; and 
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
(iii) in the case of vessels, they comply with the 
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
requirements of the Canada Shipping Act and 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
Coasting Trade Act; and
(b) on condition that the conveyances:
(i) are owned or leased and imported by a person 
whose domicile is in a foreign country;
(ii) leave from and return to the foreign country in 
the normal course of operation;
(iii) are controlled from the foreign country; and
(iv) are exported within 30 days of the date of their 
importation or for an additional period not 
exceeding 24 months where a customs officer is 
satisfied that the exportation of the conveyances is 
delayed because:
(A) of adverse weather conditions;
(B) the conveyances are being equipped, 
reconditioned, reconstructed, refurbished or
repaired;
(C) the conveyances have a major equipment 
breakdown;
(D) the conveyances are detained under an order 
of a Canadian court, or under an Act of 
Parliament or the legislature of a province or any 
regulation made thereunder; or
(E) the delivery of the goods to be loaded on or 
in the conveyances is delayed.
The conveyances provided for in this tariff item may 
engage in the transportation of goods from one point 
in Canada to another point in Canada where:
(a) that transportation is incidental to the 
international traffic of the goods;
(b) the transportation does not occur outside the 
territorial limits of Canada; and
(c) the conveyance has not entered Canada for the 
purpose of an in-transit movement through Canada to 
a point outside of Canada
9801.10.20
---Containers, on condition that:
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
(a) the ancillary equipment for the containers does 
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
not include vehicles, accessories, spare parts of 
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
vehicles or packaging, and 
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
(b) the containers: 
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
(i) are fully or partially enclosed to constitute a 
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
compartment intended for containing goods; 
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
(ii) are of a permanent character and suitable for 
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
repeated use; 
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
(iii) are designed to carry goods by one or more 
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
modes of transport without requiring intermediate 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
reloading; and
(iv) are 6.1 m or more in length or have an internal 
volume of 14 m3 or more;
(v) leave from and return to a foreign country in the 
normal course of operation; and
(vi) are exported within 30 days of the date of their 
importation or for an additional period not 
exceeding 24 months where a customs officer is 
satisfied that the exportation of the containers is 
delayed because:
(A) of adverse weather conditions;
(B) the containers are being equipped, 
reconditioned, reconstructed, refurbished or 
repaired;
(C) the containers have a major equipment 
breakdown;
(D) the containers are detained under an order of 
a Canadian court, or under an Act of Parliament 
or the legislature of a province or any regulation 
made thereunder; or
(E) the delivery of the goods to be loaded in the 
containers is delayed.
The containers provided for in this tariff item may 
engage in the transportation of goods from one point 
in Canada to another point in Canada where:
(a) that transportation is incidental to the 
international traffic of the goods;
(b) the transportation does not occur outside the 
territorial limits of Canada; and
(c) the container has not entered Canada for the 
purpose of an in-transit movement through Canada to 
a point outside of Canada
SCHEDULE 5 
(Section 218)
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
Tariff Item
Description of Goods
Initial Rate
Final Rate
Initial Rate
Final Rate
9976.00.00
Articles and materials, wholly or in chief part of metal,
Free
Free (A)
UST: Free
UST: Free (A)
for use in the manufacture of gas turbines or parts thereof; 
MT: Free
MT: Free (A)
Articles for use in the repair or overhaul of gas turbines 
MUST: Free
MUST: Free (A)
or parts thereof
CT: Free
CT: Free (A)
CIAT: Free
CIAT: Free (A)
CRT: Free
CRT: Free (A)
GPT: Free
GPT: Free (A)
LDCT: Free
LDCT: Free (A)
CCCT: Free
CCCT: Free (A)
AUT: N/A
AUT: N/A 
NZT: N/A
NZT: N/A 
SCHEDULE 6 
(Subsection 220(1))
Tariff
Item
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
0404.90.10
Effective on September 8, 2008
........
3% 
SCHEDULE 7 
(Subsection 220(2))
Tariff
Item
Most-Favoured-Nation Tariff
Preferential Tariff
8406.90.32
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8406.90.34
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8406.90.37
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8406.90.39
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8413.91.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8413.91.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8417.20.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8418.61.91
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8419.89.21
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8419.89.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
AUT: Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
NZT: Free
8421.39.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8422.19.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.20.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.30.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.81.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.82.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.89.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8423.90.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8427.20.11
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8439.10.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8439.20.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8439.30.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8443.12.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8462.99.19
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8464.90.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8468.10.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8468.20.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8472.10.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8479.50.91
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8479.89.30
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8479.89.41
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8482.99.11
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8483.50.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
 
8483.50.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8483.60.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8483.90.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8483.90.30
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8504.40.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8504.40.40
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8505.11.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8515.11.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8515.31.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8515.39.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8515.80.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8535.29.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8535.40.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8535.90.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8535.90.30
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8535.90.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8536.30.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8536.30.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8536.50.12
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8536.50.19
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8536.90.99
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8537.10.19
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8537.10.29
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8537.10.91
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8537.10.99
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8538.90.10
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8538.90.20
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8538.90.39
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.11.11
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8540.11.12
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8540.11.21
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8540.11.22
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8540.11.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
GPT: Free
8540.12.19
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.12.99
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.40.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.50.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.60.90
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.72.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.79.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8540.89.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8543.20.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8546.10.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
8546.20.00
Effective on January 28, 2009
........
Free
SCHEDULE 8 
(Subsection 224(1))
SCHEDULE I 
(Subsection 12(2))
TABLE OF WEEKS OF BENEFITS
Regional Rate of Unemployment
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
Number of hours of insurable employment in qualifying period
6% and under
than 6% but not more than 7%
than 7% but not more than 8%
than 8% but not more than 9%
than 9% but not more than 10%
than 10% but not more than 11%
than 11% but not more than 12%
than 12% but not more than 13%
than 13% but not more than 14%
than 14% but not more than 15%
than 15% but not more than 16%
More than 16%
420–454
31
33
35
37
455–489
29
31
33
35
37
490–524
28
30
32
34
36
38
525–559
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
560–594
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
595–629
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
630–664
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
665–699
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
700–734
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
735–769
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
770–804
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
805–839
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
840–874
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
875–909
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
910–944
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
945–979
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
980–1014
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
1015–1049
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
1050–1084
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
1085–1119
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
1120–1154
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
1155–1189
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
1190–1224
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
1225–1259
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
1260–1294
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
1295–1329
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
1330–1364
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
1365–1399
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
1400–1434
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
1435–1469
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
1470–1504
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
1505–1539
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
50
1540–1574
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
50
1575–1609
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
50
50
1610–1644
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
50
50
1645–1679
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
50
50
50
1680–1714
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
50
50
50
1715–1749
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
1750–1784
39
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
50
50
50
50
1785–1819
40
42
44
46
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1820–
41
43
45
47
49
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
SCHEDULE 9 
(Subsection 224(2))
SCHEDULE I 
(Subsection 12(2))
TABLE OF WEEKS OF BENEFITS
Regional Rate of Unemployment
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
More
Number of hours of insurable employment in qualifying period
6% and under
than 6% but not more than 7%
than 7% but not more than 8%
than 8% but not more than 9%
than 9% but not more than 10%
than 10% but not more than 11%
than 11% but not more than 12%
than 12% but not more than 13%
than 13% but not more than 14%
than 14% but not more than 15%
than 15% but not more than 16%
More than 16%
420–454
26
28
30
32
455–489
24
26
28
30
32
490–524
23
25
27
29
31
33
525–559
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
560–594
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
595–629
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
630–664
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
665–699
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
700–734
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
735–769
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
770–804
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
805–839
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
840–874
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
875–909
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
910–944
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
945–979
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
980–1014
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
1015–1049
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
1050–1084
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
1085–1119
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
1120–1154
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
1155–1189
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
1190–1224
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
1225–1259
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
1260–1294
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
1295–1329
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
1330–1364
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
1365–1399
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
1400–1434
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
1435–1469
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
1470–1504
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
1505–1539
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
45
1540–1574
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
45
1575–1609
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
45
45
1610–1644
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
45
45
1645–1679
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
45
45
45
1680–1714
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
45
45
45
1715–1749
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
45
45
45
45
1750–1784
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
45
45
45
45
1785–1819
35
37
39
41
43
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
1820–
36
38
40
42
44
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
SCHEDULE 10 
(Section 225)
Column 1
Column 2
Number of
Number of Hours of
Weeks of
Insurable Employment
Benefits
420–454
15
455–489
15
490–524
16
525–559
16
560–594
17
595–629
17
630–664
18
665–699
18
700–734
19
735–769
19
770–804
20
805–839
20
840–874
21
875–909
21
910–944
22
945–979
22
980–1,014
23
1,015–1,049
23
1,050–1,084
24
1,085–1,119
24
1,120–1,154
25
1,155–1,189
25
1,190–1,224
26
1,225–1,259
26
1,260–1,294
27
1,295–1,329
27
1,330–1,364
28
1,365–1,399
28
1,400–1,434
29
1,435–1,469
30
1,470–1,504
31
1,505–1,539
32
1,540–1,574
33
1,575–1,609
34
1,610–1,644
35
1,645–1,679
36
1,680–1,714
37
1,715–1,749
38
1,750–1,784
39
1,785–1,819
40
1,820 or more
41
SCHEDULE 11 
(Section 393)
SCHEDULE 1 
(Sections 13 and 65)
CROWN CORPORATIONS AND PUBLIC BODIES
Canada Council for the Arts
Conseil des Arts du Canada
Canadian Broadcasting Corporation
Société Radio-Canada
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety
Centre canadien d’hygiène et de sécurité au travail
Canadian Commercial Corporation
Corporation commerciale canadienne
Canadian Museum of Civilization
Musée canadien des civilisations
Canadian Museum of Nature
Musée canadien de la nature
Canadian Tourism Commission
Commission canadienne du tourisme
International Development Research Centre
Centre de recherches pour le développement international
National Arts Centre Corporation
Corporation du Centre national des Arts
National Battlefields Commission, The
Commission des champs de bataille nationaux
National Gallery of Canada
Musée des beaux-arts du Canada
National Museum of Science and Technology
Musée national des sciences et de la technologie
Office of the Communications Security Establishment Commissioner
Bureau du commissaire du Centre de la sécurité des télécommunications
Telefilm Canada
Téléfilm Canada
SCHEDULE 2 
(Sections 34 and 54)
RATES OF PAY — EMPLOYEES IN THE LAW GROUP
All regions except Toronto
Minimum
Maximum
LA-DEV
$27,410
$62,155
LA-01
$54,580
$77,868
LA-02(A) or LA-02(I)
$75,622
$108,525
LA-02(B) or LA-02(II)
$94,097
$119,975
LA-03(A)
$107,300
$136,300
LA-03(B)
$124,400
$152,200
LA-03(C)
$141,700
$172,800
Toronto region
Minimum
Maximum
LA-DEV
$27,410
$62,155
LA-01
$54,585
$77,868
LA-02(A) or LA-02(I)
$75,630
$124,940
LA-02(B) or LA-02(II)
$98,840
$138,075
LA-03(A)
$113,600
$148,100
LA-03(B)
$124,400
$152,200
LA-03(C)
$141,700
$172,800
Published under authority of the Speaker of the House of CommonsAvailable from:Publishing and Depository ServicesPublic Works and Government Services Canada